22_BUI_EncoreGX_COV_en_US_84783953A_2021FEB17.pdf 1 2/11/2021 2:33:46 PM
2022
Scan to Access
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
• Owner and Warranty Manuals
• Connected Services
• myBuick Mobile App
• How To Videos
• Vehicle Diagnostics
• Schedule Maintenance
• Vehicle Features
• Many Additional Resources
United States
Customer Assistance
1-800-521-7300
Roadside Assistance
1-800-252-1112
Canada
Customer Assistance
1-800-263-3777
Roadside Assistance
1-800-268-6800
United States and Canada
84783953 A
Connected Services
1-888-4-ONSTAR
2022 Encore GX
C
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose
you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
Encore GX
Owner’s Manual
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Contents
Introduction
Refer to the purchase documentation
relating to your specific vehicle to confirm
the features.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick
reference.
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 84783953 A First Printing
not be available in your region, or changes
subsequent to the printing of this owner’s
manual.
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle
model names, and vehicle body designs
appearing in this manual including, but not
limited to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the
BUICK Emblem, and ENCORE GX are
trademarks and/or service marks of General
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute
the name “General Motors of Canada
Company” for Buick Motor Division wherever
it appears in this manual.
This manual describes features that may or
may not be on the vehicle because of
optional equipment that was not purchased
on the vehicle, model variants, country
specifications, features/applications that may
Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be obtained
from your dealer, at www.helminc.com,
or from:
Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide
en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à
l'adresse suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA
©
2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
2
Introduction
Using this Manual
{ Warning
To quickly locate information about the
vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is
in the manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Warning indicates a hazard that could
result in injury or death.
About Driving the Vehicle
Caution indicates a hazard that could
result in property or vehicle damage.
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to
operate this vehicle correctly may result in
loss of control or a crash. Be sure to read
the driving guidelines in this manual in the
section called “Driving and Operating” and
specifically Driver Behavior 0 186, Driving
Environment 0 186, and Vehicle Design
0 186.
Danger, Warning, and Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle labels
and in this manual describe hazards and
what to do to avoid or reduce them.
{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a high
level of risk which will result in serious
injury or death.
Caution
A circle with a slash through it is a safety
symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do
this,” or “Do not let this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and labels that
use symbols instead of text. Symbols are
shown along with the text describing the
operation or information relating to a
specific component, control, message, gauge,
or indicator.
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has
additional instructions or information.
* : Shown when the service manual has
additional instructions or information.
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page — “see page.”
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols that may
be found on the vehicle and what they
mean. See the features in this manual for
information.
u : Air Conditioning System
G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly
P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
H : Flammable
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Introduction
[ : Forward Collision Alert
R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location
+ : Fuses
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Installed
| : Lane Change Alert
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
h : Risk of Electrical Fire
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
h : Stop/Start
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
k : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
3
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
4
Introduction
Instrument Panel Overview
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Introduction
1. Air Vents 0 184.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals 0 124.
IntelliBeam System Button (If Equipped).
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 121.
3. Instrument Cluster 0 91.
Driver Information Center (DIC) Display.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 84.
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp
System 0 123.
Anti-Theft Alarm System. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 24.
6. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 124.
7. Infotainment Controls. See Overview
0 129.
8. Climate Control Systems 0 179.
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
0 181.
Heated Front Seats 0 40. (If Equipped).
9. Power Outlets 0 87.
10. Wireless Charging 0 88 (If Equipped).
11. Auto Stop Disable Switch. See Stop/Start
System 0 198.
All-Wheel Drive Button (If Equipped).
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 237 (If
Equipped).
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 210.
Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
0 224 (If Equipped).
12. Electric Parking Brake 0 208.
13. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission
0 205.
14. USB Port 0 137.
Auxiliary Jack 0 139.
15. ENGINE START/STOP Button. See Ignition
Positions 0 196.
16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 84.
17. Horn 0 84.
18. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 84 (Out
of View).
19. Cruise Control 0 211.
Adaptive Cruise Control ((Camera)) 0 213
(If Equipped).
Heated Steering Wheel 0 84 (If
Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 229 (If Equipped).
20. Head-Up Display Controls (HUD) (If
Equipped). See Head-Up Display (HUD)
0 110.
21. Hood Release. See Hood 0 253.
22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 121.
5
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
6
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 7
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
26
26
26
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . .
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
27
27
27
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Keys and Locks
Keys
{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with a
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
dangerous and children or others could
be seriously injured or killed. They could
operate the power windows or other
controls or make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the RKE
transmitter in the vehicle, and children or
others could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave children in
a vehicle with an RKE transmitter.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To remove the key, press the button on the
bottom of the RKE transmitter and pull the
key out. Never pull the key out without
pressing the button.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
See your dealer if a new key is needed.
Contact Roadside Assistance if locked out of
the vehicle. See Roadside Assistance Program
0 344.
The key inside the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter is used for the driver door.
With an active OnStar or connected service
plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview
0 352.
. If the transmitter is still not working
correctly, see your dealer.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation
The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle
entry when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless
Access Operation” following.
The RKE transmitter functions may work up
to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can impact the
performance of the transmitter. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 7.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 349.
If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter operating range:
. Check the distance. The transmitter may
be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or
objects may be blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery. See
“Battery Replacement” later in this
section.
7
With Power Liftgate and Remote Start
Shown
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
8
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn signal
indicators may flash and/or the horn may
sound on the second press to indicate
locking. See Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, and Open Door Anti Lock Out is
enabled through vehicle personalization, all
doors will lock and then the driver door will
immediately unlock. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 114. If the passenger door
is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock.
Pressing Q may also arm the theft-deterrent
system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 24.
/ : Press and release Q and then
immediately press and hold / for at least
four seconds to start the engine from
outside the vehicle using the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13.
7 : Press and release one time to initiate
vehicle locator. The exterior lamps flash and
the horn chirps three times. Press and hold
7 for three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The horn sounds and the turn signal
lamps flash for 30 seconds, or until 7 is
pressed again or the vehicle is started.
b : Press twice quickly to open or close
K : Press to unlock the driver door. Press
the liftgate.
unlock again within five seconds to unlock
all doors. The RKE transmitter can be
programmed to unlock all doors on the first
button press. See Vehicle Personalization
0 114. When remotely unlocking the vehicle
at night the back-up lamps will come on for
about 30 seconds to light your approach to
the vehicle. The turn signal indicators may
flash to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Press once to stop the liftgate from moving.
Pressing K will disarm the theft-deterrent
system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 24.
Keyless Access Operation
With the Keyless Access system, you can
lock and unlock the doors and access the
liftgate without removing the RKE
transmitter from your pocket, purse,
briefcase, etc. The RKE transmitter should be
within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door being
opened. The buttons are on the outside door
handles.
Keyless Access can be programmed to
unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock
press from the driver door. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
If equipped with memory seats, RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating
positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory
Seats 0 38.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the RKE
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver
door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button
on the driver door handle will unlock the
driver door. If the lock/unlock button is
pressed again within five seconds, all
passenger doors will unlock.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
all doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
. The lock/unlock button was used to
unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened and all
doors are now closed.
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior
Door Handles and Liftgate
Driver Shown, Passenger Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
all doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
. It has been more than five seconds since
the first lock/unlock button press.
. Two lock/unlock button presses were
used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened and all
doors are now closed.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Passenger
Doors
When the doors are locked and the RKE
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on
that door handle will unlock all doors.
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior
door handles and liftgate can be disabled
and enabled.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and
K on the RKE transmitter at the same time
for approximately three seconds. The turn
signal lamps will flash four times quickly to
indicate access is disabled. Using any
exterior handle to unlock the doors or open
the liftgate will cause the turn signal lamps
to flash four times quickly, indicating access
is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm
system before starting the vehicle.
9
Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and
K on the RKE transmitter at the same time
for approximately three seconds. The turn
signal lamps will flash twice quickly to
indicate access is enabled.
Passive Locking
The vehicle will lock several seconds after all
doors are closed if the vehicle is off and at
least one RKE transmitter has been removed
or none remain in the interior.
If other electronic devices interfere with the
RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not
detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the doors may
lock with the RKE transmitter inside the
vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in
an unattended vehicle.
To customize the doors to automatically lock
when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock,
Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
Temporary Disable of Passive Locking
Temporarily disable passive locking by
pressing and holding K on the interior door
switch with a door open for at least
four seconds, or until three chimes are
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
10
Keys, Doors, and Windows
heard. Passive locking will then remain
disabled until Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE
transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn
will chirp three times after all doors are
closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert
If the vehicle is on with a door open, and
then all doors are closed, the vehicle will
check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is not detected, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) will display NO
REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp
three times. This occurs only once each time
the vehicle is driven.
Keyless Liftgate Opening
Press the touch pad on the liftgate handle
to open the liftgate if the RKE transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft).
Key Access
To access a vehicle with a weak transmitter
battery, see Door Locks 0 15.
Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed to the
vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or
stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer. The
vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or
stolen transmitters no longer work. Each
vehicle can have up to eight transmitters
matched to it.
Programming with Recognized Transmitters
A new transmitter can be programmed to
the vehicle when there are two recognized
transmitters.
To program, the vehicle must be off and all
of the transmitters, both currently
recognized and new, must be with you.
1. Place the two recognized transmitters in
transmitter pocket.
2. Insert the vehicle key of the new
transmitter into the key lock cylinder on
the outside of the driver door and turn
the key to the unlock position five times
within 10 seconds.
The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #2,
3, 4, ETC.
3. Remove the two recognized transmitters
from transmitter pocket. Place the new
transmitter in transmitter pocket.
4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC display
will show that it is ready to program the
next transmitter.
5. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter pocket and press the
transmitter K or Q button.
To program additional transmitters,
repeat Steps 3–5.
When all additional transmitters are
programmed, press and hold ENGINE
START/STOP for 12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
6. Put the key back into the transmitter.
7. Replace the key lock cylinder cap. See
Door Locks 0 15.
Programming without Recognized
Transmitters
If two currently recognized transmitters are
not available, follow this procedure to
program up to eight transmitters. This
feature is not available in Canada. This
procedure will take approximately
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must
be off and all of the transmitters you wish
to program must be with you.
1. Remove the key lock cylinder cap on the
driver door handle. See Door Locks 0 15.
Insert the vehicle key of the transmitter
into the key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock position
five times within 10 seconds.
The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC
displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO
LEARN and then press ENGINE
START/STOP.
The DIC display will again show REMOTE
LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
3. Repeat Step 2 two additional times. After
the third time all previously known
transmitters will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be
relearned during the next steps.
The DIC display should now show READY
FOR REMOTE # 1.
11
6. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter pocket and press the
transmitter K or Q button.
To program additional transmitters,
repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters are
programmed, press and hold ENGINE
START/STOP for 12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
7. Put the key back into the transmitter.
8. Replace the key lock cylinder cap. See
Door Locks 0 15.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
4. Place the new transmitter in transmitter
pocket.
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC display
will show that it is ready to program the
next transmitter.
For improved vehicle security, the RKE
transmitter is equipped with a motion
sensor. When starting the vehicle, if the
transmitter has been idle for a while, move
the transmitter slightly and try starting the
vehicle. When starting the vehicle, if the
transmitter battery is depleted or there is
signal interference, the DIC may display NO
REMOTE DETECTED, REPLACE BATTERY IN KEY,
or NO REMOTE DETECTED PLACE KEY IN KEY
POCKET THEN START YOUR VEHICLE, follow
the steps shown below.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
12
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To start the vehicle:
Battery Replacement
{ Warning
Never allow children to play with the RKE
transmitter. The transmitter contains a
small battery, which can be a choking
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can
occur, resulting in severe injury or death.
Seek medical attention immediately if a
battery is swallowed.
{ Warning
1. Place the transmitter in the transmitter
pocket, with the buttons facing the front
of the vehicle.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and
ENGINE START/STOP.
Replace the transmitter battery as soon
as possible.
To avoid personal injury, do not touch
metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter
when it has been exposed to extreme
heat. These surfaces can be hot to the
touch at temperatures above 59 °C
(138 °F).
Caution
When replacing the battery, do not touch
any of the circuitry on the transmitter.
Static from your body could damage the
transmitter.
Caution
Always replace the battery with the
correct type. Replacing the battery with
an incorrect type could potentially create
a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of
used batteries according to instructions
and local laws. Do not attempt to burn,
crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid
exposing the battery to environments
with extremely low air pressures or high
temperatures.
Replace the battery in the transmitter soon
if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To replace the battery:
13
5. Insert the new battery, positive side
toward the back cover. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
6. Push together the transmitter.
7. Insert the key back into the RKE
transmitter.
Remote Vehicle Start
The vehicle has a remote starting feature
that starts the engine from outside of the
vehicle.
1. Press the button on the bottom of the
RKE transmitter to remove the key.
Never pull the key out without pressing
the button.
2. Insert a flat, thin object and remove the
back cover.
/ : This button is on the RKE transmitter.
Laws in some communities may restrict the
use of remote starters. For example, some
laws may require a person using the remote
start to have the vehicle in view when doing
so. Check local regulations for any
requirements on remote starting of vehicles.
Do not use the remote start feature if the
vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle could run
out of fuel.
The RKE transmitter range may be less while
the vehicle is running.
3. Lift the battery with a flat object.
4. Remove the battery.
Other conditions can affect the performance
of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System 0 7.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
14
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Starting the Engine Using Remote Start
To start the vehicle:
1. Press and release Q on the RKE
transmitter.
2. Immediately after completing Step 1,
press and hold / until the turn signal
lamps flash. If the vehicle's lights cannot
be seen, press and hold / for at least
four seconds.
When the vehicle starts, the park lamps will
turn on and remain on as long as the
engine is running. The doors will be locked
and the climate control system will operate
automatically if the vehicle has the
automatic system, or at the same setting as
when the vehicle was last turned off.
With an automatic climate control system
and if equipped with heated seats, the
heated seats turn on during colder outside
temperatures and shut off when the ignition
is turned on.
The rear window defogger and heated
mirrors, if equipped, turn on during colder
outside temperatures and turn off when the
ignition is turned on.
After entering the vehicle during a remote
start, press the brake and ENGINE START/
STOP with the transmitter in the vehicle to
drive the vehicle.
If the vehicle is left running, it automatically
shuts off after 15 minutes unless a time
extension has been done.
Extending Engine Run Time
To extend the engine run time by
15 minutes, repeat Steps 1 and 2 while the
engine is still running. An extension can be
requested 30 seconds after starting. The
engine run time can only be extended if it is
the first remote start since the vehicle has
been driven. Remote start can be extended
one time.
If the remote start procedure is used again
while the engine is still running, 15 minutes
will be added on for a total of 30 minutes.
For example, if Q and then / are pressed
again while the engine is still running,
15 minutes will be added on for a total of
30 minutes.
A maximum of two remote starts or remote
start with an extension are allowed between
ignition cycles.
After the vehicle's engine has been started
two times using the remote start button or
a start with an extension, the ignition must
be turned on and then back off before the
remote start procedure can be used again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To manually shut off a remote start:
. Press and hold / until the lamps
turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Turn the ignition on and then off.
Conditions in Which the Remote Start
Will Not Work
The vehicle cannot be started using the
remote start feature if the RKE transmitter is
in the vehicle, the hood is open, the vehicle
is not in P (Park), the hazard flashers are on,
the vehicle is on, two remote starts or a
start with an extension have been used,
or there is an emission control system
malfunction.
The engine turns off during a remote start if
the coolant temperature gets too high or if
the oil pressure gets low.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Door Locks
{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
. Passengers, especially children, can
easily open the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors can be
unlocked and opened while the vehicle
is moving. The chance of being thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are not locked.
So, all passengers should wear seat
belts properly and the doors should be
locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
. Young children who get into unlocked
vehicles may be unable to get out.
A child can be overcome by extreme
heat and can suffer permanent injuries
or even death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle whenever
leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter through an
unlocked door when you slow down
or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from happening.
To lock/unlock the doors from the outside:
Q or K on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
. Use the key in the driver door. The key
lock cylinder is covered with a cap.
. Press
To lock/unlock the doors from the inside:
15
The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m
(3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened.
Press the button on the door handle to
open. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 7.
Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder Access (In
Case of Dead Battery)
Q or K on the power door lock
switch.
. Push down on the door lock knob to lock
a door.
. Pull the door handle once to unlock it.
Pull the door handle again to unlatch it.
. Press
Keyless Access
To access the driver door key lock cylinder:
1. Insert the key into the slot on the
bottom of the cap.
2. Lift the key upward to remove the cap.
3. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn
to lock or unlock.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
16
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To replace the cap:
1. Position the bottom edge of the cap
under the lower edge of the metal
piece (2). The tabs (3) attach to the
metal piece (2) at the positions (1).
2. Rotate the cap upward and install into
place.
3. Check that the cap is secure.
Power Door Locks
Free-Turning Locks
The door key lock cylinder turns freely when
either the wrong key is used, or the correct
key is not fully inserted. The free-turning
door lock feature prevents the lock from
being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it
to the vertical position with the correct key
fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it
again. If this does not reset the lock, turn
the key halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure.
Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of the doors
until five seconds after all doors are closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned on when
the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has
been turned off.
When Q is pressed on the power door lock
switch while the door is open, a chime will
sound three times indicating delayed locking
is active.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are closed. If a
door is reopened before that time, the
five-second timer will reset when all doors
are closed again.
Press Q on the door lock switch again or
press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the
doors immediately.
This feature can also be programmed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically when all
doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
To unlock the doors:
. Press K on the power door lock switch.
. Shift into P (Park).
Automatic door locking cannot be disabled.
Automatic door unlocking can be
programmed. See Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
Lockout Protection
Safety Locks
If the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
and the power door lock switch is pressed
with the driver door open, all the doors will
lock and only the driver door will unlock.
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear doors
from inside the vehicle.
If the vehicle is off and locking is requested
while a door is open, when all doors are
closed the vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is
detected and the number of RKE
transmitters inside has not reduced, the
driver door will unlock and the horn will
chirp three times.
17
Manual Safety Locks
Lockout Protection can be manually
overridden with the driver door open by
pressing and holding Q on the power door
lock switch.
Open Door Anti Lock Out
If Open Door Anti Lock Out has been turned
on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is
open, and locking is requested, all the doors
will lock and the driver door will lock and
then immediately unlock. The Open Door
Anti-Lock Out feature can be turned on or
off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
If equipped, the safety lock is on the inside
edge of the rear doors. To use the
safety lock:
1. Move the lever up to the lock position.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same for the other rear door.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
18
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To open a rear door when the safety lock
is on:
1. Unlock the door by pulling the inside
handle, by pressing the driver power
door lock switch, or by using the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
2. Open the door from the outside.
When the safety lock is enabled, adults and
older children will not be able to open the
rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety
locks to enable the doors to open from the
inside.
To cancel the safety lock:
1. Unlock the door and open it from the
outside.
2. Move the lever down to unlock. Do the
same for the other door.
Doors
Liftgate
Caution
Warning (Continued)
through the seal between the body and
the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under
the instrument panel.
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area above
and behind the liftgate is clear before
opening it.
Manual Liftgate
To unlock the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or press K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
twice within five seconds. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
. Adjust the climate control system to a
setting that brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a
power liftgate, disable the power
liftgate function.
See Engine Exhaust 0 204.
{ Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it
is driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch
open, or with any objects that pass
(Continued)
To open the liftgate, press the touch pad
under the liftgate handle and lift up.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
With Keyless Access, the liftgate can be
opened when locked if the RKE transmitter
is within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 7.
Caution
Driving with an open and unsecured
liftgate may result in damage to the
power liftgate components.
Use the pull cup to lower and close the
liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This may cause the
liftgate to be unlatched.
. OFF: Opens manually only.
To power open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode.
b twice quickly on the RKE
transmitter until the liftgate moves.
. Press
8 on the driver door. The driver
door must either be unlocked or locked
without the security armed.
. Press the touch pad on the underside of
the liftgate handle after unlocking all
doors. A locked vehicle can be opened if
the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
the touch pad.
. Press
The liftgate has an electric latch. If the
battery is disconnected or has low voltage,
the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will
resume operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.
Always close the liftgate before driving.
Power Liftgate Operation
{ Warning
You or others could be injured if caught
in the path of the power liftgate. Make
sure there is no one in the way of the
liftgate as it is opening and closing.
19
If equipped, the power liftgate switch is on
the driver door. The vehicle must be in
P (Park).
The modes are:
. MAX: Opens to maximum height.
. 3/4: Opens to a reduced height that can
be set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to
prevent the liftgate from opening into
overhead obstructions such as a garage
door or roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate
can be manually opened all the way.
l on the bottom edge of the
liftgate to the left of the latch to close.
. Press
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
20
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press any liftgate button, the touch pad,
or b on the RKE transmitter while the
liftgate is moving to stop it. Pressing any
liftgate button or pressing b twice quickly
on the RKE transmitter restarts the
operation in the reverse direction. Pressing
the touch pad on the liftgate handle will
restart the motion, but only in the opening
direction.
Caution
Manually forcing the liftgate to open or
close during a power cycle can damage
the vehicle. Allow the power cycle to
complete.
The power liftgate may be temporarily
disabled under extreme low temperatures,
or after repeated power cycling over a short
period of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can
still be operated manually.
If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while
the power function is in progress, the
liftgate will continue to completion. If the
vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has
completed moving, the liftgate may stop or
reverse direction. Check for DIC messages
and make sure the liftgate is closed and
latched before driving.
Falling Liftgate Detection
If the power liftgate automatically closes
after a power opening cycle, it indicates that
the system is reacting to excess weight on
the liftgate or a possible support strut
failure. A repetitive chime will sound while
the falling liftgate detection feature is
operating. Remove any excess weight. If the
liftgate continues to automatically close
after opening, see your dealer for service
before using the power liftgate.
deactivate. After removing the obstructions,
manually close the liftgate which will allow
normal power operation functions to
resume.
If the vehicle is locked while the liftgate is
closing, and an obstacle is encountered that
prevents the liftgate from completely
closing, the horn will sound as an alert that
the liftgate did not close.
Setting the 3/4 Mode
Interfering with the power liftgate motion
or manually closing the liftgate too quickly
after power opening may resemble a
support strut failure. This could also activate
the falling liftgate detection feature. Allow
the liftgate to complete its operation and
wait a few seconds before manually closing
the liftgate.
To change the position the liftgate stops at
when opening:
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and power
open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at the
desired height by pressing any liftgate
switch. Manually adjust the liftgate
position if needed.
Obstacle Detection Features
3. Press and hold l to the left of the
latch at the bottom of the liftgate until
the turn signals flash and a beep sounds.
This indicates the setting has been
recorded.
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during
a power open or close cycle, the liftgate will
automatically reverse direction and move a
short distance away from the obstacle. After
removing the obstruction, the power liftgate
operation can be used again. If the liftgate
encounters multiple obstacles on the same
power cycle, the power function will
The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum
programmable height. If there is no light
flash or sound, then the height adjustment
may be too low.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Manual Operation
Select OFF to manually operate the liftgate.
See “Manual Liftgate” at the beginning of
this section.
Caution
Attempting to move the liftgate too
quickly and with excessive force may
result in damage to the vehicle.
Operate the liftgate manually with a
smooth motion and moderate speed. The
system includes a feature which limits the
manual closing speed to protect the
components.
The hands-free feature can be customized.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 114. Choose
from the following:
On-Open and Close : The kicking motion is
activated to both open and close the
liftgate.
On-Open Only : The kicking motion is
activated to only open the liftgate.
Off : The feature is disabled.
Kick Zone
logo, then pull it back. The kick must come
within 14 cm (6 in) of the rear bumper to
activate. Then step back.
Caution
Splashing water may cause the liftgate to
open. Keep the RKE transmitter away
from the rear bumper detection area or
turn the liftgate mode to OFF when
cleaning or working near the rear bumper
to avoid accidental opening.
. Do not sweep your foot side to side.
. Do not keep your foot under the bumper;
the liftgate will not activate.
. Do not touch the liftgate until it has
Hands-Free Operation
stopped moving.
If equipped, the liftgate may be operated
with a kicking motion near the left side of
the rear bumper at the location of the
projected logo. The RKE transmitter must be
within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper to
operate the power liftgate hands-free.
The hands-free feature will not work while
the liftgate is moving. To stop the liftgate
while in motion use one of the liftgate
switches.
21
When closing the liftgate using this feature,
there will be a short delay. The taillamps
will flash and a chime will sound.
Step away from the liftgate before it starts
moving.
To operate, move your foot in a forward
kicking motion near the left side of the rear
bumper at the location of the projected
Projected Logo
If equipped with this feature, a vehicle logo
will be projected for one minute onto the
ground near the rear bumper when an RKE
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
22
Keys, Doors, and Windows
transmitter is detected within approximately
2 m (6 ft). The projected logo may not be
visible under brighter daytime conditions.
The projected logo will only be available for
this RKE transmitter after it has been out of
range for at least 20 seconds.
If an RKE transmitter is again detected
within approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the
liftgate, or another hands-free operation has
been detected, the one-minute timer will be
reset.
1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free Operation
Detection Zone
2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo
Detection Zone
The projected logo shows where the kicking
motion is to take place.
The projected logo will not work under
these conditions:
. The vehicle battery is low.
. The transmission is not in P (Park).
. Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to Off
in vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
. Power liftgate is turned off.
. The vehicle remains parked for 72 hours
or more, with no RKE transmitter use or
Keyless Access operation. To re-enable,
press any button on the RKE transmitter
or open and close a vehicle door.
The projected logo will not work for a single
RKE transmitter when a transmitter:
. Has been left within approximately 2 m
(6 ft) of the liftgate for several minutes.
. Has been left inside the vehicle and all
vehicle doors are closed.
. Has approached the area outside of the
liftgate five times within five minutes.
If the logo is continuously on for
five minutes, then the projected logo will
not turn back on for one hour.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability
Action
Hands-Free
Liftgate
Projected Logo
RKE transmitter entering projected logo
detection zone
Operative
On for one minute
RKE transmitter left inside projected logo
detection zone for minimum of five minutes
Operative
Off until RKE transmitter button press or a
door is opened and closed
RKE transmitter brought in and out of
projected logo detection zone five times or
more within five minutes
Operative
Off for one hour or until RKE transmitter
button press or a door is opened and closed
Vehicle remains parked for more than
72 hours
Operative
Off until RKE transmitter button press or a
door is opened and closed
Vehicle battery is low
Non-operative
Off
Transmission is not in P (Park)
Non-operative
Off
Power liftgate is turned off
Non-operative
Off
Hands-free liftgate is disabled in vehicle personalization
Non-operative
Off
23
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
24
Keys, Doors, and Windows
. Use the Keyless Access system.
. With a door open, press the
Lens Cleaning
inside Q.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will
arm, and the indicator light will begin to
slowly flash indicating the alarm system
is operating. Pressing Q on the RKE
transmitter a second time will bypass
the 30-second delay and immediately
arm the alarm system.
If equipped, use a cotton swab to clean
the lens.
The indicator light on the instrument panel
near the windshield indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent features;
however, they do not make the vehicle
impossible to steal.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the
delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the
hood, or the liftgate is open.
Vehicle Alarm System
Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Close the liftgate and the hood. Turn off
the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the
doors are locked with the key.
If the driver door is opened without first
unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn
will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,
or the door is not unlocked by pressing K
on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is
opened without first disarming the system.
When the alarm is activated, the turn
signals flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will then
re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized
event.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Disarming the Alarm System
Immobilizer Operation
To disarm the alarm system or turn off the
alarm if it has been activated:
. Press K on the RKE transmitter.
. Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless
Access system.
. Start the vehicle.
This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent
system.
To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:
The immobilization system is disarmed
when the ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY and a valid transmitter is
present in the vehicle.
. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have
left the vehicle and all doors are closed.
. Always unlock a door with the RKE
The system does not have to be manually
armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically immobilized
when the vehicle is turned off.
transmitter or use the Keyless Access
system.
Unlocking the driver door with the key will
not disarm the system or turn off the alarm.
How to Detect a Tamper Condition
If K is pressed and the horn chirps and the
lights flash three times, the alarm was
activated while the alarm system was
armed.
If the alarm system has been activated, a
message will appear on the DIC.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 349.
The security light in the instrument cluster
comes on if there is a problem with arming
or disarming the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more RKE
transmitters matched to an immobilizer
control unit in the vehicle. Only a correctly
matched RKE transmitter will start the
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged,
the vehicle may not start.
25
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light may come on briefly when the
ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the security
light stays on, there is a problem with the
system. Turn the ignition off and try again.
If the vehicle will not change ignition
modes, and the RKE transmitter appears to
be undamaged, try another transmitter. Or,
try placing the transmitter into the
transmitter pocket located in the center
console. See Starting the Vehicle With a Low
Transmitter Battery under Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
If the ignition mode will not change with
the other transmitter or with a transmitter
in the transmitter pocket, your vehicle needs
service. If the ignition does change modes,
the first transmitter may be faulty. See your
dealer who can service the theft-deterrent
system and have a new RKE transmitter
programmed to the vehicle.
It is possible for the immobilizer system to
learn new or replacement RKE transmitters.
Up to eight transmitters can be
programmed for the vehicle. To program
additional transmitters, see Programming
Transmitters to the Vehicle under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
26
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Do not leave the transmitter or device that
disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent
system in the vehicle.
Power Mirrors
Memory Mirrors
The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See
Memory Seats 0 38.
Exterior Mirrors
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
Convex Mirrors
The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change
Alert (LCA) 0 235.
{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things, like
other vehicles, look farther away than
they really are. If you cut too sharply
into the adjacent lane, you could hit a
vehicle that is driving next to you. Check
the inside mirror or glance over your
shoulder before changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex shaped.
A convex mirror's surface is curved so more
can be seen from the driver seat.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
To adjust a mirror:
1. Press } or | to choose the driver or
passenger mirror.
2. Press one of the four arrows on the
control pad to move the mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little
of the vehicle and the area behind it can
be seen.
4. Press } or | again to deselect the
mirror. If you do not deselect the mirror,
the mirror adjustment will turn off after
about one minute.
(If equipped), the mirrors can be folded
inward by hand to prevent damage when
going through tight maneuvers such as an
automatic car wash. Afterward, fold the
mirror outward by hand to return it to the
original position.
Heated Mirrors
K : Press to heat the mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual
Automatic Climate Control System 0 181.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Reverse Tilt Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and
memory seats, the passenger and/or driver
mirror tilts to a preselected position when
the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the
curb to be seen when parallel parking.
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
The mirror(s) may move from their tilted
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse),
or remains in R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The vehicle is turned off.
. The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above
a set speed.
To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
of the area behind the vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with
water.
27
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the
glare of headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
Rear Camera Mirror
If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror
provides a wide angle camera view of the
area behind the vehicle.
Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the
tab to turn it off. When off the mirror has
automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a
clear view of the area behind the vehicle
while the display is off.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
28
Keys, Doors, and Windows
The adjustment options are:
Press @ to scroll through the adjustment
options.
. Tilt
. Brightness
Press t and u to adjust the settings using
the indicators on the mirror. The indicators
will remain visible for five seconds after the
last button activation, and the settings will
remain saved.
. Zoom
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
{ Warning
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a
limited view. Portions of the road,
vehicles, and other objects may not be
seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle
using only this camera. Objects may
appear closer than they are. Check the
outside mirrors or glance over your
shoulder when making lane changes or
merging. Failure to use proper care may
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Troubleshooting
29
See your dealer for service if a blue
screen and
are displayed in the mirror, and the display
shuts off. Also, push the tab as indicated to
return to the automatic dimming mode.
The Rear Camera Mirror may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
. There is glare from the sun or headlamps.
This may obstruct objects from view.
If needed, push the tab to turn off the
display.
. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the
camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft
damp cloth, or if equipped, with the Rear
Camera Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 86.
. The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has
been damaged, and/or the position or the
mounting angle of the camera has
changed.
Windows
{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a
pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the
windows closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the extreme
heat and suffer permanent injuries or
even death from heat stroke.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
30
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
Window Lockout
rear seat, use the window lockout switch
to prevent operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 6.
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to
improve fuel economy performance. This
may result in a pulsing sound when either
rear window is down and the front windows
are up. To reduce the sound, open either a
front window or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Children could be seriously injured or
killed if caught in the path of a closing
window. Never leave the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with
children. When there are children in the
(Continued)
The power windows work when the ignition
is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 202.
Using the window switch, press to open or
pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily disabled if
they are used repeatedly within a
short time.
This feature stops the rear passenger
window switches from working.
. Press 2 to engage the rear window
lockout feature. The indicator light is on
when engaged.
. Press 2 again to disengage.
Window Express Movement
All windows can be opened without holding
the window switch. Press the switch down
fully and quickly release to express open the
window.
If equipped, pull the window switch up fully
and quickly release to express close the
window.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Briefly press or pull the window switch in
the same direction to stop that window’s
express movement.
Window Automatic Reversal System
The express-close feature will reverse
window movement if it comes in contact
with an object. Extreme cold or ice could
cause the window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after the
object or condition is removed.
Automatic Reversal System Override
{ Warning
If automatic reversal system override is
active, the window will not reverse
automatically. You or others could be
injured and the window could be
damaged. Before using automatic reversal
system override, make sure that all
people and obstructions are clear of the
window path.
When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling and
holding the window switch if conditions
prevent it from closing.
Programming the Power Windows
Programming may be necessary if the
vehicle battery has been disconnected or
discharged. If the window is unable to
express-up, program each express-close
window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed. Then close it and continue
to pull the switch briefly after the
window has fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue to press
the switch briefly after the window has
fully opened.
31
Pull the sun visor down to block glare.
Detach the sun visor from the center mount
to pivot to the side window and,
if equipped, extend along the rod.
Roof
Sunroof
If equipped, the ignition must be on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) must be active to operate the
sunroof. See Ignition Positions 0 196 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 202.
Sun Visors
1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)
2. Sunshade Switch (SLIDE)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
32
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Sunroof Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully press and
release i (1). Press the switch again to
stop it. To express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release g (1). Press the switch
again to stop it.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the
sunshade, press to the first position, and
hold r (2) until the sunshade reaches the
desired position. Press s (2) to close the
sunshade.
When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector
will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when the
sunroof is closed.
Sunroof Comfort Stop Position : This vehicle
may be equipped with a comfort stop to
prevent excessive wind noise. The sunroof
will stop approximately halfway open during
an express open. To fully open the sunroof,
press and release g (1) again.
Automatic Reversal System
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the
sunroof, press to the first position, and hold
i (1) until the sunroof reaches the
desired position. Press and hold g (1) to
close it.
If an object is in the path while express
closing, the reversal system will detect an
object, stop, and open the sunroof or power
sunshade slightly.
The sunroof has an automatic reversal
system that is only active when the sunroof
is operated in express-close mode.
Sunshade Switch
If frost or other conditions prevent closing,
override the feature by closing the sunroof
in manual mode. To stop movement, release
the switch.
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunshade, fully press and
release r (2). To express-close the
sunshade, fully press and release s (2).
Press the switch again to stop it.
In the event of closing difficulties like frost
or other conditions, it is possible to override
the reversal system. To override the reversal
system, close in manual mode. To stop the
movement, release the switch.
Vent : From the closed position,
vent the sunroof.
i (1) to
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof
seal or in the track. This could cause an
issue with sunroof operation or noise.
It could also plug the water drainage
system. Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe
the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using
a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . 44
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 49
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 53
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 54
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 54
What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Replacing Airbag System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Replacing LATCH System Parts After a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
33
Head Restraints
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, there is a
greater chance that occupants will suffer
a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for all
occupants are installed and adjusted
properly.
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard seating
positions.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
34
Seats and Restraints
Adjust the head restraint so that the top of
the restraint is at the same height as the
top of the occupant's head. This position
reduces the chances of a neck injury in a
crash.
To raise or lower the head restraint, press
the button located on the side of the head
restraint, and pull up or push the head
restraint down, and release the button. Pull
and push on the head restraint after the
button is released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head restraints are
not removable.
Rear Seats
Folding the Rear Head Restraint
The vehicle’s rear seats have adjustable head
restraints in the outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can be
adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise
it. Try to move the head restraint to make
sure it is locked in place.
The head restraint can be folded rearward to
allow for better visibility when the rear seat
is unoccupied.
To fold the head restraint, press the button
on the side of the head restraint.
To lower the head restraint, press the
button on the top of the seatback and push
the head restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is released to
make sure it is locked in place.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
35
Front Seats
3. Try to move the seat back and forth to
be sure it is locked in place.
Seat Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat Position
{ Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if you
try to adjust a driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat
only when the vehicle is not moving.
The head restraint will fold rearward
automatically.
When an occupant or child restraint is in the
seat, always return the head restraint to the
full upright position. Pull the head restraint
up and forward until it locks into place.
If equipped, move the lever up or down to
manually raise or lower the seat.
Power Seat Adjustment
Push and pull on the head restraint to make
sure that it is locked.
{ Warning
Always adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same height as
the top of the occupant's head.
Rear outboard head restraints are not
removable.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired position and
release the handle.
You can lose control of the vehicle if you
try to adjust a driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat
only when the vehicle is not moving.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
36
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
The power seats will work with the
ignition off. Children could operate the
power seats and be injured. Never leave
children alone in the vehicle.
To adjust the seatback, see Reclining
Seatbacks 0 36.
To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar
Adjustment 0 37.
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
That could cause injury to the person
sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever. If necessary, move the seat
belt out of the way to access the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the desired
position, then release the lever to lock
the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to an upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without applying
pressure to the seatback, and the
seatback returns to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked.
{ Warning
To adjust the seat:
. Move the seat forward or rearward by
sliding the control forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of the seat
cushion by moving the front of the
control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by moving
the rear of the control up or down.
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the seat belts
cannot do their job.
The shoulder belt will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in front of
you. In a crash, you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Lumbar Adjustment
The lap belt could go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would be there,
not at your pelvic bones. This could cause
serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is
in motion, have the seatback upright.
Then sit well back in the seat and wear
the seat belt properly.
. Tilt the top of the control rearward to
recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward to
raise.
Do not have a seatback reclined if the
vehicle is moving.
Press and hold the control forward to
increase or rearward to decrease support.
37
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
38
Seats and Restraints
Memory Seats
Personalization Settings” later in this section.
The memory recalls may be cancelled at any
time during the recall. See “Cancel Memory
Seating Recalls” later in this section.
Identifying Driver Number
Overview
If equipped, the memory seat feature allows
drivers to save their unique driving positions
and a shared exit position. See “Saving
Seating Positions” later in this section. The
saved positions can be recalled manually by
all drivers, see “Manually Recalling Seating
Positions” later in this section, and drivers
with RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can also recall
them automatically. See “Auto Seat Entry
Memory Recall” or “Auto Seat Exit Memory
Recall” later in this section. To enable
automatic recalls, turn on Seat Entry
Memory and/or Seat Exit Memory. See
“Enable Automatic Recalls” under “Vehicle
The vehicle identifies the current driver by
their RKE transmitter number 1–8. The
current RKE transmitter number may be
identified by Driver Information Center (DIC)
welcome message, “You are driver x for
memory recalls,” This message is displayed
the first few times the vehicle is turned on
when a different RKE transmitter is used. For
Seat Entry Memory to work properly, save
positions to the 1 or 2 memory button
matching the driver number of this welcome
message. To aid in identifying transmitter
IDs, it is recommended to only carry one
RKE transmitter when entering the vehicle.
Perform the following if the welcome
message is not displayed:
1. Move all keys and RKE transmitters away
from the vehicle.
2. Start the vehicle with another RKE
transmitter. A DIC welcome message
should display indicating the driver
number of the other RKE transmitter.
Turn the vehicle off and remove the
other key or RKE transmitter from the
vehicle.
3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or
RKE transmitter. The DIC welcome
message should display the driver
number of the initial RKE transmitter.
Saving Seating Positions
Read these instructions completely before
saving memory positions.
To save preferred driving positions to
1 and 2:
1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY. A DIC welcome message
may indicate the driver number of the
current RKE transmitter. See “Identifying
Driver Number” previously in this
section.
2. Adjust all available memory features to
the desired driving position.
3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound.
4. Immediately upon releasing SET, press
and hold memory button 1 or 2 matching
the current Driver’s RKE transmitter
number until two beeps sound. If too
much time passes between releasing SET
and pressing 1 or 2, the two beeps will
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2 or
Enable Automatic Recalls under Vehicle
Personalization Settings
. For Seat Entry Memory that begins
movement to the preferred driving
position of the 1 or 2 button when the
vehicle is turned on, select the Settings
menu, then Vehicle, then Seating Position,
then Seat Entry Memory, and then Select
ON or OFF. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory
Recall” later in this section.
. For Seat Exit Memory that begins
movement to the preferred exit position
of the B button when the vehicle is
turned off and the driver door is open or
opened, select the Settings menu, then
Vehicle, then Seating Position, then Seat
Exit Memory, and then Select ON or OFF.
See “Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall” later
in this section.
. See Vehicle Personalization 0 114 for
additional setting information.
B buttons may be initiated and will
Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall
complete to the saved memory position if
the vehicle is in or out of P (Park).
Seat Entry Memory will automatically begin
movement to the seating positions of the 1
or 2 button corresponding to the driver’s
RKE Transmitter number 1 or 2 detected by
the vehicle when:
. The vehicle is turned ON.
not sound indicating memory position
were not saved. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to
try again.
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other RKE
transmitter 1 or 2 using the other 1 or
2 memory button.
It is recommended to save the preferred
driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
the only driver.
To save the common exit seating position to
B that is used by all drivers for Manually
Recalling Seating Positions and Auto Seat
Exit Memory Recall features, repeat Steps 1–
4 using B, the exit button.
Manually Recalling Seating Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or B button until the
recall is complete, to recall the positions
previously saved to that button.
39
. Seating positions have been previously
saved to the same 1 or 2 button. See
“Saving Seating Positions” previously in
this section.
. Seat Entry Memory is enabled. See
“Enable Automatic Recalls” under “Vehicle
Personalization Settings” previously in this
section.
. The shift lever is in P (Park).
Seat Entry Memory Recall will continue if
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to
reaching the saved memory position.
If the saved memory seat position does not
automatically recall, verify the recall is
enabled. See “Enable Automatic Recalls”
under “Vehicle Personalization Settings”
previously in this section.
If the memory seat recalls to the wrong
position, the driver’s RKE transmitter number
1 or 2 may not match the memory button
number positions they were saved to. Try
the other RKE transmitter or try saving the
positions to the other 1 or 2 memory
button. See “Saving Seating Positions”
previously in this section.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
40
Seats and Restraints
Automatic Seat Entry Memory recalls are
only available for driver’s RKE Transmitter
numbers 1 and 2. RKE transmitters 3–8 will
not provide Seat Entry Memory recalls.
Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall
Seat Exit Memory will begin movement to
the seating position of the B
button when:
. The vehicle is turned off and the driver
door is open or opened within a
short time.
. A seating position has been previously
been saved to the B memory button.
See “Saving Seating Positions” previously
in this section
. Seat Exit Memory is enabled. See “Enable
Automatic Recalls” under “Vehicle
Personalization Settings” previously in this
section.
. The shift lever is in P (Park).
Seat Exit Memory recall will continue if the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to
reaching the saved memory position.
Seat Exit Memory is not linked to the
driver’s RKE transmitter. The seating position
saved to B is used for all drivers.
Cancel Memory Seating Recalls
. During any memory recall:
Press a power seat control
Press SET memory button
. During Manual memory recall:
Release 1, 2, or
B memory button
. During Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall:
Turn vehicle off
Press SET, 1, 2, or
Warning (Continued)
especially for long periods of time. Do
not place anything on the seat that
insulates against heat, such as a blanket,
cushion, cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to overheat. An
overheated seat heater may cause a burn
or may damage the seat.
B memory buttons
. During Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall:
Press SET, 1, 2, or
B memory buttons
Obstructions
If something has blocked the seat while
recalling a memory position, the recall may
stop. Remove the obstruction and try the
recall again. If the memory position still
does not recall, see your dealer.
Heated Front Seats
{ Warning
If temperature change or pain to the skin
cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause
burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use
care when using the seat heater,
(Continued)
If equipped, the controls are on the climate
control panel. The engine must be running
to operate the heated seats.
Press M or L to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and seatback.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Press the control once for the highest
setting. With each press of the control, the
heated seat will change to the next lower
setting, and then the off setting. Three
lights indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest. If the heated seats are on
high, the level may automatically be
lowered after approximately 30 minutes.
The passenger seat may take longer to
heat up.
Remote Start Heated Seats
When it is cold outside, the heated seats
can be turned on automatically during a
remote vehicle start. The heated seats will
be canceled when the ignition is turned on.
Press the heated seat controls to use the
heated seats after the vehicle is started.
The heated seat indicator lights on the
control do not turn on during a remote
start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is
normal.
The heated seats will not turn on during a
remote start unless the heated seat feature
is enabled in the vehicle
personalization menu.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
Folding Seatback
41
2. Move the seat as far back as possible.
See Seat Adjustment 0 35 or
Power Seat Adjustment 0 35
The front passenger seatback may fold flat.
{ Warning
If you fold the seatback forward to carry
longer objects, such as skis, be sure any
such cargo is not near an airbag. In a
crash, an inflating airbag might force that
object toward a person. This could cause
severe injury or even death. Secure
objects away from the area in which an
airbag would inflate. Where Are the
Airbags? 0 52. Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
{ Warning
Things you put on this seatback can
strike and injure people in a sudden stop
or turn, or in a crash. Remove or secure
all items before driving.
To fold the seatback:
1. Lower the head restraint all the way. See
Head Restraints 0 33
3. Lift the lever fully and fold the seatback
forward. If necessary, move the seat belt
out of the way to access the lever.
4. Continue lowering the seatback until it is
completely folded and locks in place.
To raise the seatback:
1. Lift the lever fully to unlock the
seatback. Then, raise the seatback and
push it rearward until it re-engages.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked in place.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
42
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
That could cause injury to the person
sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
Rear Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
If equipped, the message REAR SEAT
REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays
under certain conditions indicating there
may be an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the vehicle.
This feature will activate when a rear door is
opened while the vehicle is on or up to
10 minutes before the vehicle is turned on.
There will be an alert when the vehicle is
turned off. The alert does not directly detect
objects in the rear seat; instead, under
certain conditions, it detects when a rear
door is opened and closed, indicating that
there may be something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each time
the vehicle is turned on and off, and will
require reactivation by opening and closing
the rear doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear seat; for
example, if a child entered the vehicle
through the rear door and left the vehicle
without the vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
Folding the Seatback
Either side of the seatback can be folded for
more cargo space. Fold a seatback only
when the vehicle is not moving.
Caution
2. Make sure the seat belt is in the
retainer hook
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
still fastened may cause damage to the
seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
the seat belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before folding a
rear seat.
To fold the seatback:
1. Fold the head restraint. See Head
Restraints 0 33.
3. Pull the lever on top of the seatback to
unlock the seatback.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
A red indicator near the seatback lever is
exposed when the seatback is unlocked.
4. Fold the seatback down.
Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other seatback,
if desired.
Raising the Seatbacks
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
That could cause injury to the person
sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
{ Warning
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not
properly attached, or twisted will not
provide the protection needed in a crash.
The person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the rear
seatback, always check to be sure that
the seat belts are properly routed and
attached, and are not twisted.
To raise a seatback:
1. Lift the seatback up and push it rearward
to lock it in place.
A red indicator near the seatback lever
retracts when the seatback is locked in
place.
The center rear seat belt may lock when
you raise the seatback. If this happens,
let the belt go back all the way and start
again.
2. Return the head restraint to the upright
position. See Head Restraints 0 33.
3. Push and pull the top of the seatback to
be sure it is locked into position.
4. Check if the seat belt is stowed within
hook at side. If not, stow seat belt in it
appropriately.
5. Repeat the steps to raise the other
seatback, if necessary.
When the seat is not in use, it should be
kept in the upright, locked position.
43
Rear Seat Armrest
The rear seat has an armrest in the center
of the seatback. Lower the armrest to access
the cupholders.
To fold, lift the armrest up and push it
rearward until it is flush with the seatback.
Seat Belts
This section describes how to use seat belts
properly, and some things not to do.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
44
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
Why Seat Belts Work
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a
crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt
cannot be worn properly. In a crash,
if you or your passenger(s) are not
wearing seat belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing seat belts.
You can be seriously injured or killed by
hitting things inside the vehicle harder or
by being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not buckled up
can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle.
In a collision, passengers riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow passengers
to ride in any area of the vehicle that is
not equipped with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and check that
all passenger(s) are restrained
properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to
buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 96.
Questions and Answers About Seat Belts
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance
of being conscious during and after a
crash, so you can unbuckle and get out,
is much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I
have to wear seat belts?
When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast
as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops
suddenly, you keep going until something
stops you. It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
When you wear a seat belt, you and the
vehicle slow down together. There is more
time to stop because you stop over a longer
distance and, when worn properly, your
strongest bones take the forces from the
seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only.
They work with seat belts — not instead
of them. Whether or not an airbag is
provided, all occupants still have to
buckle up to get the most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in all
Canadian provinces, the law requires
wearing seat belts.
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
There are additional things to know about
seat belts and children, including smaller
children and infants. If a child will be riding
in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 61 or
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Children 0 62. Review
and follow the rules for children in addition
to the following rules.
It is very important for all occupants to
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted
people are hurt more often in crashes than
those who are wearing seat belts.
There are important things to know about
wearing a seat belt properly.
If you slid under it, the belt would apply
force on your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt
restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
if there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your seat belt
properly.
. Sit up straight and always keep your feet
on the floor in front of you (if possible).
. Wear the lap part of the belt low and
snug on the hips, just touching the
thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
strong pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap belt.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to
become loose or twisted.
45
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
46
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
Never wear the shoulder belt under both
arms or behind your back.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an
armrest.
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is
routed under plastic trim on the seat,
such as trim around the rear seatback
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
pinched seat belts might not provide
adequate protection. Never allow seat
belts to be routed under plastic trim
pieces.
Always use the correct buckle for your
seating position.
You can be seriously injured or killed if
the shoulder belt is worn behind your
back, under your legs, or wrapped around
your neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around
you. You may have to cut the seat belt if
it is locked and tightened around you.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle have a
lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain how to
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable,
so you can sit up straight. To see how,
see “Seats” in the Index.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
47
position on the seat, move the seat
rearward or recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking
feature in the front outboard seating
position may affect the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger Sensing
System 0 56.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt
across you. Do not let it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you
pull the belt across you very quickly.
If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, the child
restraint locking feature may be
engaged. See Child Restraint Systems
0 64. If this occurs, let the belt go back
all the way and start again. If the
locking feature stays engaged after
letting the belt go back to stowed
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure. If the belt is not long
enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 49.
Position the release button on the buckle
so that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
If the webbing locks in the latch plate
before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch
plate flat to unlock.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
48
Seats and Restraints
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt height
adjuster for the driver and front outboard
passenger seating positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of
the belt is on the shoulder and not falling
off of it. The belt should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt
height adjustment could reduce the
effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 44.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height
adjuster, move it to the height that is
right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height
Adjuster” later in this section for
instructions on use and important safety
information.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on
the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull stitching on the
seat belt through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on the
buckle. The belt should return to its stowed
position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed
position, the retractor may lock and cannot
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat
belt straight out firmly to unlock the
webbing, and then release it. If the webbing
is still locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt
is out of the way. If a door is slammed
against a seat belt, damage can occur to
both the seat belt and the vehicle.
To move the shoulder belt height adjuster
down, push up on the release button and
move the height adjuster to the desired
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
position. You can move the height adjuster
up by pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide.
After the adjuster is set to the desired
position, try to move it down without
pushing the release button to make sure it
has locked into position.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for
front outboard occupants. Although the seat
belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are
part of the seat belt assembly. They can
help tighten the seat belts during the early
stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner activation are
met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help
tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash, the
pretensioners and probably other parts of
the vehicle’s seat belt system will need to
be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 50.
49
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while
entering or exiting the vehicle or at any
time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the
seat belt can damage the webbing and
hardware.
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide
added seat belt comfort for older children
who have outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a shoulder
belt, the comfort guide positions the
shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
Comfort guides are available through your
dealer for the rear outboard seating
positions. Instructions are included with the
guide.
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone, including
pregnant women. Like all occupants, they
are more likely to be seriously injured if
they do not wear seat belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should
be worn as low as possible, below the
rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is to
protect the mother. When a seat belt is
worn properly, it is more likely that the
fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to
making seat belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Seat Belt Extender
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around
you, you should use it.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
50
Seats and Restraints
But if a seat belt is not long enough, your
dealer will order you an extender. Only a
GM dealer issued extender should be used.
When you go in to order it, take the
heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender
will be long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is made to
fit. The extender has been designed for
adults. Never use it for securing child
restraints. For more information on the
proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see
the instruction sheet that comes with the
extender.
Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt reminder,
seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,
shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped),
and seat belt anchorages to make sure they
are all in working order. Look for any other
loose or damaged seat belt system parts
that might keep a seat belt system from
performing properly. See your dealer to
have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
seat belts may not protect you in a crash.
Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
have it replaced immediately. If a belt is
twisted, it may be possible to untwist by
reversing the latch plate on the webbing.
If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your
dealer to fix it.
Make sure the seat belt reminder light is
working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 96.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt
Care 0 50.
Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat belts should be properly cared for and
maintained.
Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and
free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior
hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be
lightly cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris
in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in
the system please see the dealer. Parts may
need to be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system.
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
It may severely weaken the webbing. In
a crash, they might not be able to
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
provide adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
webbing to dry.
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts
after a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the seat belt system
in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt
system may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in serious injury
or even death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of seat
belts may not be necessary. But the seat
belt assemblies that were used during any
crash may have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat belt
assemblies inspected or replaced.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
New parts and repairs may be necessary
even if the seat belt system was not being
used at the time of the crash.
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if
the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the
airbag readiness light stays on after you
start the vehicle or while you are driving.
See Airbag Readiness Light 0 96.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver
. A frontal airbag for the front outboard
passenger
. A knee airbag for the driver
. A knee airbag for the front outboard
passenger
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
driver
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
front outboard passenger
. Seat-mounted side impact airbags for the
second row outboard passengers
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and for
the rear passengers seated directly behind
the driver
. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
passenger and the rear passengers seated
directly behind the front outboard
passenger
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on
the trim or on a label near the deployment
opening.
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
the center of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel for the
front outboard passenger.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
lower part of the instrument panel.
For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the
word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback
or side of the seat closest to the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement the
protection provided by seat belts. Even
though today's airbags are also designed to
help reduce the risk of injury from the force
of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things to know
about the airbag system:
51
{ Warning
You can be severely injured or killed in a
crash if you are not wearing your seat
belt, even with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with seat belts, not
replace them. Also, airbags are not
designed to inflate in every crash. In
some crashes seat belts are the only
restraint. See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? 0 53.
Wearing your seat belt during a crash
helps reduce your chance of hitting
things inside the vehicle or being ejected
from it. Airbags are “supplemental
restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in
the vehicle should wear a seat belt
properly, whether or not there is an
airbag for that person.
{ Warning
Because airbags inflate with great force
and faster than the blink of an eye,
anyone who is up against, or very close
to, any airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
52
Seats and Restraints
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of
the steering wheel.
Warning (Continued)
unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
would be if sitting on the edge of the
seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
keep you in position before and during a
crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with
airbags. The driver should sit as far back
as possible while still maintaining control
of the vehicle. The seat belts and the
front outboard passenger airbags are
most effective when you are sitting well
back and upright in the seat with both
feet on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or sleep
against the door or side windows in
seating positions with seat-mounted side
impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
{ Warning
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Always
secure children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children 0 61 or
Infants and Young Children 0 62.
The front outboard passenger frontal airbag
is in the passenger side instrument panel.
There is an airbag readiness light on the
instrument cluster, which shows the airbag
symbol.
The system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light tells you
if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 96.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below the steering
column. The front outboard passenger knee
airbag is below the glove box.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
On vehicles with second row seat-mounted
side impact airbags, they are in the sides of
the seatback closest to the door.
53
Warning (Continued)
must be kept clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an airbag, and
do not attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any
other airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted side
impact airbag.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
The driver and front outboard passenger
seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the
side of the seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front
outboard passenger, and rear outboard
passengers are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
{ Warning
If something is between an occupant and
an airbag, the airbag might not inflate
properly or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury or even
death. The path of an inflating airbag
(Continued)
Never secure anything to the roof of a
vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a
rope or tie‐down through any door or
window opening. If you do, the path of
an inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
When Should an Airbag Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See
Airbag System 0 51. Airbags are designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds the specific
airbag system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to predict
how severe a crash is likely to be in time
for the airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. The vehicle has electronic
sensors that help the airbag system
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
54
Seats and Restraints
determine the severity of the impact.
Deployment thresholds can vary with
specific vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
crashes to help reduce the potential for
severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or should
inflate is not based primarily on how fast
the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what
is hit, the direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash
speeds depending on whether the vehicle
hits an object straight on or at an angle,
and whether the object is fixed or moving,
rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate
during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
or in many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has advanced
technology frontal airbags. Advanced
technology frontal airbags adjust the
restraint according to crash severity.
Knee airbags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
impacts. Knee airbags are not designed to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are
designed to inflate in moderate to severe
side crashes, depending on the location of
the impact. These airbags are also designed
to inflate in some moderate to severe or
near-frontal impacts that could result in the
occupant moving toward the side of the
vehicle. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in rollovers,
or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in
moderate to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact. In addition,
these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate
during a rollover or in a severe frontal
impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to
inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the vehicle is
struck or if the sensing system predicts that
the vehicle is about to roll over on its side,
or in a severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can say
whether an airbag should have inflated
simply because of the vehicle damage or
repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing system
sends an electrical signal triggering a release
of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to
break out of the cover. The inflator, the
airbag, and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 52.
How Does an Airbag Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
collisions, even belted occupants can contact
the steering wheel or the instrument panel.
In moderate to severe side collisions, even
belted occupants can contact the inside of
the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection provided
by seat belts by distributing the force of the
impact more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help contain the head and chest
of occupants in the outboard seating
positions in the first and second rows. The
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of full or
partial ejection in rollover events, although
no system can prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many types
of collisions, primarily because the
occupant's motion is not toward those
airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate?
0 53.
Airbags should never be regarded as
anything more than a supplement to seat
belts.
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates?
After frontal, knee, and seat-mounted side
impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate,
so quickly that some people may not even
realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags
may still be at least partially inflated for
some time after they inflate. Some
components of the airbag module may be
hot for several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 52.
The parts of the airbag that come into
contact with you may be warm, but not too
hot to touch. There may be some smoke
and dust coming from the vents in the
deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of the
windshield or being able to steer the
vehicle, nor does it prevent people from
leaving the vehicle.
{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there may be
dust in the air. This dust could cause
breathing problems for people with a
history of asthma or other breathing
trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as it is
safe to do so. If you have breathing
problems but cannot get out of the
vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing problems
following an airbag deployment, you
should seek medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn on the
interior lamps and hazard warning flashers,
and shut off the fuel system after the
55
airbags inflate. The feature may also
activate, without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition off and
then on again, the fuel system will return to
normal operation; the doors can be locked,
the interior lamps can be turned off, and
the hazard warning flashers can be turned
off using the controls for those features.
If any of these systems are damaged in the
crash they may not operate as normal.
{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate the
airbags may have also damaged
important functions in the vehicle, such
as the fuel system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears
to be drivable after a moderate crash,
there may be concealed damage that
could make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt to
restart the engine after a crash has
occurred.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
56
Seats and Restraints
In many crashes severe enough to inflate
the airbag, windshields are broken by
vehicle deformation. Additional windshield
breakage may also occur from the front
outboard passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate only once.
After an airbag inflates, you will need
some new parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the airbag
system will not be there to help protect
you in another crash. A new system will
include airbag modules and possibly other
parts. The service manual for the vehicle
covers the need to replace other parts.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing and
diagnostic module which records
information after a crash. See Vehicle
Data Recording and Privacy 0 350 and
Event Data Recorders 0 351.
. Let only qualified technicians work on the
airbag systems. Improper service can
mean that an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for service.
Passenger Sensing System
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system
for the front outboard passenger position.
The passenger airbag status indicator will
light on the overhead console when the
vehicle is started.
United States
The passenger sensing system turns off the
front outboard passenger frontal airbag and
knee airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger sensing system works with
sensors that are part of the front outboard
passenger seat and seat belt.
The sensors are designed to detect the
presence of a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, and knee airbag, should be
allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly secured in a rear seat
in the correct child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and
under should be secured in a rear seating
position.
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for
on and off, will be visible during the system
check. When the system check is complete,
either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol
for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 97.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
inflates.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to the
inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured or killed if the passenger
frontal airbag inflates and the passenger
seat is in a forward position.
The passenger sensing system is designed to
turn off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, and knee airbag, if:
. The front outboard passenger seat is
unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant is
present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger takes his/her
weight off of the seat for a period
of time.
. There is a critical problem with the airbag
system or the passenger sensing system.
Even if the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard passenger
airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one
can guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual circumstance,
even though the airbag(s) are off.
When the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, and knee airbag, the OFF
indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbags are off. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 97.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in
the front seat, even if the airbag is off.
If securing a forward-facing child restraint
in the front outboard passenger seat,
always move the seat as far back as it
will go. It is better to secure child
restraints in the rear seat. Consider using
another vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
The passenger sensing system is designed to
turn on the front outboard passenger frontal
airbag, and knee airbag, anytime the system
senses that a person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
{ Warning
When the passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbags to be enabled, the ON
indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbags are active.
57
For some children, including children in child
restraints, and for very small adults, the
passenger sensing system may or may not
turn off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, and knee airbag, depending
upon the person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who has
outgrown child restraints should wear a seat
belt properly — whether or not there is an
airbag for that person.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes
on and stays on, it means that
something may be wrong with the airbag
system. To help avoid injury to yourself
or others, have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 96
for more information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint
The passenger sensing system is designed to
turn off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag, if the system
determines that an infant is present in a
child restraint. If a child restraint has been
installed and the ON indicator is lit:
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
58
Seats and Restraints
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from the
vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items from the
seat such as blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint following the
directions provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 73 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Seat) 0 74.
Make sure the seat belt retractor is
locked by pulling the shoulder belt all
the way out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint, even if the
child restraint is equipped with a seat
belt lock off. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but not
pulled out of the retractor.
5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint
and restarting the vehicle, the ON
indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off.
Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback
and adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that the
vehicle seatback is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child restraint is not
trapped under the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head restraint.
See Head Restraints 0 33.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may or may
not turn off the airbags for a child in a child
restraint depending upon the child’s size.
It is better to secure the child restraint in a
rear seat. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the ON
indicator is not lit.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult size is sitting in the
front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF
indicator is lit, it could be because that
person is not sitting properly in the seat or
that the child restraint locking feature is
engaged. Use the following steps to allow
the system to detect that person and enable
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material from the
seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully upright
position.
4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with legs
comfortably extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is
pulled out all the way, the child restraint
locking feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the passenger
sensing system to turn the airbag off for
some adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt
go back all the way, and then buckle the
belt again without pulling the belt out
all the way.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
6. Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for two to
three minutes after the ON indicator
is lit.
{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger airbag is
turned off for an adult-sized occupant,
the airbag will not be able to inflate and
help protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of serious
injury or even death. An adult-sized
occupant should not ride in the front
outboard passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag OFF indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting System
Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger in
position on the seat during vehicle
maneuvers and braking, which helps the
passenger sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts”
and “Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the importance
of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material, such as
a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket
equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters,
and seat massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system operates. We
recommend that you not use seat covers or
other aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific vehicle.
See Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 60 for more
information about modifications that can
affect how the system operates.
The ON indicator may be lit if an object,
such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag,
laptop, or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired,
remove the object from the seat.
{ Warning
Stowing articles under the passenger seat
or between the passenger seat cushion
and seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
59
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle should be
serviced. There are parts of the airbag
system in several places around the vehicle.
Your dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the vehicle and
the airbag system. To purchase a service
manual, see Publication Ordering
Information 0 348.
{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is
turned off and the battery is
disconnected, an airbag can still inflate
during improper service. You can be
injured if you are close to an airbag
when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the airbag
system. Be sure to follow proper service
procedures, and make sure the person
performing work for you is qualified to
do so.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
60
Seats and Restraints
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the vehicle's
frame, bumper system, height, front end,
or side sheet metal may keep the airbag
system from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system can also
be affected by changing, including
improperly repairing or replacing, any parts
of the following:
. Airbag system, including airbag modules,
front or side impact sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, or airbag wiring
. Front seats, including stitching, seams or
zippers
. Seat belts
. Steering wheel, instrument panel,
overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar
garnish trim
. Inner door seals, including speakers
Your dealer and the service manual have
information about the location of the airbag
modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module, and airbag wiring along with the
proper replacement procedures.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front outboard
passenger position, which includes sensors
that are part of the passenger's seat. The
passenger sensing system may not operate
properly if the original seat trim is replaced
with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim,
or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any object,
such as an aftermarket seat heater or a
comfort enhancing pad or device, installed
under or on top of the seat fabric, could
also interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This could either
prevent proper deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing
system from properly turning off the
passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing
System 0 56.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags,
see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 301 for
additional important information.
If the vehicle must be modified because you
have a disability and you have questions
about whether the modifications will affect
the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag system
will be affected if the vehicle is modified for
any other reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices 0 343.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need regularly
scheduled maintenance or replacement.
Make sure the airbag readiness light is
working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 96.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged, opened,
or broken, the airbag may not work
properly. Do not open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any opened or
broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module replaced.
For the location of the airbags, see Where
Are the Airbags? 0 52. See your dealer for
service.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash
Child Restraints
Older Children
{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag systems
in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system
may not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in
serious injury or even death. To help
make sure the airbag systems are
working properly after a crash, have
them inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See your dealer
for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on after
the vehicle is started or comes on when you
are driving, the airbag system may not work
properly. Have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 96.
61
belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear
Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 46. If a comfort guide
is not available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the shoulder, then
return to the booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the
hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat.
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for
the length of the trip? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to wear seat
belts?
Older children who have outgrown booster
seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts.
The manufacturer instructions that come
with the booster seat state the weight and
height limitations for that booster. Use a
booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until
the child passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes,
continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the
shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes,
continue. If no, try using the rear seat
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder
belt and get the additional restraint a
shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or neck.
The lap belt should fit snugly below the
hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the child's
pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
be worn over the abdomen, which could
cause severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 46.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
62
Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in a rear
seating position.
In a crash, children who are not buckled up
can strike other people who are buckled up,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts properly.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child to wear
the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot
properly spread the impact forces. In a
crash, they can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A seat belt must be
used by only one person at a time.
{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the seat belt
shoulder belt under both arms or behind
their back. A child can be seriously
injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder
belt properly. In a crash, the child would
not be restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far forward
increasing the chance of head and neck
injury. The child might also slide under
the lap belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen. That could
cause serious or fatal injuries. The
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest.
Infants and Young Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This
includes infants and all other children.
Neither the distance traveled nor the age
and size of the traveler changes the need,
for everyone, to use safety restraints. In
fact, the law in every state in the United
States and in every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be restrained
while in a vehicle.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or killed
if the shoulder belt is worn behind their
back, under their legs, or wrapped around
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
63
Warning (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around the
child. Never leave children unattended in
a vehicle and never allow children to
improperly wear, or play with, the seat
belts.
is not possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant
will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb)
force on a person's arms. An infant or
child should be secured in an appropriate
child restraint.
outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to
secure a forward-facing child restraint in
a rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
outboard seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it will go.
{ Warning
Child restraints are devices used to restrain,
seat, or position children in the vehicle and
are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
Every time infants and young children ride
in vehicles, they should have the protection
provided by appropriate child restraints.
Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained properly can
strike other people, or can be thrown out of
the vehicle.
{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child while
riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an
infant or a child will become so heavy it
(Continued)
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Never put a
rear-facing child restraint in the front
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
64
Seats and Restraints
There are three basic types of child
restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
. Rear-facing child restraints
. Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your child
depends on their size, weight, and age, and
also on whether the child restraint is
compatible with the vehicle in which it will
be used.
For each types of child restraints, there are
many different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is
designed to be used in a motor vehicle and
is certified to comply with US Federal or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
If it is, the child restraint will have a label
saying that it meets federal motor vehicle
safety standards. The NHTSA website
includes a list of registered car seat
manufacturers (https://www.nhtsa.gov) and
links to their registration pages for
consumers. Registration helps manufacturers
identify purchasers for recall notices.
The instruction manual that is provided with
the child restraint states the weight and
height limitations for that particular child
restraint. In addition, there are many kinds
of child restraints available for children with
special needs.
Child Restraint Systems
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and head
injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
should be secured in a rear-facing child
restraint until age two, or until they
reach the maximum height and weight
limits of their child restraint.
{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so
small that the vehicle seat belt may not
remain low on the hip bones, as it
should. Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt
would apply force on a body area that is
unprotected by any bony structure. This
alone could cause serious or fatal injuries.
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries during a crash, young children
should always be secured in an
appropriate child restraint.
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface against
the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant in place
and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant
positioned in the restraint.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
65
Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in
the Vehicle
{ Warning
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
A forward-facing child restraint provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is used for
children who have outgrown their
forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are
designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's
seat belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit
properly without a booster seat. See the
seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 61.
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure
the child restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH
system, following the instructions that
came with that child restraint and the
instructions in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury, the
child restraint must be secured in the
vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in
vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the
LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 67 for
more information. Never use a seat belt
extender when installing a child restraint.
Use only seats and related equipment that
are certified to comply with US Federal or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards to
secure a child restraint. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child restraint is
not properly secured in the vehicle.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
66
Seats and Restraints
When securing an add-on child restraint,
refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on the child
restraint
2. Instruction manual provided with the
child restraint
3. This vehicle owner's manual
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not available,
obtain a replacement copy from the
manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move around in a collision or
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in the vehicle — even when no
child is in it.
In some areas Certified Child Passenger
Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to
inspect and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In the U.S.,
refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to locate
the nearest child safety seat inspection
station. For CPST availability in Canada,
check with Transport Canada or the
Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the Child
Restraint
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child is not properly
secured in the child restraint. Secure the
child properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the Restraint
According to accident statistics, children and
infants are safer when properly restrained in
an appropriate child restraint secured in a
rear seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and
under should be secured in a rear seating
position.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag
deploys.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the front
passenger airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child restraint
would be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured or killed
if the front passenger airbag inflates and
the passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
under some unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
secure a forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it will go.
It is better to secure the child restraint in
a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 56 for
additional information.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
When securing a child restraint with the
seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is compatible with
this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats vary
considerably in size, and some may fit in
certain seating positions better than others.
Do not install a child restraint in any rear
seating position where it cannot be installed
securely.
Depending on where you place the child
restraint and the size of the child restraint,
you may not be able to access adjacent seat
belts or LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints. Adjacent
seating positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the seat belt.
The seat in front of an installed child
restraint should be adjusted to ensure
proper installation according to the child
restraint manual.
Wherever a child restraint is installed, be
sure to follow the instructions that came
with the child restraint and secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move around in a collision or
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in the vehicle — even when no
child is in it.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child restraint
during driving or in a crash. LATCH
attachments on the child restraint are used
to attach the child restraint to the anchors
in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed
to make installation of a child restraint
easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you need a child restraint that has
LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can
be properly installed using either the LATCH
anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not
use both the seat belts and the LATCH
anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to
secure the child and the booster seat. If the
manufacturer recommends that the booster
seat be secured with the LATCH system, this
67
can be done as long as the booster seat can
be positioned properly and there is no
interference with the proper positioning of
the lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint, and also the
instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with a top
tether, you must also use either the lower
anchors or the seat belts to properly secure
the child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top tether.
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child
restraint where the combined weight of the
child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),
use either the lower LATCH anchorages with
the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt
with the top tether anchorage. Where the
combined weight of the child and restraint
are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat
belt with the top tether anchorage only.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
68
Seats and Restraints
Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Show with an X
Combined Weight of
the Child + Child
Restraint
LATCH-Lower
Anchors Only
Seat Belt Only
Rear-Facing Child
Restraint
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
X
Rear-Facing Child
Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child
Restraint
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child
Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
Restraint Type
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 73 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 74.
LATCH-Lower Anchors
and Top Tether
Anchor
Seat Belt and Top
Tether Anchor
X
X
X
X
Child restraints built after March 2014 will
be labeled with the specific child weight up
to which the LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach a child
restraint with these attachments in the
vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions have lower
anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be
used (with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 73 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 74.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors
Top Tether Anchor
top tether always to be attached. In Canada,
the law requires that forward-facing child
restraints have a top tether, and that the
tether be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor
Locations
Rear Seat
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for
each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with lower
attachments (2).
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top
of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The
top tether attachment hook (2) on the child
restraint connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward
movement and rotation of the child restraint
during driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a single
tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will
have a single attachment hook (2) to secure
the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints with top tethers are
designed for use with or without the top
tether being attached. Others require the
69
} : Seating positions with top tether
anchors.
H : Seating positions with two lower
anchors.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
70
Seats and Restraints
on the same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child restraint
will be placed.
To assist in locating the lower anchors, each
row anchor position has a label, near the
crease on the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether anchors,
the top tether anchor symbol is near the
top tether anchors.
Top Tether Anchors
Do not secure a child restraint in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
attached, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be attached.
According to accident statistics, children and
infants are safer when properly restrained in
a child restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating position.
See Where to Put the Restraint 0 66 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for
the LATCH System
{ Warning
The lower anchors are behind the vertical
openings in the seat cushion trim located
below the anchor label.
The top tether anchors for each rear seating
position are on the back of the rear
seatback. The rear compartment storage
panel/cover might need to be adjusted to
access the anchors. Be sure to use an anchor
A child could be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child restraint is not
properly attached to the vehicle using
either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle
seat belt. Follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
instructions in this manual.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries during a crash, do not attach
more than one child restraint to a single
anchor. Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could cause
the anchor or attachment to come loose
or even break during a crash. A child or
others could be injured.
Buckle any unused seat belts behind the
child restraint so children cannot reach
them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the lock, and
tighten the belt behind the child restraint
after the child restraint has been
installed.
{ Warning
Do not let the LATCH attachments rub
against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary, move
buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the
LATCH attachments. Do not fold the rear
seatback when the seat is occupied. Do
not fold the empty rear seat with a seat
belt buckled. This could damage the seat
belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the
seat belt to its stowed position, before
folding the seat.
Caution
Children can be seriously injured or
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
around their neck. The shoulder belt can
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is
locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the retractor.
It unlocks when the shoulder belt is
allowed to go all the way back into the
retractor, but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck. If the
shoulder belt is locked and tightened
around a child’s neck, the only way to
loosen the belt is to cut it.
(Continued)
If you need to secure more than one child
restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put
the Restraint 0 66.
71
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower anchors. If the
child restraint does not have lower
attachments or the desired seating
position does not have lower anchors,
secure the child restraint with the top
tether and the seat belts. Refer to the
child restraint manufacturer instructions
and the instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the
desired seating position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child restraint
to the lower anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether be
attached, attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor,
if equipped. Refer to the child restraint
instructions and the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Route, attach and tighten the top
tether according to your child
restraint instructions and the
following instructions:
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
72
Seats and Restraints
If the position you are using does
not have a head restraint and you
are using a single tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using has an
adjustable headrest or head
restraint and you are using a single
tether, raise the headrest or head
restraint and route the tether under
the headrest or head restraint and
in between the headrest or head
restraint posts.
tether, raise the headrest or head
restraint and route the tether under
the headrest or head restraint and
around the headrest or head
restraint posts.
If the child restraint is installed next
to a center seat, make sure the top
tether does not interfere with the
center seating position shoulder
belt/retractor. If it does, find
another suitable seating position to
install the child restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt to move
it side to side and back and forth. There
should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper installation.
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash
If the position you are using does
not have a head restraint and you
are using a dual tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
{ Warning
If the position you are using has an
adjustable headrest or head
restraint and you are using a dual
A crash can damage the LATCH system in
the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system
may not properly secure the child
restraint, resulting in serious injury or
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
even death in a crash. To help make sure
the LATCH system is working properly
after a crash, see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it
was being used during a crash, new LATCH
system parts may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be necessary
even if the LATCH system was not being
used at the time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint with the
seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is compatible with
this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH system,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 67 for how and where to
install the child restraint using LATCH. If a
child restraint is secured in the vehicle using
73
a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 67 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
anchored, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat position
does not have the LATCH system, you will
be using the seat belt to secure the child
restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint needs to be
installed in the rear seat, be sure to read
Where to Put the Restraint 0 66.
1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle's
seat belt through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks.
Position the release button on the
buckle, away from the child restraint, so
that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
The push button used to release the
latch plate must be visible and not
obscured by the child restraint. There
must not be direct contact of the child
restraint to the push button.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
74
Seats and Restraints
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock. When the
retractor lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of the
retractor.
5. To tighten the belt, push down on the
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing a
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top tether,
follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH System) 0 67.
7. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
stowed position. If the top tether is attached
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a
safer place to secure a forward-facing child
restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint
0 66.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
sensing system which is designed to turn off
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag under certain conditions.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
See Passenger Sensing System 0 56 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 97 for
more information, including important
safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
deploys.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates. This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would be very
close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard passenger
airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one
can guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual circumstance,
even though the airbag(s) are off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
rear seat, even if the airbag(s) are off.
If you secure a forward-facing child
restraint in the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far back as
it will go. It is better to secure the child
restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 56 for
additional information.
If the child restraint uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 67 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
anchored, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached.
75
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure
the child restraint in this position, follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and the following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing the forward-facing child
restraint. Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight installation of
the child restraint.
The push button used to release the
latch plate must be visible and not
obscured by the child restraint. There
must not be direct contact of the child
restraint to the push button.
When the passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFF
indicator on the passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay lit when
you start the vehicle. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 97.
2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle's
seat belt through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
76
Seats and Restraints
Position the release button on the
buckle, away from the child restraint, so
that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if
needed.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock. When the
retractor lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of the
retractor.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks.
6. To tighten the belt, push down on the
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing a
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Seats and Restraints
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the OFF indicator in
the passenger airbag status indicator will
come on and stay on when the vehicle is
started.
If a child restraint has been installed and
the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On
Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under
Passenger Sensing System 0 56.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
stowed position.
77
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
78
Storage
Storage
Storage Compartments
{ Warning
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78
78
78
78
Additional Storage Features
Rear Compartment/Storage Panel
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
storage compartments. In a crash, these
objects may cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to open it.
Cupholders
Center Console Storage
Two cupholders are in the center console.
Cupholders may be located in the rear seat
armrest. To access, pull the armrest down.
There is a storage area in the center console
in front of the shift lever.
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Storage
The center console has storage under the
armrest. Push the latch and lift the armrest
to open. There may be a small storage bin
inside. Remove the small bin to access more
storage.
79
Additional Storage Features
Rear Compartment/Storage Panel
Cover
Quarter Lower Storage Panel
There is also a storage area in the center
console in front of the armrest
There may also be a storage area in the
center console for passengers in the rear
The quarter lower storage panel can be
removed on the passenger side. Lift the load
floor to access and pull the panel to remove.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
80
Storage
Cargo Cover
{ Warning
An unsecured cargo cover could strike
people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash. Store the cargo cover securely or
remove it from the vehicle.
{ Warning
Do not place objects on the cargo cover.
Sudden stops or turns can cause objects
to be thrown in the vehicle. You or
others could be injured.
Use the cargo cover to cover items in the
rear of the vehicle.
The vehicle may be equipped with four
cargo tie-downs in the rear compartment.
Installing the Cargo Cover
1. Slide the cargo cover into the two front
corner brackets and push down until it
snaps in place.
2. Attach the cords to the fixed retainers on
the liftgate.
Cargo Management System
Removing the Cargo Cover
Disengage the cords on the liftgate, lift up
on the cover, and pull the cover out of the
vehicle.
Cargo Tie-Downs
Lift the load floor to access the cargo
management system.
After storing items, make sure to properly
secure the load floor.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Storage
Convenience Net
81
Warning (Continued)
being carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision and
damage the vehicle. Never carry
something longer or wider than the roof
rack on top of the vehicle unless using a
GM certified accessory carrier.
The cargo management system has a height
adjustment. Place the load floor on the
holders.
To access the spare tire, lift the load floor
and place it into the load floor holding slots.
See Tire Changing 0 305.
If equipped, the roof rack can be used to
load items. For roof racks that do not have
crossrails included, GM certified crossrails
can be purchased as an accessory. See your
dealer.
This vehicle may have a convenience net in
the rear of the vehicle. Attach it to the
cargo tie-downs for storing small loads.
Do not use the net to store heavy loads.
Roof Rack System
{ Warning
If something is carried on top of the
vehicle that is longer or wider than the
roof rack — like paneling, plywood, or a
mattress — the wind can catch it while
the vehicle is being driven. The item
(Continued)
Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack that
weighs more than 75 kg (165 lb) or hangs
over the rear or sides of the vehicle may
damage the vehicle. Do not load cargo
exceeding 75 kg (165 lbs) and always load
cargo so that it rests evenly between the
crossrails and does not block the vehicle
lamps or windows. Fasten the cargo
securely.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
82
Storage
To prevent damage or loss of cargo when
driving, check to make sure crossrails and
cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo
on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s
center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking,
or abrupt maneuvers; otherwise it may
result in loss of control. If driving for a long
distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure
the cargo remains in its place. Do not
exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when
loading the vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 192.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 95
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 97
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 100
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . . . . . . . . 100
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
83
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Universal Remote System Operation . . . 120
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
84
Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment
The infotainment system can be operated
by using the steering wheel controls. See
Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.
If equipped with remote start, the heated
steering wheel will turn on automatically
during a remote start along with the heated
seats when it is cold outside. The heated
steering wheel indicator light may come on.
Heated Steering Wheel
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad to
sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
{ Warning
To
1.
2.
3.
adjust the steering wheel:
Pull the lever down.
Move the steering wheel up or down.
Pull or push the steering wheel closer or
away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving.
In freezing weather, do not use the
washer until the windshield is warmed.
Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice
on the windshield, blocking your vision.
( : If equipped, press to turn on or off.
A light near the button displays when the
feature is turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.
{ Warning
Before driving the vehicle, always clear
snow and ice from the hood, windshield,
washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the
vehicle, including all lamps and windows.
Reduced visibility from snow and ice
buildup could lead to a crash.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY,
move the windshield wiper lever to select
the wiper speed.
more frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes. If Rainsense is enabled, see
“Rainsense” later in this section.
Windshield Wiper with Intermittent Wipes
(INT Shown, Rainsense Similar)
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the
wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold
the wiper lever down.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades
before using them. If frozen to the
windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be replaced. See
Wiper Blade Replacement 0 272. Heavy snow
or ice can overload the wiper motor.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
Rainsense
If equipped with Rainsense, a sensor located
near the top center of the windshield
detects the amount of water on the
windshield and automatically controls the
frequency of the windshield wiper.
When Rainsense is enabled, the normal
intermittent control operates as a sensitivity
control.
Keep this area of the windshield clear of
debris to allow for best system performance.
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
are on LO, HI, or INT, they will
immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then moved
to OFF before the driver door is opened or
within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart
and move to the base of the windshield.
INT : Use for intermittent wipes or
Rainsense, if equipped and enabled. To
adjust wipe frequency, turn the band up for
85
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
are performing wipes due to windshield
washing, the wipers continue to run until
they reach the base of the windshield.
AUTO : Move the windshield wiper lever to
AUTO. Turn the band on the wiper lever to
adjust the sensitivity.
. Turn the band up for more sensitivity to
moisture.
. Turn the band down for less sensitivity to
moisture.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
86
Instruments and Controls
. Move the windshield wiper lever out of
the AUTO position to deactivate
Rainsense.
To enable or disable this feature, see “Rain
Sense Wipers” under Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
When using an automatic car wash, move
the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This
disables the automatic Rainsense windshield
wipers and/or manual windshield wipers.
washer had been activated. See Washer
Fluid 0 267 for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
The ignition must be on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY to operate the rear window
wiper/washer.
The rear window wiper/washer will not
operate if the liftgate is open or ajar. If the
liftgate is opened while the rear wiper is on,
the wiper returns to the parked position and
stops.
With Rainsense, if the transmission is in
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very
slow, the wipers will automatically stop at
the base of the windshield.
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
The wiper operations return to normal when
the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral)
or the vehicle speed has increased.
Windshield Washer
e : Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield washer fluid
and activate the windshield wipers. The
wipers will continue until the lever is
released or the maximum wash time is
reached. When the windshield wiper lever is
released, additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the windshield
f : Push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the rear
window and the Rear Mirror Camera Lens.
If equipped, See Rear Camera Mirror 0 27.
The wipers will clear the rear window and
either stop or return to your preset speed.
For more washer cycles, press and hold the
lever.
Rear Wiper with Rainsense Shown, without
Rainsense Similar
Turn the end of the windshield wiper lever
to operate the rear window wiper/washer.
OFF : Turns the wiper off.
INT : Intermittent wipes.
ON : Slow wipes.
When using an automatic car wash, move
the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the
rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the
transmission is in N (Neutral) and the
vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper
will automatically park.
The wiper operations return to normal when
the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral)
or the vehicle speed has increased.
Reverse Gear Wipes
If the rear wiper control is off, the rear
wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the vehicle is in
R (Reverse) and the front windshield wiper is
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
performing low or high speed wipes. If the
rear wiper control is off, the vehicle is in
R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper
is performing interval wipes, then the rear
wiper automatically performs interval wipes.
This feature can be turned on or off. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
The windshield washer reservoir is used for
the windshield and the rear window. Check
the fluid level in the reservoir if either
washer is not working. See Washer Fluid
0 267.
Rear Camera Washer
Compass
Power Outlets
The vehicle may have a compass display on
the Driver Information Center (DIC). The
compass receives its heading and other
information from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), and vehicle speed
information.
Power Outlet 12-Volt Direct Current
87
The vehicle has one 12-volt accessory power
outlet that can be used to plug in electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3
player.
The compass system is designed to operate
for a certain number of miles or degrees of
turn before needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass display shows
CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in
an open area where it can receive a GPS
signal. The compass system will
automatically determine when a GPS signal
is restored and provide a heading again.
Clock
Set the time and date using the
infotainment system. See "Time / Date"
under Settings 0 163.
If equipped, push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the rear
camera lens. The lever returns to its starting
position when released. See Rear Camera
Mirror 0 27.
{ Warning
Power is always supplied to the rear
cargo power outlet. Do not leave
electrical equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the vehicle
could catch fire and cause injury or
death.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
88
Instruments and Controls
Caution
Leaving electrical equipment plugged in
for an extended period of time while the
ignition is off will drain the battery.
Always unplug electrical equipment when
not in use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum 15 amp
rating.
Power Outlet 110V/120V Alternating
Current
If equipped with this power outlet, it can be
used to plug in electrical equipment that
uses a maximum limit of 150 watts.
Certain accessory plugs may not be
compatible with the accessory power outlet
and could overload vehicle and adapter
fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your
dealer.
When adding electrical equipment, be sure
to follow the proper installation instructions
included with the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 249.
Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from the
power outlet can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty. The
power outlets are designed for accessory
power plugs only, such as cell phone
charge cords.
The power outlet is on the rear of the
center console.
An indicator light on the outlet turns on to
show it is in use. The light comes on when
the ignition is on, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet,
and no system fault is detected.
The indicator light does not come on when
the ignition is off or if the equipment is not
fully seated into the outlet.
If equipment is connected using more than
150 watts or a system fault is detected, a
protection circuit shuts off the power supply
and the indicator light turns off. To reset
the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back
in or turn the Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) off and then back on. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 202. The power
restarts when equipment using 150 watts or
less is plugged into the outlet and a system
fault is not detected.
The power outlet is not designed for and
may not work properly, if the following are
plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak wattage,
such as compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools
. Other equipment requiring an extremely
stable power supply, such as
microcomputer-controlled electric blankets
and touch sensor lamps
. Medical equipment
Wireless Charging
If equipped, the vehicle has wireless
charging in the storage bin at the front of
the floor console . The system operates at
145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi
compatible smartphone. The power output
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
of the system is capable of charging at a
rate up to 3 amp (15 W), as requested by
the compatible smartphone. See Radio
Frequency Statement 0 349.
{ Warning
Wireless charging may affect the
operation of an implanted pacemaker or
other medical devices. If you have one, it
is recommended to consult with your
doctor before using the wireless charging
system.
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be
active. The wireless charging feature may
not correctly indicate charging when the
vehicle is in RAP, during a Bluetooth phone
call, or when phone projection (e.g. Apple
CarPlay / Android Auto) is active. See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 202.
The operating temperature is −40 °C (−40 °F)
to 85 °C (185 °F) for the charging system and
0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
{ Warning
Remove all objects from the charger
before charging your compatible
smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys,
rings, paper clips, or cards, between the
smartphone and charger may become
very hot.
On the rare occasion that the charging
system does not detect an object, and
the object gets wedged between the
smartphone and charger, remove the
smartphone and allow the object to cool
before removing it from the charger, to
prevent burns.
89
To charge a compatible smartphone:
1. Confirm the smartphone is capable of
wireless charging.
2. Remove all objects from the charging
pad. The system may not charge if there
are any objects between the smartphone
and charger.
3. Place the smartphone face up against
the rear of the charger.
To maximize the charge rate, ensure the
smartphone is fully seated and centered
in the holder with nothing under it.
A thick smartphone case may prevent
the charger from working, or reduce the
charging performance. See your dealer
for additional information.
4. A green ] will appear on the
infotainment display, next to the phone
icon. This indicates that the smartphone
is detected.
5. If a smartphone is placed on the charger
and ] turns off or turns yellow, remove
the smartphone and any objects from
the pad. Turn the smartphone
180 degrees and wait a few seconds
before placing/aligning it on the pad
again.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
90
Instruments and Controls
6. If a smartphone is placed on the charger
and ] turns red, the charger and/or the
smartphone is overheated. Remove the
smartphone and any objects from the
charger in order to cool the system.
The smartphone may become warm during
charging. This is normal. In warmer
temperatures, the speed of charging may be
reduced.
For vehicles with wireless phone projection,
the smartphone may overheat during
wireless charging. The smartphone may slow
down, stop charging, or shut down to
protect the battery. The phone may need to
be removed from its case to prevent
overheating. The ] may flash while the
phone is cooling down enough for wireless
charging to automatically resume. This is
normal. Individual phone performance
may vary.
Software Acknowledgements
Certain Wireless Charging Module product
from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the
open source software detailed below. Refer
to the indicated open source licenses (as are
included following this notice) for the terms
and conditions of their use.
OSS Notice Information
To obtain the source code that is
contained in this product, please visit
http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
the source code, all referred license terms,
warranty disclaimers and copyright notices
are available for download. LG Electronics
will also provide open source code to you
on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of
performing such distribution (such as the
cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon
email request to
[email protected]. This
offer is valid for three (3) years from the
date on which you purchased the product.
Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary
forms, with or without modification, are
permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must
retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must
reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder
nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Instrument Cluster
Warning lights and gauges can signal that
something is wrong before it becomes
serious enough to cause an expensive repair
or replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could prevent
injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly when
the engine is started to indicate they are
working. When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while driving,
or when one of the gauges shows there
may be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
can be costly and even dangerous.
Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 94
2. Speedometer 0 94
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
0 95
4. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 107
5. Fuel Gauge 0 94
91
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
92
Instruments and Controls
Selecting menu and functions
Type 1
Use the controls to open and scroll through
the different items and displays.
Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 94
2. Speedometer 0 94
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
0 95
4. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 107
5. Fuel Gauge 0 94
Cluster Menu
There is an interactive display area in the
center of the instrument cluster.
1. l : Press to set or clear the menu item
when it is displayed
2. m : Turn the band to scroll through the
menu items.
3. SELECT : Press to access the cluster
applications. This button is also used to
return to or exit the last screen displayed on
the DIC.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
Press SELECT to access the cluster
applications. Use m to scroll through the
list of available applications. Not all
applications will be available on all vehicles.
93
Base Level Cluster
Uplevel Cluster
The list of available applications;
. TRIP
. VEHICLE
. ECO
The list of available applications;
. Home Page
. Info App. This is where the selected Driver
Information Center (DIC) displays can be
viewed. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
. Audio
. Navigation
. Phone
. Options
Type 2
Use the right steering wheel control to open
and scroll through the different items and
displays.
Press o or p to access the cluster
applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll
through the list of available features within
the applications. Not all applications or
features will be available on all vehicles.
Not all applications will be available on all
vehicles.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
Not all applications will be available on all
vehicles.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
94
Instruments and Controls
Audio
Speedometer
In the Audio menu browse for music, select
from the favorites, or change the audio
source. Use the thumbwheel to change the
station or go to the next or previous track.
The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed
in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph).
Navigation
Odometer
If there is an active route, press the
thumbwheel to cancel or resume route
guidance or turn the voice prompts on
or off.
The odometer shows how far the vehicle has
been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
Phone
The trip odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven since the trip
odometer was last reset.
In the Phone menu, if there is no active
phone call, view recent calls, or scroll
through contacts. If there is an active call,
mute the phone or switch to handset
operation.
Options
Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items
in the Options menu.
Units : Choose US, Imperial, or metric units
by pressing the thumbwheel while the
desired item is highlighted.
Trip Odometer
vehicle is on and can move. The engine
could auto start at any time. When the
indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off.
When the engine is on, the tachometer will
indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute
(rpm). The tachometer may vary by several
hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when
the engine is shutting off and restarting.
Fuel Gauge
The trip odometer is accessed and reset
through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine speed in
revolutions per minute (rpm).
For vehicles with the Stop/Start system,
when the ignition is on, the tachometer
indicates the vehicle status. When pointing
to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the
English Base Level, Metric Similar
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
95
was half full, but it actually took a little
more, or less than half the tank's capacity
to fill the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while turning a
corner, speeding up or braking.
. The gauge takes a few seconds to
stabilize after the ignition is turned on,
and goes back to empty when the
ignition is turned off.
English Uplevel, Metric Similar
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge
indicates about how much fuel is left in
the tank.
This gauge shows the engine coolant
temperature.
If the pointer moves toward the warning
area at the high end of the gauge, the
engine is too hot.
There is an arrow near the fuel gauge
pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel
door is on.
If the engine coolant has overheated and
the vehicle has been operating under normal
driving conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as
possible. See Engine Overheating 0 266.
When the indicator nears empty, the low
fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel
left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon.
Here are three things that some owners ask
about. None of these show a problem with
the fuel gauge:
. It takes a little more, or less fuel to fill up
than the gauge indicated. For example,
the gauge may have indicated the tank
English Uplevel, Metric Similar
English Base Level, Metric Similar
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
96
Instruments and Controls
Seat Belt Reminders
the passenger sensing system, the
pretensioners, the airbag modules, the
wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the airbag
system, see Airbag System 0 51.
Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder light on
the instrument cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this light
flashes and a chime may come on to remind
passengers to fasten their seat belt.
When the vehicle is started, this light
flashes and a chime may come on to remind
the driver to fasten their seat belt.
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the
light nor the chime comes on.
Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
The vehicle may have a front passenger seat
belt reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 56.
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle continues several times if
the front passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
If the front passenger seat belt is buckled,
neither the chime nor the light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt reminder light
and chime may come on if an object is put
on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
device. To turn off the reminder light and/or
chime, remove the object from the seat or
buckle the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an electrical
problem with the airbag system. It is
located in the instrument cluster. The
system check includes the airbag sensor(s),
The airbag readiness light comes on for
several seconds when the vehicle is started.
If the light does not come on then, have it
fixed immediately.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes on
while driving, it means the airbag system
might not be working properly. The
airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in
a crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid injury,
have the vehicle serviced right away.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may also come on.
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 56 for
important safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag status
indicator.
seconds as a system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status indicator
will light either ON or OFF, or either the on
or off symbol, to let you know the status of
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
If the word ON, or the on symbol, is lit on
the passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag are allowed
to inflate.
If the word OFF, or the off symbol is lit, on
the airbag status indicator, it means that
the passenger sensing system has turned off
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
United States
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there are no
lights at all, there may be a problem with
the lights or the passenger sensing system.
See your dealer for service.
{ Warning
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the passenger
airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF,
or the symbol for on and off, for several
If the airbag readiness light ever comes
on and stays on, it means that
something may be wrong with the airbag
system. To help avoid injury to yourself
(Continued)
97
Warning (Continued)
or others, have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 96
for more information, including important
safety information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on briefly
when the ignition is turned on, but the
engine is not running, as a check to show
the light is working. It should go out when
the engine is started.
If the light stays on, or comes on while
driving, there may be a problem with the
electrical charging system. Have it checked
by your dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, or is flashing, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays
a message.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
98
Instruments and Controls
If a short distance must be driven with the
light on, be sure to turn off all accessories,
such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a
safe place to stop the vehicle.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s emission
control on-board diagnostic system. If this
light is on while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and the
vehicle may require service. The light should
come on to show that it is working when
the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition
Positions 0 196.
Malfunctions are often indicated by the
system before any problem is noticeable.
Being aware of the light and seeking service
promptly when it comes on may prevent
damage.
Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually with
this light on, the emission control system
may not work as well, the fuel economy
may be lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to costly
repairs that might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Caution
Modifications to the engine, transmission,
exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the
use of replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire specifications, can
cause this light to come on. This could
lead to costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also affect
the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications 0 252.
If the light is flashing : A malfunction has
been detected that could damage the
emission control system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service may be
required.
To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle
speed and avoid hard accelerations and
uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as soon as
possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a safe
place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait
at least 10 seconds before restarting the
engine. If the light is still flashing, follow
the previous guidelines and see your dealer
for service as soon as possible.
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has
been detected. Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
. If fuel has been added to the vehicle
using the capless fuel funnel adapter,
make sure that it has been removed. See
“Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank 0 240. The
diagnostic system can detect if the
adapter has been left installed in the
vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving trips with
the adapter removed may turn off the
light.
. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient
engine operation and poor driveability,
which may go away once the engine is
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel
brand. It may require at least one full
tank of the proper fuel to turn the light
off. See Recommended Fuel 0 239.
If the light remains on, see your dealer.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the test
equipment will likely connect to the
vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).
. The light is on when the engine is
running.
. The light does not come on when the
ignition is in Service Mode.
. Critical emission control systems have not
been completely diagnosed. If this
happens, the vehicle would not be ready
for inspection and might require
several days of routine driving before the
system is ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if the
vehicle has been recently serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass
or cannot be made ready for the test.
Brake System Warning Light
The DLC is under the instrument panel to
the left of the steering wheel. Connecting
devices that are not used to perform an
Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect vehicle
operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 249. See your dealer if assistance is
needed.
The vehicle may not pass inspection if:
Metric
English
This light should come on briefly when the
vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on
then, have it fixed so it will be ready to
warn you if there is a problem.
99
If the light comes on and stays on at start
up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
If the light comes on while driving, pull off
the road and stop carefully. The brake
system has electric brake boost. Vehicle
speed may be limited when the brake
system warning light comes on. The brake
pedal might be harder to push, or the brake
pedal may go closer to the floor. It could
take longer to stop. If the light is still on,
have the vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 312.
{ Warning
The brake system might not be working
properly if the brake system warning
light is on. Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a crash.
If the light is still on after the vehicle has
been pulled off the road and carefully
stopped, have the vehicle towed for
service.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
100
Instruments and Controls
Electric Parking Brake Light
Metric
English
This light comes on when the parking brake
is applied. If the light continues flashing
after the parking brake is released, or while
driving, there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake system. A message may also
display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
This light should come on briefly when the
vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on,
have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving, safely
stop as soon as it is possible and turn off
the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again
to reset the system.
If this light stays on or comes on while
driving, there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a
dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the
parking brake, other safety functions that
utilize the EPB may also be degraded.
A message may also display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking
Brake 0 208.
If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes
on again while driving, the vehicle needs
service. A chime may also sound when the
light stays on.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light
If the ABS warning light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is
not functioning.
If both the ABS warning light and the brake
system warning light are on, ABS is not
functioning and there is a problem with the
regular brakes. See your dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light 0 99.
If the light does not come on, or remains
flashing, see your dealer.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light
This warning light should come on briefly
when the vehicle is turned on. If the light
does not come on, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn if there is a problem.
If equipped, this light is white if LKA is
turned on, but not ready to assist. This light
is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to
assist.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
LKA may assist by gently turning the
steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a
detected lane marking. The LKA light is
amber when assisting.
If equipped, this indicator will display green
when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber
when you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the
lane marking has been unintentionally
crossed. If the system detects that the
vehicle has been steered intentionally across
a lane marker, the LDW may not be given.
Do not expect the LDW to occur when
intentionally crossing the lane marker.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 229.
LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal
is active in the direction of lane departure,
or if LKA detects that you are accelerating,
braking, or actively steering.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 237.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
101
Traction Off Light
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the system is
working normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
If equipped, this indicator will display amber
on the uplevel instrument cluster and white
on the base level instrument cluster when a
nearby pedestrian is detected in front of the
vehicle.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
0 233.
The traction off light comes on when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has been
turned off. If StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also
turned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on,
see Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 210.
If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless
necessary to help protect the driveline from
damage. Adjust driving accordingly.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
102
Instruments and Controls
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on. If the light does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally, the
indicator light then turns off.
This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is
turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the
Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. To
turn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 210.
If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not
assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust
driving accordingly.
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on.
If the light does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the indicator
light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS
and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system
are not fully operational and may not assist
in maintaining control. Adjust driving
accordingly. If the condition persists, see
your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message may
display.
The light flashes when the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 210.
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly
when the vehicle is started. It provides
information about tire pressures and
the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of the tires
are significantly underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire
pressure message may also display. Stop as
soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 293.
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On
Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and
then stays on, there may be a problem with
the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected,
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
the light will come on at every ignition
cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 295.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution (Continued)
still low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Oil pressure can vary with engine speed,
outside temperature, and oil viscosity.
On some models, the oil pump will vary
engine oil pressure according to engine
needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as
the engine speed or load varies. This is
normal. If the oil pressure warning light or
Driver Information Center (DIC) message
indicates oil pressure outside the normal
operating range, check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with the
engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
level as soon as possible. Add oil if
required, but if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil pressure is
(Continued)
103
A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel
gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is working.
It also comes on when the fuel gauge
indicator nears empty. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced.
Security Light
This light should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it means
that oil is not flowing through the engine
properly. The vehicle could be low on oil
and might have some other system
problem. See your dealer.
The security light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
Low Fuel Warning Light
If the light stays on and the engine does
not start, there could be a problem with the
theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 25.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
104
Instruments and Controls
High-Beam On Light
Front Fog Lamp Light
Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the high-beam
headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer 0 122.
For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes
on when the fog lamps are turned on.
The cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and turns
green when the cruise control is set and
active.
IntelliBeam Light
The light goes out when the fog lamps are
turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 124.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the IntelliBeam
system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 121.
This light comes on when the exterior lamps
are in use, except when only the Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 121.
See Cruise Control 0 211.
Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready,
and turns green when the ACC is set and
active.
See Adaptive Cruise Control ((Camera)) 0 213.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
105
Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when a door is open or
not securely latched. Before driving, check
that all doors are properly closed.
Information Displays
Type 1
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level)
The DIC has different displays which can be
accessed by using the DIC buttons on the
turn signal lever.
The DIC displays information about your
vehicle. It also displays warning messages if
a system problem is detected. See Vehicle
Messages 0 113. All messages appear in the
DIC display in the center of the instrument
cluster.
DIC Buttons
DIC Operation and Displays
Some of the displayed functions differ
between vehicle driving and standstill and
some functions are only active when the
vehicle is driving. See Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
1. l : Press to set, or press and hold to
clear, the menu item displayed.
Type 2
w or x : Move thumbwheel up (w) or
down (x) in a list.
o or p : Press to move between the
interactive display zones in the cluster.
Thumbwheel : Press to open a menu or
select a menu item. Press and hold to reset
values on certain screens.
2. m : Use the band to scroll through the
items in each menu.
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items
3. SELECT : Press to access the cluster
applications. This button is also used to
return to or exit the last screen displayed on
the DIC.
Press SELECT on the turn signal lever until
the VEHICLE menu is displayed. Use m or
thumbwheel up/down to scroll through the
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
106
Instruments and Controls
menu items. Not all items are available on
every vehicle. The following is a list of all
possible menu items:
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Trip 1/2 or A/B : Shows the current distance
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or
miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last
reset.
This also shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated
based on the number of L/100 km (mpg)
recorded since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy that the
vehicle has right now, and will change as
driving conditions change.
Fuel Range : Shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven without
refueling. LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of the
vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving
history and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Displays the
current fuel economy in liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the
approximate fuel economy that the vehicle
has right now and changes frequently as
driving conditions change. This display
cannot be reset.
Vehicle Information Menu (VEHICLE)
Items
Press MENU on the turn signal lever until
the VEHICLE menu is displayed. Use m or
thumbwheel up/down to scroll through the
menu items. Not all items are available on
every vehicle. The following is a list of all
possible menu items:
Remaining Oil Life : Shows an estimate of
the oil's remaining useful life. If REMAINING
OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99%
of the current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low, the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will
appear on the display. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil
0 258. In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 325.
The Oil Life display must be reset after each
oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not
reset the Oil Life display at any time other
than when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until the next
oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life
System 0 260.
Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the
engine air filter’s remaining useful life and
the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life
95% means 95% of the current air filter life
remains. Messages will display based on the
engine air filter life and the state of the
system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL
CHANGE message displays, the engine air
filter should be replaced at the time of the
next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON
message displays, the engine air filter
should be replaced at the earliest
convenience.
The Air Filter Life display must be reset after
the engine air filter replacement. To reset,
see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 260.
Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate
pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is shown in
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 294 and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 295.
through the menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The following is a
list of all possible menu items:
Following Distance : When Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) is not engaged, the current
follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed
as a time value on this page. If equipped
and when ACC has been engaged, the
display switches to the gap setting page.
This page shows the current gap setting
along with the vehicle ahead indicator.
Fuel Economy : The center displays the
approximate instantaneous fuel economy as
a number and bar graph. Displayed above
the bar graph is a running average of fuel
economy for the most recently traveled
selected distance. Displayed below the bar
graph is the best average fuel economy that
has been achieved for the selected distance.
The selected distance is displayed at the top
of the page as “last xxx mi/km.”
Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of
the remaining life of the front and rear
brake pads. Messages will display based on
brake pad wear and the state of the system.
Reset the Brake Pad Life display after
replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life
System 0 268
Units : Choose US, Imperial, or metric units
by pressing l or the thumbwheel while
the desired item is highlighted.
ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) Items
This menu is only available on some
vehicles. Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until the ECO menu is displayed. Use
m or thumbwheel up/down to scroll
Top Consumers : List of top comfort
consumers currently switched on is
displayed in descending order. Fuel saving
potential is indicated.
ECO Index : Provides feedback on the
efficiency of current driving behavior. The
bar graph shows a value that is based on
current fuel consumption compared to what
is expected from the vehicle with good and
bad driving habits.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel)
The DIC displays are shown in the center of
the instrument cluster in the Info app. See
Instrument Cluster 0 91. The displays show
the status of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the right steering
wheel control.
During sporadic driving conditions, the
engine will activate the heated rear window
automatically. In this event, the heated rear
window is indicated as one of the top
consumers, without activation by the driver.
Economy Trend : Shows history of the
Average Fuel Economy from the last 50 km
(30 mi). Each bar represents about 5 km
(3 mi) of driving. During driving the bars will
shift to always reflect the most recent
distance on the right side. Press and hold
l or thumbwheel to clear the graph.
107
Type 1
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
108
Instruments and Controls
The DIC has different displays which can be
accessed by using the DIC buttons on the
turn signal lever.
can be turned on through the Options app.
See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in this
section.
DIC Buttons
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also
shown on this page.
1. l : Press to set, or press and hold to
clear, the menu item displayed.
2. m : Use the band to scroll through the
items in each menu.
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel Economy :
Shows the current distance traveled, in
either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset.
3. SELECT : Press to access the cluster
applications. This button is also used to
return to or exit the last screen displayed on
the DIC.
If equipped with steering wheel controls, see
“Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)”
later in this section.
Type 2
w or x : Move thumbwheel up (w) or
down (x) in a list.
o or p : Press to move between the
interactive display zones in the cluster.
Thumbwheel : Press to open a menu or
select a menu item. Press and hold to reset
values on certain screens.
DIC Info Pages
The following is the list of all possible DIC
info page displays. Some may not be
available for your particular vehicle. Some
items may not be turned on by default but
The Average Fuel Economy display shows
the approximate average liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is calculated
based on the number of L/100 km (mpg)
recorded since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy that the
vehicle has right now, and will change as
driving conditions change.
Fuel Information : Shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven without
refueling. LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of the
vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving
history and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. The Instantaneous Fuel
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
Economy display shows the current fuel
economy in either liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number reflects only the approximate fuel
economy that the vehicle has right now and
changes frequently as driving conditions
change.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE
99% is displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low, the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will
appear on the display. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil
0 258. In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 325.
The Oil Life display must be reset after each
oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not
reset the Oil Life display at any time other
than when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until the next
oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life
System 0 260.
Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate
pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
pounds per square inch (psi). If the
pressure is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 294 and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 295.
Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the
engine air filter’s remaining useful life and
the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life
95% means 95% of the current air filter life
remains. Messages will display based on the
engine air filter life and the state of the
system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL
CHANGE message displays, the engine air
filter should be replaced at the time of the
next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON
message displays, the engine air filter
should be replaced at the earliest
convenience.
The Air Filter Life display must be reset after
the engine air filter replacement. To reset,
see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 260.
Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of
the remaining life of the front and rear
brake pads. Messages will display based on
brake pad wear and the state of the system.
Reset the Brake Pad Life display after
replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life
System 0 268.
109
Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel
economy, the best fuel economy over the
selected distance, and a bar graph showing
instantaneous fuel economy.
Follow Distance : When Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) is not engaged, the current
follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed
as a time value on this page.
If equipped and when ACC has been
engaged, the display switches to the gap
setting page.
This page shows the current gap setting
along with the vehicle ahead indicator.
Top Consumers : List of top comfort
consumers currently switched on is
displayed in descending order. Fuel saving
potential is indicated.
During sporadic driving conditions, the
engine will activate the heated rear window
automatically. In this event, the heated rear
window is indicated as one of the top
consumers, without activation by the driver.
Economy Trend : Shows history of the
Average Fuel Economy from the last 50 km
(30 mi). Each bar represents about 5 km
(3 mi) of driving. During driving the bars will
shift to always reflect the most recent
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
110
Instruments and Controls
distance on the right side. Press and hold
the center toggle switch to clear the graph
or press p to reset through the menu.
ECO Index : Provides feedback on the
efficiency of current driving behavior. The
bar graph shows a value that is based on
current fuel consumption compared to what
is expected from the vehicle with good and
bad driving habits.
Warning (Continued)
. Do not attempt to adjust or move the
.
Head-Up Display (HUD)
{ Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or too
high in your field of view, it may take
you more time to see things you need to
see when it is dark outside. Be sure to
keep the HUD image dim and placed low
in your field of view.
{ Warning
. Do not attach any stickers, decals,
or accessories on the Head-Up
Display (HUD).
(Continued)
.
.
.
HUD screen or the mechanical door on
top of the instrument panel by hand.
Do not place any objects near the
HUD. Objects may obstruct the image
display, and/or interference from the
objects during activation may
influence the operation or could
damage the display.
Do not put any drinks near the HUD.
If liquid flows into the display, the
unit could be damaged.
Use caution when opening or closing
the HUD screen to prevent objects
from falling inside the
mechanical door.
Use only a soft cloth to clean the HUD
screen. Do not use any organic
solvents, detergents, or polishing
materials to prevent damage to the
HUD display.
If equipped with HUD, some information
concerning the operation of the vehicle is
projected onto the screen on top of the
instrument panel. The information is
projected through the HUD lens on the
driver side of the instrument panel and
focused out toward the front of the vehicle.
Caution
If you try to use the HUD image as a
parking aid, you may misjudge the
distance and damage your vehicle. Do not
use the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD information can be displayed in
various languages. The speedometer reading
and other numerical values can be displayed
in either English or metric units.
The language selection is changed through
the radio and the units of measurement is
changed through the instrument cluster. See
Settings 0 163 and “Options” under
Instrument Cluster 0 91.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
HUD Display
.
.
.
.
.
.
Engine Oil Hot
Press Brake
Vehicle Ahead
Auto Stop
Pedestrian Advisory
Pedestrian Alert
Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in
the HUD may be cleared by using the
steering wheel controls. See Vehicle
Messages 0 113.
The HUD may display some of the following
vehicle information and vehicle messages or
alerts:
. Speed
. Tachometer
. Audio
. Phone
. Navigation
. Collision Alert
. Adaptive Cruise Control and set speed
. Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist
. Oil Pressure Low
. Engine Overheated
. Transmission Hot
111
3. Use the following settings to adjust
the HUD.
$ : Press or lift to center the HUD image.
The HUD image can only be adjusted up and
down, not side to side.
O : Press up to open/close the screen.
! : Press down to select the display
view. Each press will change the
display view.
Press and hold at least four seconds to view
Open Source Software. And view of Open
Source Software will remain until ! is
pressed and held again at least
four seconds.
D : Lift and hold to brighten the display.
Press and hold to dim the display. Continue
to hold to turn the display off.
The HUD image will automatically dim and
brighten to compensate for outside lighting.
The HUD brightness control can also be
adjusted as needed.
The HUD control is to the left of the
steering wheel.
To adjust the HUD image:
1. Adjust the driver seat.
2. Start the engine.
The HUD image can temporarily light up
depending on the angle and position of
sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD
image harder to see.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
112
Instruments and Controls
HUD Views
There are four views in the HUD. Some
vehicle information and vehicle messages or
alerts may be displayed in any view.
Metric
Metric
English
English
Audio/Phone View : This displays digital
speed, indicators from speed view along
with audio/phone information. The current
radio station, media type, and incoming calls
will be displayed.
Navigation View : This displays digital
speed, indicators from speed view along
with Turn-by-Turn Navigation information in
some vehicles. The compass heading is
displayed when navigation routing is not
active.
Metric
English
Speed View : This displays digital speed in
English or metric units, vehicle ahead
indicator, Lane Departure Warning/Lane
Keep Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control and
set speed. Some information only appears
on vehicles that have these features, and
when they are active.
All HUD views may briefly display audio
information when the steering wheel
controls are used to adjust the audio
settings appearing in the instrument cluster.
Incoming phone calls may display in any
HUD view.
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the
instrument cluster may also be displayed in
any HUD view.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
. The HUD brightness setting is not too
dim or too bright.
. The HUD is adjusted to the proper height.
. Polarized sunglasses are not worn.
. The screen is clean.
Metric
If the HUD image is not correct, contact
your dealer.
Reflected LED Alert Display (RLAD)
Performance View : This displays digital
speed, indicators from speed view along
with rpm reading, transmission positions,
and gear shift indicator (if equipped).
If you cannot see the HUD image when the
ignition is on, check that:
. Nothing is covering the HUD cover.
Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the
status of the vehicle or some action that
may be needed to correct a condition.
Multiple messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be acknowledged and
cleared by pressing V. The messages that
require immediate action cannot be cleared
until that action is performed.
If a SERVICE message appears, see your
dealer.
Care of the HUD
HUD Troubleshooting
Vehicle Messages
All messages should be taken seriously;
clearing the message does not correct the
problem.
English
Clean the screen with a soft cloth sprayed
with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently,
then dry it.
113
When the screen is closed, the HUD with
the integrated RLAD can display red spots
reflected in the windshield for the Forward
Collision Alert and Front Pedestrian Alert.
Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays messages
regarding the following topics:
. Service Messages
. Fluid Levels
. Vehicle Security
. Brakes
. Steering
. Ride Control Systems
. Driver Assistance Systems
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
114
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Instruments and Controls
Cruise Control
Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Wiper/Washer Systems
Doors and Windows
Seat Belts
Airbag Systems
Engine and Transmission
Tire Pressure
Battery
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the vehicle's
propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in
propulsion power can affect the vehicle's
ability to accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction in
performance, proceed to your destination.
Under certain conditions the performance
may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
driven. The vehicle may be driven while this
message is on, but maximum acceleration
and speed may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays repeatedly,
the vehicle should be taken to your dealer
for service as soon as possible.
Under certain operating conditions,
propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting
after the ignition has been off for
30 seconds.
4. Touch 9 or l to turn off or on a
feature.
5. Touch X to go to the top level of the
Settings menu.
Vehicle Speed Messages
The menu may contain the following:
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
Rear Seat Reminder
This message shows that the vehicle speed
has been limited to the speed displayed. The
limited speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as
lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension,
Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.
This feature allows for a chime and a
message when the rear door has been
opened before or during operation of the
vehicle.
Vehicle Personalization
The following are all possible vehicle
personalization features. Depending on the
vehicle, some may not be available.
For System and Apps features and functions,
see Settings in infotainment system.
To access the vehicle personalization menu:
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page on the infotainment display.
2. Touch the desired category to display a
list of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired feature
setting.
Touch Off or On.
Climate and Air Quality
Touch and the following may display:
. Auto Fan Speed
. Auto Defog
. Auto Rear Defog
. Ionizer
Auto Fan Speed
This feature will set the auto fan speed.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
Auto Defog
When set to On, the front defog will
automatically react to temperature and
humidity conditions that may cause fogging.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
115
Touch Off or On.
Forward Collision System
Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
Auto Rear Defog
This setting can alert of a potential crash
with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply
brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity.
This setting enables the Rear Camera Park
Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 224.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Touch Off or On.
Front Pedestrian Detection
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This feature may help avoid or reduce the
harm caused by front-end crashes with
nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian
Braking (FPB) System 0 233.
This setting specifies if you see alerts when
the vehicle detects approaching rear cross
traffic when in R (Reverse). See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing 0 224.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Touch Off or On.
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
Park Assist
This setting determines if an alert will
appear when Adaptive Cruise Control brings
the vehicle to a complete stop and the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving again.
See Adaptive Cruise Control ((Camera)) 0 213.
This setting specifies if you have alerts
when a object is detected near your vehicle
during low speed.
Touch Off or On.
Comfort and Convenience
Lane Change Alert
Touch and the following may display:
. Chime Volume
. Handsfree Liftgate/Trunk Control
. Reverse Tilt Mirror
. Rain Sense Wipers
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
When on, this feature turns on the rear
defogger at vehicle start when the interior
temperature is cold and fog is likely. See
“Rear Window Defogger” under Dual
Automatic Climate Control System 0 181.
Touch Off or On.
Ionizer
If equipped with an ionizer, this feature
helps to clean the air inside the vehicle and
remove contaminants such as pollen, odors,
and dust. See Dual Automatic Climate
Control System 0 181.
Touch Off or On.
Collision / Detection Systems
Touch and the following may display:
. Forward Collision System
. Front Pedestrian Detection
. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
. Lane Change Alert
. Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert
. Park Assist
This allows the feature to be turned on or
off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 235.
When Lane Change Alert is disabled, Side
Blind Zone Alert is also disabled.
Touch Off or On.
Touch Off or On.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
116
Instruments and Controls
Chime Volume
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
. Delayed Door Lock
This allows the selection of the chime
volume level.
This setting automatically turns on the rear
window wiper when the vehicle is in
R (Reverse) and the front wipers are on.
Open Door Anti Lock Out
Touch the infotainment controls to adjust
the volume
Touch Off or On.
Hands Free Liftgate Control
Lighting
The liftgate may be operated with a kicking
motion under the left side of the rear
bumper. See Liftgate 0 18
Touch and the following may display:
. Vehicle Locator Lights
. Exit Lighting
Touch Off, On-Open and Close,
or On-Open Only.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
When on, the driver, passenger, or both
driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt
downward when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the
ground near the rear wheels. They may
move from their tilted position when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or
turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 27.
Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature will flash the exterior lamps
when K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is pressed to locate the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how long the
exterior lamps stay on when leaving the
vehicle when it is dark outside.
Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On Driver, or On - Passenger.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120
Seconds.
Rain Sense Wipers
Power Door Locks
This allows the Rainsense Wipers feature to
be disabled or enabled.
Touch and the following may display:
. Open Door Anti Lock Out
. Auto Door Unlock
Touch Disabled or Enabled.
This setting prevents the driver door from
locking when the door is open. If this
setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu
will not be available.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Door Unlock
This setting allows you to select which
doors will automatically unlock when the
vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
This setting delays the locking of the doors.
To override the delay, press the power door
lock switch on the door.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
Touch and the following may display:
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
. Remote Lock Feedback
. Remote Door Unlock
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
. Passive Door Unlock
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
. Passive Door Lock
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
This setting flashes the exterior lamps when
you remotely unlock the vehicle.
Passive Door Unlock
Seat Entry Memory
This setting specifies which doors unlock
when using the button on the driver door
handle to unlock the vehicle.
This feature automatically recalls the current
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 button
positions when the ignition is changed from
off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory
Seats 0 38.
Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only.
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Passive Door Lock
Remote Lock Feedback
This setting specifies whether the vehicle
will automatically lock, or lock and alert you
after all the doors are closed, and you walk
away from the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 7.
This setting specifies how the vehicle
responds when you remotely lock the
vehicle.
117
Touch Off or On.
Seat Exit Memory
Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.
This feature automatically recalls the
previously stored exit button positions when
the ignition is changed from on or ACC/
ACCESSORY to off if the driver door is open
or opened. See Memory Seats 0 38.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Touch Off or On.
Teen Driver
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
This feature sounds an alert when the RKE
transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu
also enables Remote No Longer in Vehicle
Alert.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Touch Off or On.
This setting automatically turns on the
heated seats when using the remote start
function on cold days.
Seating Position
This will lock the infotainment system and
steering wheel controls. It may also limit
access to vehicle storage locations,
if equipped.
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This setting specifies whether all doors,
or just the driver door, unlock when pressing
K on the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off or On.
Touch and the following may display:
. Seat Entry Memory
. Seat Exit Memory
See Teen Driver 0 168.
Valet Mode
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
2. Touch Enter to go to the confirmation
screen.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
118
Instruments and Controls
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the
system. Touch Back to go back to the
previous menu.
Universal Remote System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 349.
Universal Remote System
Programming
systems, and home automation devices.
These instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other devices.
Do not use the Universal Remote system
with any garage door opener that does not
have the stop and reverse feature. This
includes any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Read these instructions completely before
programming the Universal Remote system.
It may help to have another person assist
with the programming process.
Keep the original hand-held transmitter for
use in other vehicles as well as for future
programming. Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated. See
“Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons”
later in this section.
To program a garage door opener, park
outside directly in line with and facing the
garage door opener receiver. Clear all people
and objects near the garage door.
If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three remote
control transmitters used to activate devices
such as garage door openers, security
Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a
new battery for quick and accurate
transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
Programming the Universal Remote
System
For questions or programming help, see
www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515.
Programming involves time-sensitive actions,
and may time out causing the procedure to
be repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in)
away from the Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light in view.
The hand-held transmitter was supplied
by the manufacturer of the garage door
opener receiver.
2. Press and release one of the three
Universal Remote system buttons to be
programmed. Press and hold the
hand-held transmitter button. Do not
release the hand-held transmitter button
until the indicator light changes from a
slow to a rapid flash or continuous light.
Then release the hand-held transmitter
button.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Instruments and Controls
Some garage door openers may require
substitution of Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
3. Press and hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system button for
five seconds while watching the indicator
light and garage door activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage door
moves when the button is pressed,
then programming is complete. There
is no need to complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does not come
on or the garage door does not
move, a second button press may be
required. For a second time, press
and hold the newly programmed
button for five seconds. If the
indicator light is continuously lit,
or the garage door moves,
programming is complete.
. If the indicator light flashes rapidly
and the garage door does not move,
continue with programming
Steps 4–6.
119
Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators
For questions or programming help, see
www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515.
Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the
Learn or Smart button inside the garage
on the garage door opener receiver. The
name and color of the button may vary
by manufacturer.
5. Press and release the Learn or Smart
button. Step 6 must be completed within
30 seconds of pressing this button.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and hold the trained Universal Remote
system button for two seconds and
release. Repeat the “press/hold/release”
sequence up to three times to complete
the training process.
The Universal Remote system should now
activate the garage door.
Repeat the process for programming the
two remaining buttons.
Some radio–frequency laws and gate
operators require transmitter signals to time
out or quit after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long enough
for the Universal Remote system to pick up
the signal during programming.
If the programming did not work, replace
Step 2 under “Programming the Universal
Remote System” with the following:
Press and hold the Universal Remote system
button while pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has been
successfully accepted by the Universal
Remote system. The Universal Remote
system indicator light will flash slowly at
first and then change to a rapid flash or
continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3
under “Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
120
Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote System
Operation
Using the Universal Remote System
Press and hold the appropriate Universal
Remote system button for at least one-half
second. The indicator light will come on
while the signal is being transmitted.
Erasing Universal Remote System
Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle
ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside buttons
until the indicator light begins to flash.
This should take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single Universal
Remote System Button
To reprogram any of the system buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the buttons.
Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, proceed with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System.”
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Lighting
121
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on and off
automatically depending on outside lighting.
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
; : Turns on the parking lamps including
all lamps, except the headlamps.
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 122
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 123
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 123
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 124
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5 : Turns on the headlamps together with
the parking lamps and instrument panel
lights.
IntelliBeam® System
If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's
high-beam headlamps on and off according
to surrounding traffic conditions.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
125
125
125
125
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 127
The system turns the high-beam headlamps
on when it is dark enough and there is no
other traffic present.
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the steering
column.
There are four positions.
O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn O again
to reactivate the AUTO mode.
In Canada, the headlamps will automatically
reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
This light comes on in the instrument
cluster when the IntelliBeam system is
enabled.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
122
Lighting
Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam
To enable the IntelliBeam system, press
b on the turn signal lever when it is
dark outside and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO or 5. The blue high-beam on light
appears on the instrument cluster when the
high beams are on.
Driving with IntelliBeam
The system only activates the high beams
when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph).
There is a sensor near the top center of the
windshield that automatically controls the
system. Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best system
performance.
The high-beam headlamps remain on, under
the automatic control, until one of the
following situations occurs:
. The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps.
. The system detects a preceding vehicle's
taillamps.
. The outside light is bright enough that
high-beam headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h
(12 mph).
. The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the
button on the turn signal lever. If this
happens, press b on the turn signal
lever when the exterior lamp control is in
the AUTO or 5 position to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The instrument
cluster light will come on to indicate the
IntelliBeam system is reactivated.
The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot detect
another vehicle's lamps because of any of
the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are missing,
damaged, obstructed from view,
or otherwise undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are covered
with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot be
detected due to dense exhaust, smoke,
fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other
airborne obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked,
or obstructed by something that blocks
the view of the light sensor.
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front
end points upward, causing the light
sensor to aim high and not detect
headlamps and taillamps.
. The vehicle is being driven on winding or
hilly roads.
The IntelliBeam system may need to be
disabled if any of the above conditions exist.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
Push the turn signal lever away from you
and release, to turn the high beams on. To
return to low beams, push the lever again
or pull it toward you and release.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Lighting
When the DRL are on, the taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lights,
and other lamps will not be on.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the high-beam
headlamps are on.
Flash-to-Pass
The flash-to-pass feature works with the low
beams or Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on
or off.
To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal
lever toward you momentarily and then
release it.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day. Fully
functional DRL are required on all vehicles
first sold in Canada.
The DRL system comes on in daylight when
the following conditions are met:
. The ignition is on.
. The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.
. The light sensor determines it is daytime.
The DRL turn off when the headlamps are
turned to O or the ignition is off. For
vehicles sold in Canada, this control only
works when the vehicle is parked.
The regular headlamp system should be
turned on when needed.
Automatic Headlamp System
When the exterior lamp control is set to
AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the
headlamps come on automatically.
123
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor;
otherwise the headlamps will come on when
they are not needed.
The system may also turn on the headlamps
when driving through a parking garage or
tunnel.
When it is bright enough outside, the
headlamps will turn off or may change
to DRL.
The automatic headlamp system turns off
when the exterior lamp control is turned to
O or the ignition is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are activated in
daylight with the engine on, and the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the
headlamps, parking lamps, and other
exterior lamps come on. The transition time
for the lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are not
operating, these lamps turn off. Move the
exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable
this feature.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
124
Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers
Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See
Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 285.
Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or down to
signal a turn.
| : Press to make the front and rear turn
signal lamps flash on and off. This warns
others that you are having trouble.
Press
| again to turn the flashers off.
An arrow on the instrument cluster will
flash in the direction of the turn or lane
change.
Raise or lower the lever until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold
it there until the lane change is complete.
If the lever is moved momentarily to the
lane change position, the arrow will flash
three times. It will flash six times if Tow/
Haul Mode is active.
The lever returns to its starting position
when it is released.
If after signaling a turn or lane change, the
arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a
signal bulb may be burned out.
The fog lamps button is on the instrument
panel beside the steering wheel.
To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition and
the headlamps or parking lamps must be on.
# : If equipped, press to turn on or off. An
indicator light on the instrument cluster
comes on when the fog lamps are on.
Some localities have laws that require the
headlamps to be on along with the fog
lamps.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Lighting
Interior Lighting
Courtesy Lamps
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control
The courtesy lamps come on when any door
is opened, K on the RKE transmitter is
pressed, or when the ignition is switched
off. See Dome Lamps 0 125.
Dome Lamps
125
1 : When the button is returned to the
middle position, the lamps turn on
automatically when any door is opened, K
on the RKE transmitter is pressed, or when
the ignition is switched off
+ : Press to turn on the dome lamps.
This feature adjusts the brightness of all
illuminated controls. The instrument panel
illumination control is next to the exterior
lamp control.
Push the knob in all the way until it extends
out and then turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to brighten or dim the
lights. Push the knob back in when finished.
The knob is functional at night, or when the
headlamps or parking lamps are ON.
The front dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.
E : Press to turn the lamps off, even when
any door is opened, K on the RKE
transmitter is pressed, or when the ignition
is switched off.
If equipped, the rear dome lamp controls are
in the headliner above the rear seats.
Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the overhead
console and over the rear seats. These lamps
come on when any door is opened, K on
the RKE transmitter is pressed, or when the
ignition is switched off.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
126
Lighting
exterior lamps turn off. Entry lighting can be
disabled manually by changing the ignition
out of the OFF position, or by pressing the
RKE transmitter Q button.
To operate, the ignition must be on, or in
ACC/ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory
Power (RAP).
This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle
Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
Exit Lighting
Rear Reading Lamps
Front Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the overhead
console.
Press the lamp lenses to turn the front
reading lamps on or off.
If equipped with dual sunroof, the rear
reading lamps are over the rear seats.
Press the lamp lens to turn the rear
passenger reading lamps on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps
turn on briefly at night, or in areas with
limited lighting, when K is pressed on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
When a door is opened, the interior lamps
come on if the dome lamp control is in the
DOOR position. After about 30 seconds the
Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn
on when the key is removed from the
ignition.
The exterior and interior lamps remain on
for a set amount of time, then automatically
turn off. If equipped with Keyless Access,
the exterior lamps automatically turn on
when the driver door is opened after the
ignition is turned off.
The interior lights turn on when the ignition
is turned off.
The exterior lamps turn off immediately by
turning the exterior lamp control off.
This feature can be changed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Lighting
Battery Load Management
The vehicle has Electric Power Management
(EPM) that estimates the battery's
temperature and state of charge. It then
adjusts the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of
the battery. It does this by balancing the
generator's output and the vehicle's
electrical needs. It can increase engine idle
speed to generate more power whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce the power
demands of some accessories.
When the battery's state of charge is low,
the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring
the charge back up. When the state of
charge is high, the voltage is lowered
slightly to prevent overcharging. If the
vehicle has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information Center
(DIC), you may see the voltage move up or
down. This is normal. If there is a problem,
an alert will be displayed.
Normally, these actions occur in steps or
levels, without being noticeable. In rare
cases at the highest levels of corrective
action, this action may be noticeable to
the driver. If so, a DIC message might be
displayed and it is recommended that the
driver reduce the electrical loads as much as
possible.
The battery can be discharged at idle if the
electrical loads are very high. This is true for
all vehicles. This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all of the power
needed for very high electrical loads.
This feature helps prevent the battery from
being drained, if the interior courtesy lamps
or reading lamps are accidentally left on.
If any of these lamps are left on, they
automatically turn off after 10 minutes,
if the ignition is off. The lamps will not
come back on again until one of the
following occurs:
. The ignition is turned on.
. The doors are closed and then re-opened.
A high electrical load occurs when several of
the following are on, such as: headlamps,
high beams, rear window defogger, climate
control fan at high speed, heated seats,
engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads
plugged into accessory power outlets.
Battery Power Protection
127
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
after the ignition is turned off, if the parking
lamps or headlamps have been manually
left on. This protects against draining the
battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
the exterior lamp control to the O position
and then back to the ; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
128
Infotainment System
Infotainment System
Introduction
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 137
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Navigation
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 140
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 150
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . 151
If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . 152
Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 161
Settings
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Trademarks and License Agreements
Trademarks and License Agreements . . . 171
Introduction
Read the following pages to become familiar
with the features.
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for too
long or too often while using any
infotainment feature can cause a crash.
You or others could be injured or killed.
Do not give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
your glances at the vehicle displays and
focus your attention on driving. Use voice
commands whenever possible.
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid distraction
by disabling some features when driving.
These features may gray out when they are
unavailable. Many infotainment features are
also available through the instrument cluster
and steering wheel controls.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the operation,
center stack controls, steering wheel
controls, and infotainment display.
. Set up the audio by presetting favorite
stations, setting the tone, and adjusting
the speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they
can be called easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command.
129
Overview
Infotainment System
The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, the controls on the
center stack, steering wheel controls.
See Distracted Driving 0 187.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the
vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the
factory-installed audio system, radio,
speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction
system, and exhaust system to work
properly. Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket equipment is
installed.
1.
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the
{:
beginning of the current or previous
track. Press and hold to quickly
reverse through a track. Release to
return to playing speed.
. Press to go to the Home Page.
2.
g:
. Radio: Press and release to fast seek
the previous strongest station or
channel. Press and hold to go to the
previous station or channel.
3.
O:
O to turn the
system on. Press and hold to turn off.
. When on, press O to mute the
system and display a status pane.
Press O again to unmute the system.
. When off, press
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
130
Infotainment System
. Turn to decrease or increase the
volume.
4.
Steering Wheel Controls
d:
. Radio: Press and release to fast seek
the next strongest station or channel.
Press and hold to go to the next
station or channel.
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the next
track. Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release to return to
playing speed.
5. BACK:
. Press to return to the previous screen
in a menu.
g : For vehicles with Bluetooth or OnStar,
press to interact with those systems.
c : Press to silence the vehicle speakers
only. Press again to turn the sound on. For
vehicles with Bluetooth or OnStar systems,
press to reject an incoming call, or to end a
current call.
The favorite and volume switches are on the
back of the steering wheel.
1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press
to select the next or previous favorite.
When on a media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease
the volume.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
_ SRC ^ : Press to select a source or toggle
Settings
to change favorite stations.
Touch the Settings icon to display the
Settings menu. See Settings 0 163.
Using the System
Infotainment Display Icons
Infotainment display icons show when
available. When a function is unavailable,
the icon may gray out. When a function is
selected, the icon may highlight.
Audio
press to interact with those systems.
Touch the Audio icon to display the active
audio source page. Examples of available
sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB,
AUX, and Bluetooth.
c : Press to silence the vehicle speakers
Phone
only. Press again to turn the sound on. For
vehicles with Bluetooth or OnStar systems,
press to reject an incoming call, or to end a
current call.
Phone icon to display the Phone main page.
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 157 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 158.
e + : Press + to increase the volume.
e − : Press − to decrease the volume.
Nav
g : For vehicles with Bluetooth or OnStar,
- FAV or FAV + : When on a radio source,
press to select the previous or next favorite.
When on a media source, press to select the
previous or next track.
If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display
the embedded navigation map. See Using
the Navigation System 0 140.
Wi-Fi
If equipped, touch the Users icon to display
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
131
Apple CarPlay
Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate
Apple CarPlay if equipped, after a supported
device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 161.
Android Auto
Touch the Android Auto icon to activate
Android Auto if equipped, after a supported
device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 161.
OnStar Services
If equipped, touch the OnStar icon to display
the OnStar Services and Account pages.
Climate
If equipped, touch the Climate icon to
display the Climate main page.
Camera
If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access
the camera application.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
132
Infotainment System
SiriusXM
If equipped, touch the SiriusXM icon to
display the SiriusXM radio service.
Shortcut Tray
Touch/Tap is used to select an icon or
option, activate an application, or change
the location inside a map.
Touch and Hold
display to the new location. This can be
done up, down, right, or left. This feature is
only available when vehicle is parked and
not in motion.
Nudge
The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the
display. It shows up to four applications.
Infotainment Display Features
Infotainment display features show on the
display when available. When a feature is
unavailable, it may gray out. When a
feature is touched, it may highlight.
Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to control
the infotainment system.
Touch and hold can be used to start another
gesture, or to move or delete an application.
Drag
Touch/Tap
Nudge is used to move items a short
distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold
and move the selected item up or down to
a new location.
Fling or Swipe
Drag is used to move applications on the
Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the
item, it must be held and moved along the
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a
list, pan the map, or change page views. Do
this by placing a finger on the display then
moving it rapidly up and down or right
and left.
Radio
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
Information and Radio Displays
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon
to display the active audio source page.
Choose from the three most recently used
sources listed at the left side of the display
or touch the More icon to display a list of
available sources. Examples of available
sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped),
MyMedia (if available), USB, AUX (if
equipped), and Bluetooth.
For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or
vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to
wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface
with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could scratch the
surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by
gently rubbing to clean. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately, using mild
soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.
Rinse thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
Software Updates
Over-the-Air Software Updates
If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings
0 163 for details on software updates.
AM-FM Radio
133
Finding a Station
Seeking a Station
Playing the Radio
Infotainment System Sound Menu
From any of the audio source main pages,
touch Sound to display the following:
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange,
and Treble using the options on the
infotainment display.
Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the
controls on the infotainment display or by
tapping/dragging the crosshair.
From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped)
display, touch 7 or 6 on the infotainment
display to search for the previous or next
strong station or channel.
Browsing Stations
From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped)
display, touch Browse to list all available
stations or channels. Navigate up and down
through all stations by scrolling the list.
Touch the station or channel you want to
listen to. Touch H to save the station or
channel as a favorite.
If equipped, touch Update Station List to
update the active stations in your area.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
134
Infotainment System
Direct Tune
Touch (X) to delete one number at a time.
Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers.
AM, FM, and SXM Categories
A valid AM or FM station will automatically
tune to the new frequency but not close the
Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM
(if equipped), touch Go after entering the
channel. Touch the Back icon on the
infotainment display or touch z to exit out
of Direct Tune.
Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune
icon on the infotainment display to bring up
the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies
using the arrows on the right side of the
Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station
or channel using the keypad. When a new
station or channel is entered, the
information about that station or channel
displays on the right side. This information
will update with each new valid frequency.
Touch H to save the station or channel as
a favorite.
The keypad will gray out entries that do not
contribute to a valid frequency and will
automatically place a decimal point within
the frequency number.
The tune arrows on the right side of the
Direct Tune display will tune through the
complete station or channel list one station
step at a time per touch. A touch and hold
advances through stations or channels
quickly.
If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations
cannot be tuned directly through the Direct
Tune feature. Only the analog or
HD1 station can use that feature. Use the
display arrows to adjust to the multicast
stations.
From the AM stations, if equipped with HD
Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display,
touch Categories at the top of the Browse
menu to access the categories list. The list
contains names associated with the AM or
FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a
category name to display a list of stations
or channels for that category. Touching a
station or channel from the list will tune the
radio to that station or channel.
Storing Radio Station Favorites
Favorites show in the area at the top of the
display.
AM, FM, SXM (if equipped) Radio Stations :
Touch and hold a preset to store the current
station or channel as a favorite. Touch a
saved favorite to recall a favorite station.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Favorites can also be stored by touching H
in a station or channel list. This will
highlight indicating that it is now saved as a
favorite.
The number of favorites displayed is
automatically adjusted by default, but can
be manually adjusted in Settings in the
System tab under Favorites and then Set
Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be
adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under
Audio and then Set Number of Audio
Favorites.
seconds. The radio will also display icons
representing additional channels (HD2,
...HD8), that may be available. When the
radio successfully tunes to a HD station,
the HD logo will display and digital
audio will play.
2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the
previous or next HD Radio station.
There may be a delay before the station
starts playing.
The HD Radio station number is indicated
next to the HD logo.
HD Radio Technology
HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites.
If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with
features such as digital quality sound, more
stations available on a single frequency such
as HD2 and HD3, and display information
such as artist and song title.
For a list of all stations, see
www.hdradio.com.
From the Now Playing display, touch the HD
Radio icon to turn HD on or off.
Station Access
To access HD Radio stations:
1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD
Radio is turned on and the station is
broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will
automatically tune to the HD version of
the current channel (HD1) after several
HD Radio Troubleshooting
Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to
process. This can take several seconds.
Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital
Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be
weak, the station is out of range, or the
station may be out of alignment. Verify
proper reception on another station.
If the HD Radio signal weakens while
listening to HD1, the radio will automatically
switch to the analog version of the radio
station.
135
If the HD Radio signal loses reception while
listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio
mutes until the signal can be recovered or
until the station is changed.
HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a
weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to
toggle HD Radio reception on and off.
Radio Data System (RDS)
If equipped, RDS features are available for
use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS
information. With RDS, the radio can:
. Group stations by Category (i.e., Program
Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc.
. Display messages from radio stations.
This system relies on receiving specific
information from these stations and only
works when the information is available.
It is possible that a radio station could
broadcast incorrect information that causes
the radio features to work improperly. If this
happens, contact the radio station.
When information is broadcast from a RDS
station, the station name or call letters
display on the audio screen. Radio text
supporting the currently playing broadcast
may also appear.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
136
Infotainment System
Satellite Radio
SiriusXM Radio Service
If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM
radio subscription can receive SiriusXM
programming.
SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of
programming and commercial-free music,
coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In
the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see
www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
When SiriusXM is active, the channel name,
number, song title, and artist appear on the
display.
SiriusXM with 360L
SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced
in-vehicle listening experience for
subscribers. The experience now offers more
categories and system learned
recommendations toward discovering more
personalized content.
To use the full SiriusXM 360L program,
including streaming content and listening
recommendations, OnStar Connected Access
is required. Connected vehicle services vary
by model and require a complete working
electrical system, cell reception, and GPS
signal. An active connected plan is required.
Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use
and subscription information.
Radio Reception
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory
power outlets if there is interference or
static in the radio.
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10
to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in
electronic circuit that automatically works to
reduce interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or hills,
causing the sound to fade in and out.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
provides digital radio reception. Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with satellite
radio signals, causing the sound to fade in
and out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges, garages,
or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM
signal for a period of time. Some cellular
services may interfere with SXM reception
causing loss of signal.
Mobile Device Usage
Mobile device usage, such as making or
receiving calls, charging, or just having the
mobile device on may cause static
interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile
device or turn it off if this happens.
AM
Multi-Band Antenna
The range for most AM stations is greater
than for FM, especially at night. The longer
range can cause station frequencies to
interfere with each other. Static can also
occur when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble on the
radio.
The roof antenna is for AM, FM, SiriusXM,
OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning System),
depending on the equipped options. Keep
clear of obstructions for clear reception.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open,
reception can also be affected.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Audio Players
Caution (Continued)
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
When using media devices such as USB
devices, and mobile devices, consider the
source. Untrusted media devices could
contain files that affect system operation or
performance. Avoid use if the content or
origin cannot be trusted.
USB Port
Audio stored on a USB device may be
listened to.
This vehicle is equipped with two USB ports
in the center stack. These ports are for data
and charging. There may also be two USB
ports for charging only at the rear of the
center console.
Caution
To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all
accessories and disconnect all accessory
cables from the vehicle when not in use.
Accessory cables left plugged into the
vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be
damaged or cause an electrical short if
(Continued)
the unconnected end comes in contact
with liquids or another power source such
as the accessory power outlet.
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be connected
to the USB port.
Audio extensions supported by the USB are:
. MP3
. AAC
. OGG
. 3GP
Gracenote
When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote
service builds voice tags for music. Voice
tags allow artists, albums with hard to
pronounce names, and nicknames to be used
to play music through voice recognition,
if equipped.
While indexing, infotainment features may
be available
137
My Media Library
MyMedia is only available when more than
one indexed device is connected. It allows
access to content from all indexed media
sources. MyMedia will show as an available
source in the Source page.
USB MP3 Player and USB Devices
The USB MP3 players and USB devices
connected must comply with the USB Mass
Storage Class specification (USB MSC).
To
1.
2.
3.
play a USB device:
Connect the USB.
Touch Audio from the Home Page.
Touch More and then touch the USB
device.
Use the following when playing an active
USB source:
p : Touch to play the current media
source.
j : Touch to pause playback of the current
media source.
7:
. Touch to seek to the beginning of the
current or previous track.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
138
Infotainment System
. Touch and hold to reverse quickly
through playback. Release to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
6:
. Touch to seek to the next track.
. Touch and hold to advance quickly
through playback. Release to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play
music in random order.
USB Sound Menu
See “Infotainment System Sound Menu”
under AM-FM Radio 0 133.
USB Browse Menu
When a list of songs, albums, artists,
or other types of media displays, the up and
down arrows and A-Z appear on the left
side. Select A-Z to view a display that will
show all letters of the alphabet and select
the letter to go to.
Touch the up and down arrows to move the
list up and down.
Touch Browse and the following may
display:
Playlists:
1. Touch to view the playlists stored on
the USB.
2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all
Songs in that playlist.
3. Touch a song from the list to begin
playback.
Supported Playlist extensions are m3u, pls.
Artists:
1. Touch to view the list of artists stored
on the USB.
2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all
albums by the artist.
3. To select a song, touch All Songs or
touch an album and then touch a song
from the list.
Songs:
1. Touch to display a list of All Songs on
the USB.
2. To begin playback, touch a song from
the list.
Albums:
1. Touch to view the albums on the USB.
2. Touch the album to view a list of All
Songs on the album.
3. Touch a song from the list to begin
playback.
Genres:
1. Touch to view the genres on the USB.
2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists.
3. Touch an artist to view albums by that
artist.
4. Touch an album to view songs on the
album.
5. Touch a song to start playback.
Composers:
1. Touch to view the composers on
the USB.
2. Touch a Composer to view a list of
albums by that composer.
3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a
list of songs.
4. Touch a song from the list to begin
playback.
Folders:
1. Touch to view the directories on
the USB.
2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files.
3. Touch a file from the list to begin
playback.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on
the USB and get a list of podcast episodes.
Select from one of the following Browse
options to save a favorite:
Audiobooks:
1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on
the USB.
2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of
chapters.
3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin
playback.
Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to
store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a
saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist.
The first song in the playlist begins to play.
File System and Naming
File systems supported by the USB are:
. FAT32
. NTFS
. HFS+
The songs, artists, albums, and genres are
taken from the file’s song information and
are only displayed if present. The radio
displays the file name as the track name if
the song information is not available.
Supported Apple Devices
To view supported devices, see
my.buick.com/learn.
Storing and Recalling Media Favorites
To store media favorites, touch Browse to
display a list of media types.
Artists : Touch H next to any artist to
store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved
favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first
song in the artist list begins to play.
Songs : Touch H next to any song to store
the song as a favorite. Touch a saved
favorite to recall a favorite song.
Albums : Touch H next to any album to
store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved
favorite to recall a favorite album. The first
song in the album list begins to play.
Genres : Touch H next to any genre to
store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved
favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first
song of the genre begins to play.
Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to
store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a
saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast.
The podcast begins to play.
139
Audiobooks : Touch H next to any
audiobook to store the audiobook as a
favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a
favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the
audiobook begins to play.
Media Playback and Mute
USB playback will be paused if the system is
muted. If the steering wheel mute control is
pressed again, playback will resume.
If the source is changed while in mute,
playback resumes and audio will unmute.
Auxiliary Jack
This vehicle has an auxiliary input jack in
the center stack. Possible auxiliary audio
sources include:
. Laptop computer
. Audio music player
This jack is not an audio output. Do not
plug headphones into the auxiliary input
jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the
vehicle is in P (Park).
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the
auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack.
When a device is connected, the system can
play audio from the device over the vehicle
speakers.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
140
Infotainment System
If an auxiliary device has already been
connected, but a different source is currently
active, touch More and then touch AUX to
make the source active.
2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home
Page, then touch Bluetooth from the
recent sources list on the left of the
display.
Browse functionality will be provided where
supported by the Bluetooth device. This
media content will not be part of the
MyMedia source mode.
Shuffle and Browse are not available in the
AUX source menu.
Bluetooth Sound Menu
Some smartphones support sending
Bluetooth music information to display on
the system. When the system receives this
information, it will check to see if any is
available and display it. For more
information about supported Bluetooth
features, see my.buick.com/learn.
Bluetooth Audio
Music may be played from a paired
Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview)
0 157 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 158
for help pairing a device.
Volume and song selection may be
controlled by using the infotainment
controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is
selected and no sound is present, check the
volume setting on both your mobile device
and the infotainment system.
Launch music by touching Bluetooth from
the recent sources list on the left of the
display or by touching More and then
touching the Bluetooth device.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device, and pair to connect
the device.
See “Infotainment System Sound Menu”
under AM-FM Radio 0 133.
Manage Bluetooth Devices
From the Home Page:
1. Touch the Audio icon.
2. Touch More.
3. Touch Bluetooth.
4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices.
When touching Bluetooth, the system may
not be able to launch the audio player on
the connected device to start playing. When
the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile
device to begin playback.
All devices launch audio differently. When
selecting Bluetooth as a source, the system
may show as paused on the display. Press
play on the device or touch p on the
display to begin playback.
Navigation
Using the Navigation System
If equipped, launch the Nav application by
touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or
on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the
infotainment display.
When the Nav application is launched for
the first time, a product walkthrough is
available. Use of the feature requires the
Terms and Conditions and the Privacy
statement to be confirmed. If available and
signed into a profile, it is also suggested to
enable and confirm Predictive Navigation.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)
Navigation Map View
If Predictive Navigation is available and
confirmed, this feature learns preferences by
remembering where the vehicle has been.
It uses the locations and navigation history
to personalize routes and results.
Predictive Navigation may learn elements
such as:
. Personalized routes based on preferred
streets.
. Search results that provide best matches
at the top of the list.
. Predictive traffic.
. Local map content updating.
Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or
disabled at a later time by touching A
(Options). While in Options, touch Settings,
then Map and Navigation Settings, and then
Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 163.
After opening the Nav application for the
first time, the application will always open
in full map view displaying the vehicle’s
current location. When the vehicle is
stopped, the search bar will appear along
the top of the navigation map view.
Manually close the search bar by touching
z. When the vehicle is moving, the }
(Search) icon will replace the search bar to
maximize the full map view.
Destination Card Preferences
From the Nav application, set up Home and
Work addresses to enable one-touch
navigation. To set up Home and Work
addresses, touch A and select Settings,
then Map and Navigation Settings, and then
Destination Card Preferences. Show My
141
Places on Map should be on by default.
Select and enter Home and/or Work address
and save.
If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a
customized profile, the current location icon
uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a
customized profile, the current location
symbol will show a customized icon. See
Navigation Symbols 0 144.
Map and Navigation Settings
Touch A while in the map view to display
options. The following may display:
. 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North
. Show on Map
. Traffic Events (available with OnStar
Connected Navigation)
. Settings
. Edit Destination (if a route has been set)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
142
Infotainment System
. Avoid on Route (if a route has been set)
Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation
Settings. The following may display:
. Destination Card Preferences
. Map Preferences
. Route Preferences
. Navigation Voice Control
. Traffic Preferences
. Alert Preferences
. Fuel Grade Preferences
. Manage History
. Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive
Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in
this section.
. About
To exit a list, touch z in the top right
corner to return to the main map view.
Make sure to set up preferences before
setting a destination and starting active
guidance.
Map Preferences
Touch to choose between basic map feature
configurations:
Map Colors
. Auto – Touch to automatically change
modes based on lighting conditions.
. Day (Light)
. Night (Dark)
3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or
Off. When turned on, the system will
display all 3D Landmarks on the map
depending on the zoom level.
3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or
Off. When turned on, the system will
display all of the possible 3D building shapes
on the map depending on the zoom level.
Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) :
If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned
on, the system will display terrain
information on the map in 3D view.
Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or
Off. When turned on, the system will
automatically adjust the zoom level when
the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the
turn is completed, the system automatically
brings the zoom back to the originally set
level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn
with the next turn occurring shortly after,
the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both
turns are completed.
Route Preferences
Touch to access the Route Preferences. The
choices are:
. Preferred Route – Choose from two
different route options: Fastest or
Eco-Friendly.
‐ Fastest would be the route with the
shortest drive time.
‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most
fuel-efficient route.
. Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of
the road features to avoid while on route:
‐ Highways
‐ Unpaved Roads
‐ Ferries
‐ Carpool Lanes
‐ Toll Roads
‐ Tunnels
‐ Country Borders
Navigation Voice Control
Touch to access the voice control setting
display.
. Navigation Volume – To adjust the
volume level, touch the up and down
arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
being heard, volume can also be adjusted
using the knob on the center stack or the
volume switch on the steering wheel.
. Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a
Call. Options available are:
‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default)
‐ Tone Only
‐ None
Traffic Events (If Equipped)
. Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the
system detects there is a traffic issue
ahead, it will display a pop-up with
details about the issue. Choose to reroute
or cancel the alert.
. Never Search for Better Route – The
system will not check for a better route
until one of the above options is selected.
Alert Preferences
This feature provides a list of events that
are on the route or nearby. Touch A and
then select Traffic Events. An OnStar
connected Navigation service plan is
required.
Set alerts on or off during both inactive and
active guidance views. The following alerts
may be available:
. Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display
upcoming School Zones.
. Traffic Camera Alerts
Traffic Preferences (If Equipped)
Manage History
While in Map View, touch A, then Settings
and then Map and Navigation Settings to
access Traffic Preferences. When Show
Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature
provides an overview of the traffic flow
using different coded colors. The following
options are available for rerouting:
. Auto Reroute to Better Route – The
system will automatically reroute if the
system detects there is a traffic issue
ahead.
Touch Manage History to access the History
options:
. Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to
clear the recent destinations.
. Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear
the search history.
About
Touch to display software information,
such as:
. Telenav Terms and Conditions
143
. Telenav Privacy Statement
. Navigation Version
Maps
The Nav application requires a map database
to run. It is stored on an SD card that is
connected to the infotainment system. If the
map database is not available, a missing SD
card error message will be displayed.
SD Card Error Messages
The SD card only works for one unique
vehicle. The SD card must pass
authentication verification to be used for
that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios
and messages include:
. The SD card has initialized for the first
time: “Once initialized, this SD card can
only be used for navigation in this
vehicle.”
. The SD card is not working properly: “SD
card is not functioning properly.
(Error Code).”
. The SD card is not paired with the
existing system: “This SD card is not valid
in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s
Manual for more detail or visit your
dealer. (Error Code).”
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
144
Infotainment System
. The SD card has been removed from the
slot: “SD card has been removed.
(Error Code).”
Touch Continue to resume after the
initialization error message. For the other
messages, touch OK to return to the
Home Page.
This is the vehicle’s current location icon
during inactive guidance mode. Once a user
profile is created, the current location icon
can be customized.
This icon indicates the vehicle’s current
location and direction on the map.
The progress bar provides an overview of
the route progress and may show traffic and
incidents along the way. As the route
proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar.
Navigation Symbols
Following are the most common symbols
that may appear in the Nav application.
This indicates the vehicle’s current location
and direction on the map.
The destination pin marks the location of
the final destination. Touch the pin to view
the destination address or to add it or
remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the
information by touching the pin one more
time. It will automatically time out if no
action is taken.
If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs)
are places of interest for parking and gas
stations.
Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and
view the entire route. Touch it again to
return to the previous view.
View the drive time by touching the
estimated time of arrival (ETA).
Current Location
When the vehicle is parked and not in a
Navigation session, the user icon is centered
on the map view, highlighting the current
location.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Destination
Receiving Destination Directions from
Different Sources
Destinations can be received or transferred
from different sources to the Nav application
for route guidance. If equipped, some of
these sources may include:
. Navigation from search results.
. OnStar Advisor destination download.
. An address from the Contacts list.
. An application on the smartphone that
can send destinations to the vehicle.
. An application downloaded to the vehicle
such as OnStar Services that can send
destinations to the navigation system.
Waypoints
Add up to five waypoints, which are
additional destinations, along the route. To
add an additional stop or waypoint:
1. From active guidance, touch }.
2. Search for the destination using One-Box,
Voice search, or the Quick Category
icons.
3. Choose search results Along Route,
Nearby, or Near Destination.
4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch
Add to Trip or replace the current
destination by touching New Destination.
Route options are not available for
waypoints.
Arriving at a Waypoint
When approaching a waypoint, the system
will display a Destination Arrival view. To
continue on to the next destination touch
the Drive to message on the infotainment
display.
If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets
out of the current route, the system will
automatically reroute back to this waypoint.
At the same time, it will show a Drive to
icon along with the next waypoint address
so the current waypoint can be skipped and
guidance can resume to the next waypoint
or destination.
Editing a Waypoint
When waypoints are added during active
guidance, the system allows a stop to be
deleted or the order to be changed. To edit
a waypoint:
1. Touch
A.
145
2. Touch Edit Destinations.
. Modify destination order by touching
and holding the arrow until it is
highlighted. Drag to move the
waypoint up or down the list.
. Delete a waypoint by touching Y.
A pop-up will appear to confirm
waypoint removal. Once the request
is confirmed, the system will remove
the address from the destinations list.
Touch z on the top right corner so
the system can recalculate the route.
If there is only one address in the
destinations list, the system will
disable the move and delete
functions. The system will not allow
the final destination to be deleted.
Map Information
Road network attributes are contained in the
map database for map information.
Attributes include information such as street
names, street addresses, and turn
restrictions. A detailed area includes all
major highways, service roads, and
residential roads. The detailed areas include
Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants,
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
146
Infotainment System
airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas
stations, tourist attractions, and historical
monuments.
If the vehicle does not have an applicable
service plan, the map database may not
include data for newly constructed areas or
map database corrections that are
completed after production. The navigation
system provides full route guidance in the
detailed map areas.
Zoom Control
The zoom control display is shown on the
map view. A few ways to zoom in or
out are:
. Touch + or – to zoom in or out on
the map.
. Double tap with one finger to zoom in or
single tap with two fingers to zoom out
on the map.
. Use the index finger and thumb to zoom
out by pinching and then zoom in by
spreading those two fingers on the map.
Map Gestures and Map Scale
Use the following gestures on the
infotainment display to adjust the map scale
and display options.
. Pinch to zoom in or out.
. Pan the map.
. Use two fingers to tilt down and change
from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back
to 2D.
. Rotate the map.
See Using the System 0 131.
Mute
When in active guidance, the audio prompts
while using navigation can be muted. Touch
the speaker icon on the right side of the
upper bar. A slash will appear on the
speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted.
Active Guidance View
When a destination is chosen and a
navigation session is active, the navigation
system enters into an Active Guidance
View (AGV).
Map Orientation
Touch A on the map to access map
orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D
Heading Up by default.
Available settings are:
. 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with
the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the
current location icon will always head up
and the map will rotate around it.
. 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle
pointing up. In this mode, the current
location icon will always head up and the
map will rotate around it.
. 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing
up. In this mode, the current location icon
will shift as the vehicle turns left and
right.
Touch the icon to change the map type. The
icon and label will also update accordingly.
Depending on the zoom level of the 2D
Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the
system may automatically switch to the 2D
North Up map.
When in AGV, the entire route can be
viewed in 2D North Up by touching the
traffic bar. The map will zoom out and
readjust to display the full route. When in
2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon
will appear in the middle of the display.
Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic
bar again to return to the previous view,
either 2D or 3D.
Lane Guidance
The map will display the lane information
for the upcoming maneuver if it is available.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Junction View
When a vehicle is on the highway and
approaching the exit, an image displays the
lane that the vehicle must stay in to
complete the next maneuver.
Quick-Turn View
then touch Map Preferences to access
Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or
disabled.
147
Highway Exits List
Directions
Touch the menu option next to the next
turn street name to display Directions.
Directions displays the turns and directions
from the current location to the final
destination.
Editing Directions
When the vehicle is approaching a turn with
the next turn following in quick succession,
a quick-turn list appears below the primary
turn indicator. An audio prompt will
announce the quick turn.
Auto-Zoom
When approaching a maneuver, the map
will automatically zoom in to show both the
vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to
give a better view of the maneuver. Once
the maneuver is complete, the system will
zoom back to the previous zoom level.
Touch A on the map to access Settings,
Directions can be edited by choosing y,
which expands the list to fill the display and
enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode,
an unwanted route segment can be
removed from the route by touching Y next
to the segment. A pop-up appears to
confirm segment removal.
When the route segment has been removed,
all segments are replaced by an activity
indicator while the new route is
recalculated. When the recalculation is
complete, the activity indicator is replaced
with the new route segments.
Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon
displays next to the current street name
near the bottom of the display. The icon
only appears when on a highway with
defined exits.
While traveling on roads with designated
exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit
list displays the exit number, distance to the
exit from the current vehicle position, and
convenience stops that may be available,
such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging.
Next Maneuver Menu
When in Active Guidance, the Next
Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and
Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next
Maneuver at the top of the display
overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
148
Infotainment System
Destination, and Traffic Indicator are
displayed in a panel pinned on the right of
the display.
Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert
If the Navigation application is not open
when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is
shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to
the main navigation view or touch z to
dismiss the alert.
Repeat Voice Guidance
Incident Reports (If Equipped)
Accessing Favorites
Incident report icons, along with traffic flow
data, display on the map during both active
and inactive guidance.
In the Nav application, view the Favorites
list by touching H in the search bar along
the top of the Nav map view. If the search
bar is closed, touch } and select H.
End Route
Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end
active guidance and return to inactive
guidance. If active guidance is canceled
before the destination has been reached, a
pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear.
Resume Trip
The trip can be resumed if it was canceled
by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option.
This symbol indicates the next guidance
maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last
spoken guidance instruction.
Incident Alert (If Equipped)
During active guidance, if the system
determines that there is an incident ahead
but there is not a better route, the system
will play a tone and show a Quick Notice.
This will only show once per incident.
If the system has determined that the
destination has been reached, either because
the arrival view displayed or the destination
has been passed, the Resume Trip option
will not appear.
Favorites
The navigation favorites can have contacts,
addresses, or POIs that have been saved
through the favorite icon on the
details view.
Saving Favorites
Favorites can be added from a number of
the system’s applications. Touch the
favorites icon to save content as a favorite.
Renaming Navigation Favorites
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page and touch the System tab.
2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage
Favorites option.
3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to
access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon
to rename the favorite.
4. Touch Save to store the renamed
favorite.
Recents
Touch H to access a list of recent
destinations.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Recenter Position Icon
Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped)
Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the
middle of the map view to reset the map to
the current location.
Show POI Icons
To see the POI categories, touch Options,
then touch Show on Map. Up to eight
categories of icons can be selected.
attempt to display nearby parking
destinations with pricing information,
if available.
Report an Issue Using POI Details (If
Equipped)
Last Parked Location
The Last Parked Location is the last location
the vehicle engine was turned off. That
location is displayed in the first row of the
Recents list. Touching the last Parked
Location shows the Address Details view to
either save the address or drive to it. The
Last Parked Location can be deleted by
entering the Edit display. Once the Last
Parked Location is deleted, it no longer
appears in the Recents list, unless the
vehicle is started at that location again.
149
The smart POI icons such as fuel stations
and parking may appear based on time,
location, driver search behavior, driving
conditions, and vehicle conditions.
Touch a smart POI icon to open the
corresponding details:
. Left side: Name and address of the POI.
. Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time
Enroute.)
Smart Fuel Station Icons
Fuel station prices are shown if available for
nearby stations when the vehicle is low
on fuel.
Smart Parking Icons
When reaching a densely populated
destination and the system determines that
parking may be limited, the system will
In the POI details page, a POI issue can be
reported if the data is not accurate or the
address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue
near the bottom of the display to access the
issue selection page. Touch one of the
predefined issues on the selection page,
then touch Send. The system will send the
information for analysis.
Search
Touch Search on the infotainment display to
open the search display. It has a search field
entry box, quick category icon shortcuts,
recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard.
Auto Complete
Enter a partial location in the field entry box
on the search display. Auto complete will
attempt to complete the destination based
on what is being entered. Touch the
suggested item to search.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
150
Infotainment System
Search While in Motion with No Front Seat
Passenger Present
The search display will not allow changes or
text input with the keyboard when the
vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display
showing three rows of the most commonly
used categories appears. Touching the search
box will activate speech recognition.
Search While in Motion with Front Seat
Passenger Present
If the system detects that the front seat
passenger is present with both driver and
passenger seat belts buckled, touching the
search icon will display an alert message
that allows the passenger to search for a
destination as if the vehicle were stopped.
Connected Navigation
Connected Navigation is a subscription
service that enables certain capabilities
within the navigation system, such as
Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive
Navigation capabilities. The system will
show an alert when the subscription is
expiring and will ask to renew the plan.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Vehicle Positioning
If equipped, the position of the vehicle is
determined by using satellite signals, various
vehicle signals, and map data.
At times, the position of the vehicle on the
map could be inaccurate due to one or more
of the following reasons:
. The road system has changed.
. The vehicle is driving on slippery road
surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow.
. The vehicle is traveling on winding roads
or long, straight roads.
. The vehicle is approaching a tall building
or a large vehicle.
. The surface streets run parallel to a
freeway.
. The vehicle has been transferred by a
vehicle carrier or a ferry.
. The current position calibration is set
incorrectly.
. The vehicle is traveling at high speed.
. The vehicle changes directions more than
once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn
table in a parking lot.
. The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a
parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof.
. The GPS signal is not received.
. A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle.
. Tire chains are installed on the vehicle.
. The tires are replaced or worn.
At times, other interference such as the
satellite condition, road configuration,
condition of the vehicle, and/or other
circumstances can affect the navigation
system's ability to determine the accurate
position of the vehicle.
The GPS shows the current position of the
vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites.
When the vehicle is not receiving signals
from the satellites, a symbol appears in the
status bar.
This system might not be available or
interference can occur if any of the
following are true:
. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings,
trees, large trucks, or a tunnel.
. Satellites are being repaired or improved.
For more information if the GPS is not
functioning properly, see Problems with
Route Guidance 0 151 and
If the System Needs Service 0 151.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
. The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.
. This is the first navigation use after the
map data is updated.
. The 12-volt battery has been disconnected
for several days.
. The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic
where driving is at low speeds, and the
vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
Problems with Route Guidance
Inappropriate route guidance can occur
under one or more of the following
conditions:
. The turn was not made on the road
indicated.
. Route guidance might not be available
when using automatic rerouting for the
next right or left turn.
. The route might not be changed when
using automatic rerouting.
. There is no route guidance when turning
at an intersection.
. Plural names of places might be
announced occasionally.
. It could take a long time to operate
automatic rerouting during high-speed
driving.
. Automatic rerouting might display a route
returning to the set waypoint if heading
for a destination without passing through
a set waypoint.
. The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle
due to a regulation by time or season or
any other regulation which may be given.
. Some routes might not be searched.
. The route to the destination might not be
shown if there are new roads, if roads
have recently changed, or if certain roads
are not listed in the map data. See Maps
0 143.
To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the
map, park with the vehicle running for two
to five minutes, until the vehicle position
updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in
a location that is safe and has a clear view
of the sky and away from large
obstructions.
If the System Needs Service
If the navigation system needs service, see
your dealer.
Map Data Updates
The map data in the vehicle is the most
up-to-date information available when the
vehicle was produced. The map data is
151
updated periodically, provided that the map
information has changed and the vehicle has
a relevant service plan.
Over-the-Air-Vehicle Map Updates
If equipped, the infotainment system can
receive map updates over the air. Map
updates occur within a 161 km (100 mi)
radius around the home address on file. This
boundary will adjust over time based on
driving patterns. The vehicle uses a
Cloud-connected service to receive the date
and downloads it to the system’s onboard
SD card, if equipped. A data plan or
compatible mobile device hotspot is
required. The SD card is required for
navigation system function.
When a map update is available, a prompt
will appear on the infotainment display.
Once the update is accepted, it will
download and run in the background
without interruption any infotainment
functions. The download will carry over
ignition cycles, stopping and starting where
it left off. The updates can be set to
download automatically.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
152
Infotainment System
See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on
ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or
replacement SD card. Features are subject to
change. For more information on this
feature, see my.buick.com/learn.
However, not all features within these areas
are supported by voice commands.
Generally, only complex tasks that require
multiple manual interactions to complete
are supported by voice commands.
Database Coverage Explanations
For example, tasks that take more than one
or two touches, such as a song or artist to
play from a media device, would be
supported by voice commands. Other tasks,
like adjusting the volume or seeking up or
down, are audio features that are easily
performed by touching one or two options,
and are not supported by voice commands.
Coverage areas vary with respect to the
level of map detail available for any given
area. Some areas feature greater levels of
detail than others. If this happens, it does
not mean there is a problem with the
system. As the map data is updated, more
detail can become available for areas that
previously had limited detail. See Map Data
Updates 0 151.
Voice Recognition
If equipped, voice recognition allows for
hands-free operation within the navigation,
audio, phone, and weather applications. This
feature can be started by pressing g on the
steering wheel or touching g on the
infotainment display.
In general there are flexible ways to speak
commands for completing the tasks.
If your language supports it, try stating a
one-shot command, such as “Directions to
address .” Do not include the ZIP code
while stating the address during the
command. Another example of a one-shot
Destination Entry command is, “Directions to
Place of Interest at .” If these
commands do not work, try saying, “Take
me to Place of Interest” or “Find address”
and the system will walk you through by
asking additional questions.
Hybrid Speech Recognition
If equipped, this feature helps distinguish
words by using Internet-based information
along with the system’s voice recognition
database. This allows you to speak more
naturally when using voice recognition.
Using Voice Recognition
Voice recognition becomes available once
the system has been initialized. This begins
when the ignition is turned on. Initialization
may take a few moments.
1. Press g on the steering wheel controls
to activate voice recognition.
2. The audio system mutes and the system
plays a prompt.
3. Clearly speak one of the commands
described in this section.
A voice recognition system prompt can
be interrupted while it is playing by
pressing g again.
Once voice recognition is started, both the
infotainment display and instrument cluster
show the selections and visual dialog
content. These displays can be turned on or
off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings
0 163.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
There are three voice prompt modes
supported:
. Informative verbal prompts: This type of
prompt will provide more information
regarding the supported actions.
. Short prompts: This type of prompt will
provide simple instructions about what
can be stated.
. Auto informative prompts: This type of
prompt plays during the first few speech
sessions, then automatically switches to
the short prompt after some experience
has been gained through using the
system.
If a command is not spoken, the voice
recognition system says a help prompt.
Prompts and Infotainment Displays
While a voice recognition session is active,
there may be corresponding options
showing on the displays. A selection can be
made by manually touching the option,
or by speaking the number for the option to
select. Manual interaction in the voice
recognition session is permitted. Interaction
during a voice session may be completed
entirely using voice commands while some
manual commands may expedite a task. If a
selection is made using a manual control,
the voice recognition dialog will progress in
the same way as if the selection were made
using a voice command. Once the system
completes the task, or the session is
terminated, the voice recognition dialog
stops.
An example of this type of manual
intervention is touching an entry of a
displayed number list instead of speaking
the number associated with the entry
desired.
Canceling Voice Recognition
. Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to
terminate the voice recognition session
and show the display where voice
recognition was initiated.
i on the steering wheel controls
to terminate the voice recognition session
and show the display where voice
recognition was initiated.
. Press
Natural Language Commands
Most languages do not support natural
language commands in sentence form. For
those languages, use direct commands like
the examples shown on the display.
153
Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands
Voice recognition can understand commands
that are naturally stated in sentence form or
direct commands that state the application
and the task.
For best results:
. Listen for the prompt before saying a
command or reply.
. Speak the command naturally, not too
fast, not too slow.
. Use direct commands without a lot of
extra words. For example, “Call
at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or
song name, or “Tune” followed by the
radio station number.
. Navigation destinations can be made in a
single command using keywords. A few
examples are: “I want directions to an
address,” “I need to find a place of
interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.”
The system responds by requesting more
details. For other POIs, say the name of a
category like “Restaurants,” “Shopping
Malls,” or “Hospitals.”
. Navigating to a destination outside of the
current country takes more than one
command. The first command is to tell
the system where the navigation will take
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
154
Infotainment System
place, such as an Address, Intersection,
POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection
is selected, the second command is to
say, “Change Country.” Once the system
responds, say the country before saying
the rest of the address and/or
intersection.
If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,”
then “Change Country.”
Direct commands might be more clearly
understood by the system. An example of a
direct command would be “Call .”
Examples of these direct commands are
displayed on most of the screens while a
voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone
Commands,” is spoken, the system
understands that a phone call is requested
and will respond with questions until
enough details are gathered to make a call.
If a cell phone number has been saved with
a name and a place, the direct command
should include both, for example “Call
at work.”
Using Voice Recognition for List Options
When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will
ask to confirm or select an option from
that list.
When a display contains a list, there may be
options that are available but not displayed.
The list on a voice recognition screen
functions the same as a list on other
displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to
help display other entries from the list.
Manually scrolling or paging the list on a
display during a voice recognition session
suspends the current voice recognition event
and plays the prompt “Please select
manually or touch the Back icon on the
infotainment display to try again.”
If manual selection takes more than
15 seconds, the session terminates and
prompts that it has timed out. The display
returns to the display where voice
recognition was initiated.
The Back Command
Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the
infotainment display to go to the
previous menu.
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken
all the way back to the starting display, and
then “Back” is spoken one more time, the
voice recognition session will cancel.
Help
Say “Help” on any voice recognition display
and the help prompt for the display is
played.
Voice Recognition for the Radio
If browsing the audio sources when voice is
touched, the voice recognition commands
for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are
available.
“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and
tune to the last AM radio station.
“Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and
tune to the last FM radio station.
“Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM
and tune to the last SiriusXM channel.
“Tune to AM” : Tune to
the radio station whose frequency is
identified in the command (like “nine fifty”).
“Tune to FM” : Tune to the
radio station whose frequency is identified
in the command (like “one oh one
point one”).
“Tune to AM HD” : Tune
to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose
frequency is identified in the command.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
“Tune to FM HD” : Tune to
the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose
frequency is identified in the command.
“Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio
station (if equipped) whose frequency and
HD channel are identified in the command.
“Tune to SXM ” :
Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose
channel number is identified in the
command.
“Tune to SXM ” : Tune
to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel
name is identified in the command.
“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific song name.
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific name.
“Play Song ” : Begin playback
of a specific song, if available.
“Play Episode ” : Begin
playback of a specific episode.
“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific genre.
“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific podcast.
“Play Genre ” : Begin
playback of a specific genre.
“Play Podcast ” : Begin
playback of a specific podcast.
“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific playlist name.
“My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the
desired media content.
“Play Playlist ” : Begin
playback of a specific playlist.
Handling Large Amounts of Media Content
The available voice recognition commands
for [browsing] MyMedia are:
“Play ” : Play music from a
specific device identified by name. The
device name is the name displayed on the
display when the device is first selected as
an audio source.
“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific artist name.
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific name.
“Play Artist ” : Begin playback
of a specific artist.
“Play Chapter ” : Begin
playback of a specific chapter.
“Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific album name.
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter
a specific audiobook.
“Play Album ” : Begin
playback of a specific album.
“Play Audiobook ” :
Begin playback of a specific audiobook.
Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia
155
It is expected that large amounts of media
content will be brought into the vehicle.
It may be necessary to handle large
amounts of media content in a different
way than smaller amounts of media. The
system may limit the options of voice
recognition by not allowing selection of files
by voice at the highest level if the number
of files exceeds the maximum limit.
Changes to voice commands due to media
content limits are:
. Files including other individual files of all
media types such as songs, audiobook
chapters, podcast episodes, and videos.
. Album type folders including types such
as albums and audiobooks.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
156
Infotainment System
There are no restrictions if the number of
files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When
the number of files connected to the system
is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content
cannot be accessed directly with one
command like “Play .”
The restriction is that the command “Play
Song” must be spoken first; the system will
then ask for the song name. The reply
command would be to say the name of the
song to play.
Similar limits exist for album content.
If there are more than 12,000 albums, but
fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be
accessed directly with one command like,
“Play .” The command “Play
Album” must first be spoken; the system
will then ask for the album name. The reply
would be to say the name of the album
to play.
Once the number of files has exceeded
approximately 24,000, there is no support
for accessing the songs directly through
voice commands. There will still be access to
the media content by using commands for
playlists, artists, and genres.
The access commands for playlists, artists,
and genres are prohibited after the number
of this type of media exceeds 12,000.
The system will provide feedback the first
time voice recognition is initiated if it has
become apparent that any of these limits
are reached during a device initializing
process.
Voice recognition performance will degrade
to some extent based on many factors when
adding large amounts of data to recognize.
If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs
through playlists or artist name would work
better.
Voice Recognition for Navigation (If
Equipped)
“Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter
specific destination information.
“Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to
enter specific destination information.
“Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a
specific destination address, which includes
the entire address consisting of the house
number, street name, city, state/province,
and country. Do not include the ZIP code.
“Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter
a destination Place of Interest category or
major brand name.
The name must be precisely spoken.
Nicknames or short names for the
businesses will not likely be found. Lesser
known businesses might have to be located
by category, such as fast food, hotels,
or banks.
“Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific destination contact name.
“Cancel Route” : End route guidance.
“Take Me Home” : Create a route to a
stored home location.
Voice Recognition for the Phone
“Call ” : Initiate a call to a
stored contact. The command may include
location if the contact has location numbers
stored.
“Call At Home,” “At Work,” “On
Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a
stored contact and location at home, at
work, on mobile device, or on another
phone.
“Call ” : Initiate a call
to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10
digits, or three digit emergency numbers.
“Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing
process. Follow the instructions on the
infotainment display.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
“Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed
number.
Phone
“Switch Phone” : Select a different
connected cell phone for outgoing calls.
Bluetooth (Overview)
“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter
special numbers like international numbers.
The numbers can be entered in groups of
digits with each group of digits being
repeated back by the system. If the group
of digits is not correct, the command
“Delete” will remove the last group of digits
and allow them to be re-entered. Once the
entire number has been entered, the
command “Call” will start dialing the
number.
Phone Assistant Voice Recognition
Press and hold g on the steering wheel
controls to pass through and launch Google
phone assistant or Siri.
For the low radio, whether connected by
Bluetooth or phone projection, the only
available voice recognition is either Siri
(iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android).
The Bluetooth-capable system can interact
with many mobile devices, allowing:
. Placement and receipt of calls in a
hands-free mode.
. Sharing of the device’s address book or
contact list with the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction, before
driving, and with the vehicle parked:
. Become familiar with the features of the
mobile device. Organize the phone book
and contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial or other
shortcuts.
. Review the controls and operation of the
infotainment system.
. Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The
system may not work with all mobile
devices. See “Pairing” later in this section.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a
Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a
Hands-Free Profile to make and receive
phone calls. The infotainment system and
voice recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used while the
157
ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The
range of the Bluetooth system can be up to
9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support
all functions and not all mobile devices work
with the Bluetooth system. See
my.buick.com for more information about
compatible mobile devices.
Controls
Use the controls on the center stack and the
steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth
system.
Steering Wheel Controls
g : Press to answer incoming calls and start
voice recognition on your connected
Bluetooth mobile device.
c : Press to end a call, decline a call,
or cancel an operation. Press to mute or
unmute the infotainment system when not
on a call.
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to navigate the
menu system using the infotainment
controls, see Using the System 0 131.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
158
Infotainment System
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth mobile device
system, sound comes through the vehicle's
front audio system speakers and overrides
the audio system. The volume level while on
a mobile device call can be adjusted by
pressing the steering wheel controls or the
volume control on the center stack. The
adjusted volume level remains in memory
for later calls. The volume cannot be
lowered beyond a certain level.
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone)
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be
paired to the Bluetooth system and then
connected to the vehicle before it can be
used. See the mobile device manufacturer's
user guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the device.
Pairing Information
. If no mobile device has been connected,
the Phone main page on the infotainment
display will show the Connect Phone
option. Touch this option to connect.
.
.
.
.
.
Another way to connect is to touch the
Phones tab at the top right of the display
and then touch Add Phone.
A Bluetooth smartphone with music
capability can be paired to the vehicle as
a smartphone and a music player at the
same time.
Up to 10 devices can be paired to the
Bluetooth system.
The pairing process is disabled when the
vehicle is moving.
Pairing only needs to be completed once,
unless the pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone is
deleted from the system.
If multiple paired cell phones are within
range of the system, the system connects
to the paired cell phone that is set to
First to Connect. If there is no cell phone
set to First to Connect, it will link to the
cell phone which was used last. To link to
a different paired cell phone, see “Linking
to a Different Phone” later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled
on the cell phone before the pairing
process is started.
2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
near the bottom of the display.
3. Touch Phones at the top of the
infotainment display. There is also a
Connect Phones option in the middle of
the Phone display which will shortcut to
the Phone List menu.
4. Touch Add Phone.
5. Select the vehicle name shown on the
infotainment display from your cell
phone’s Bluetooth Settings list.
6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone
to confirm the six-digit code showing on
the infotainment display and touch Pair.
The code on the cell phone and
infotainment display will need to be
acknowledged for a successful pair.
7. Start the pairing process on the cell
phone to be paired to the vehicle. See
the cell phone manufacturer's user guide
for information on this process. Once the
cell phone is paired, it will show under
Connected.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
8. If the vehicle name does not appear on
your cell phone, there are a few ways to
start the pairing process over:
. Turn the cell phone off and then
back on.
. Go back to the beginning of the
Phone menus on the infotainment
display and restart the pairing
process.
. Reset the cell phone, but this step
should be done as a last effort.
9. If the cell phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone book
download, touch Always Accept and
Allow. The phone book may not be
available if not accepted.
10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell
phones.
First to Connect Paired Phones
If multiple paired cell phones are within
range of the system, the system connects to
the paired cell phone that is set as First to
Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as
the First to Connect phone:
1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on.
2. Touch Settings, then touch System.
3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all
connected cell phones and mobile
devices.
4. Touch the information icon to the right
of the cell phone to open the cell
phone’s settings menu.
5. Touch the First to Connect option, to
enable the setting for that device.
Cell phones and mobile devices can be
added, removed, connected, and
disconnected. A sub-menu will display
whenever a request is made to add or
manage cell phones and mobile devices.
Secondary Phone
A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary
Phone by touching the information icon to
the right of the paired cell phone name to
open the phone settings menu. If a cell
phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it
can connect simultaneously alongside
another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing
so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as
Incoming Calls. This means the mobile
device can only receive calls. The Address
Book of a Secondary Phone will not be
available and hands-free outgoing calls
cannot be placed using this cell phone.
159
If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while
in the Phones list to swap it into the
Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes
it possible to place outgoing calls from the
Contacts and Recents list.
Listing All Paired and Connected Phones
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
near the bottom of the display.
2. Touch Phones.
Disconnecting a Connected Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Phones.
3. Touch the information icon next to the
connected cell phone or mobile device to
show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s
information display.
4. Touch Disconnect.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
near the bottom of the display.
2. Touch Phones.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
160
Infotainment System
3. Touch the information icon next to the
connected cell phone to display the cell
phone’s or mobile device’s information
display.
4. Touch Forget Device.
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different cell phone, the new
cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired
to the Bluetooth system.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
near the bottom of the display.
2. Touch Phones.
3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from
the not connected phone list. See “First
to Connect Paired Phones” and
“Secondary Phone” previously in this
section.
Switching to Handset or
Handsfree Mode
To switch between handset or
handsfree mode:
. While the active call is hands-free, touch
the Handset option to switch to the
handset mode.
The mute icon will not be available or
functional while Handset mode is active.
. While the active call is on the handset,
touch the Handset option to switch to the
hands-free mode.
Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent
Calls
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth
system using personal cell phone contact
information for all cell phones that support
the Phone Book feature. Become familiar
with the cell phone settings and operation.
Verify the cell phone supports this feature.
The Contacts menu accesses the phone book
stored in the cell phone.
The Recents menu accesses the recents call
list from your cell phone.
To
1.
2.
3.
make a call using the Contacts menu:
Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
Touch Contacts.
The Contacts list can be searched by
using the first character. Touch A-Z on
the infotainment display to scroll
through the list of names.
Touch the name to call.
4. Touch the desired contact number to call.
To make a call using the Recents menu:
1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.
2. Touch Recents.
3. Touch the name or number to call.
Making a Call Using the Keypad
To make a call by dialing the numbers:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
number.
3. Touch # on the infotainment display to
start dialing the number.
Searching Contacts Using the Keypad
To search for contacts using the keypad:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone
numbers or contact names using the
digits on the keypad to search.
Results will show on the right side of the
display. Touch one to place a call.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received, the
infotainment system mutes and a ring tone
is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
There are two ways to accept a call:
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
. Press g on the steering wheel controls.
. Touch Answer on the infotainment
display.
Declining a Call
There are two ways to decline a call:
. Press c on the steering wheel controls.
. Touch Ignore on the infotainment display.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on the
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call
Three-Way Calling
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Three-way calling must be supported on the
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work.
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple
CarPlay capability may be available through
a compatible smartphone. If available, the
Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will
change from gray to color on the Home
Page of the infotainment display.
To start a three-way call while in a
current call:
1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add
another call.
2. Initiate the second call by selecting from
Recents, Contacts, or Keypad.
3. When the second call is active, touch the
merge icon to conference the three-way
call together.
Press g to answer, then touch Switch on
the infotainment display.
Ending a Call
Declining a Call
. Touch
Press c to decline, then touch Ignore on
the infotainment display
Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting
Calls Only)
To switch between calls, touch Phone on the
Home Page to display Call View. While in
Call View, touch the call information of the
call on hold to change calls.
161
. Press
c on the steering wheel controls.
# on the infotainment display,
next to a call, to end only that call.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send
numbers during a call. This is used when
calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the
Keypad to enter the number.
To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:
For Wired Phone Projection
1. Download the Android Auto app to your
smartphone from the Google Play store.
There is no app required for Apple
CarPlay.
2. Connect your Android phone or Apple
iPhone by using the factory-provided
phone USB cable and plugging into a
USB data port. For best performance, it is
highly recommended to use the device’s
factory-provided USB cable, which should
be replaced after significant wear to
maintain connection quality. Aftermarket
or third-party cables may not work.
3. When the phone is first connected to
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
accept the terms and conditions on both
the infotainment system and the phone.
4. Follow the instructions on the phone.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
162
Infotainment System
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
on the Home Page will illuminate depending
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
upon USB connection. If not, touch the
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
Home Page to launch.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
For Wireless Phone Projection
Verify your phone is wireless compatible by
visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple
CarPlay support page.
1. Download the Android Auto app to your
smartphone from the Google Play store.
There is no app required for Apple
CarPlay.
2. For first time connection, there are two
ways to set up wireless projection:
. Connect your Android phone or Apple
iPhone by using the factory-provided
phone USB cable and plugging into a
USB data port. For best performance,
it is highly recommended to use the
device’s factory-provided USB cable,
which should be replaced after
significant wear to maintain
connection quality. Aftermarket or
third-party cables may not work.
. Connecting the phone over Bluetooth.
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 157 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
0 158.
3. Make sure wireless is turned on the
phone for wireless projection to work.
4. When the phone is first connected to
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
agree to the terms and conditions on
both the infotainment system and the
phone.
5. Follow the instructions on the phone.
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
on the Home Page will illuminate depending
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
upon wireless connection. If not, touch the
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
Home Page to launch.
Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android
Auto may experience occasional service
disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference.
To disconnect the phones wireless
projection:
1. Select Settings from the Home Page.
2. Select Phones
3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be
disconnected.
4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
Features are subject to change. For further
information on how to set up Android Auto
and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see
my.buick.com.
Android Auto is provided by Google and is
subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy.
Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is
subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto
support and to see if your phone is
compatible, see https://support.google.com/
androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and
to see if your phone is compatible, see
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or
Google may change or suspend availability
at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google,
Google Play, and other marks are
trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a
trademark of Apple Inc.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Press { on the center stack to exit Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and
hold { on the center stack.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be
disabled from the infotainment system. To
do this, touch Home, Settings, and then
touch the Apps tab along the top of the
display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
Settings
The settings menu may be organized into
three categories.
Select the desired category by touching
System, Apps, or Vehicle.
To access the menus:
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page on the infotainment display.
2. Touch the desired category to display a
list of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired feature
setting.
4. Touch the options on the infotainment
display to disable or enable a feature.
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
Settings menu.
System
The menu may contain the following:
Time / Date
Use the following features to set the clock:
. Automatic Time and Date: Touch On to
have the time and date automatically set.
When this feature is off, the time and
date can be manually set.
. Set Time: Touch to manually set the time
using the controls on the infotainment
display.
. Set Date: Touch to manually set the date
using the controls on the infotainment
display.
. Automatic Time Zone: Touch Off or On to
disable or enable automatic update of the
time zone based on vehicle location.
When this feature is on, the time zone
cannot be manually set.
. Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set
the time zone.
Touch a time zone from the list.
. Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the
clock format shown.
163
Touch Off or On.
Language
This will set the display language used on
the infotainment display.
Touch Language and select the appropriate
language.
Phones
Touch to connect to a different cell phone or
mobile device source, disconnect a cell
phone or media device, or delete a cell
phone or media device.
Wi-Fi Networks
This will show connected and available Wi-Fi
networks.
If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the
vehicle, the infotainment system can be
connected to an external protected Wi-Fi
network, such as a mobile device or home
hotspot, to utilize connected services.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch and the following may display:
. Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use
the vehicle hotspot.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
164
Infotainment System
. Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle
Wi-Fi name.
. Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the
vehicle Wi-Fi password.
. Connected Devices: Touch to show
connected devices.
. Share Hotspot Data: Touch Enable to
allow devices to use the vehicle hotspot
and its data, or touch Disable to allow
devices to only use the vehicle hotspot.
Privacy
If equipped, touch and the following may
display:
. Location Services: This setting determines
if data sharing can be used by features
including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and applications.
Touch Off to disable data services.
Emergency services and phone calls, such
as calls with OnStar Advisors or others,
will not be affected when Off is selected.
. Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting
determines if voice commands can be
shared with a cloud-based voice
recognition system. Touch Off to prevent
the sharing and possible recording of your
voice commands with this system. This
may limit the system’s ability to
understand your voice commands and
may disable some features.
. Types: This setting lists all
Android-defined as dangerous permissions
currently used by the infotainment
system, the number of applications that
have requested this permission, and the
number of applications that are allowed
to use this permission.
. Used By Applications: This setting lists all
applications that are requested or are
using Android-defined as dangerous
permissions. Only requested and active
permissions are shown.
Display
Touch and the following may display:
. Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the
navigation map view and any
downloaded apps optimized for day or
night time conditions. Set to Auto for the
display to automatically adjust based on
bright/dark conditions.
Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the
display.
. Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate
the infotainment display and follow the
prompts.
. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the
display off. Touch anywhere on the
infotainment display or press any
infotainment control on the center stack
again to turn the display on.
Sounds
Touch and the following may display:
. Maximum Startup Volume: This feature
adjusts the maximum volume of the
infotainment system when you start your
vehicle. To set the maximum startup
volume, touch the controls on the
infotainment display to increase or
decrease.
. Audible Touch Feedback: This setting
determines if a sound plays when
touching the infotainment display or
radio controls. This feature can be turned
off or on.
Voice
Touch and the following may display:
. Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies
how often the voice recognition system
confirms commands. Touch Confirm More
to have the system check with you more
often before acting on your commands.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
. Prompt Length: This setting specifies the
.
.
.
.
amount of detail the voice recognition
system provides when giving you
feedback. Touch Auto to have the system
automatically adjust to your speech
habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto.
Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow,
Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly
the voice recognition system speaks.
Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting
controls whether voice commands can be
spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn
this on to speak commands without
hearing the full prompt. Speaking while
the prompt is still playing will
immediately stop playing the current
prompt and recognize your command.
Background noise may cause accidental
interruptions. Touch Off or On.
Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the
formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for
shorter prompts. Touch On to hear
prompts with more personality. Touch
Auto to have the prompt match your
command style.
Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to
provide tutorial feedback on the display.
Favorites
Touch and the following may display:
. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list
of Audio, Mobile Devices.
Favorites can be moved, renamed,
or deleted.
To move, touch and hold on the favorite,
and then drag up or down to rearrange
the position.
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to
select how many favorites pages can be
viewed from the audio application. The
Auto setting will automatically adjust this
number based on the number of favorites
you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 35, or 40.
Updates
If equipped, the infotainment system can
download and install select software updates
over a wireless connection. The system will
prompt for certain updates to be
downloaded and installed. There is also an
option to check for updates manually.
To manually check for updates, touch
Settings on the Home Page, followed by
Software Information, and then System
165
Update. Follow the on-screen prompts. The
steps to check for, download and install
updates may vary by vehicle.
Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software
updates requires internet connectivity, which
can be accessed through the vehicle’s
built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and
active. If required, data plans are provided
by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi
hotspot such as a compatible mobile device
hotspot, home hotspot or public hotspot can
be used. Applicable data rates may apply.
To connect the infotainment system to a
secured mobile device hotspot, home
hotspot, or a public hotspot, touch Settings
on the Home Page, select the System tab,
followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the
on-screen prompts.
Download speeds may vary. On most
compatible mobile devices, activation of the
Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Settings menu under
Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot,
Mobile Hotspot or similar. Availability of
Over-the-Air software updates varies by
vehicle and country. For more information
on this feature, see my.buick.com/learn.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
166
Infotainment System
Preferences
Apps
Audio
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable the download of
new updates in the background.
The menu may contain the following:
Depending on the current audio source,
different options will be available.
Android Auto
Touch to view the infotainment system
software information.
This feature allows you to interact directly
with your mobile device on the infotainment
display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
0 161.
Running Applications
Touch Off or On.
If equipped, touch to see a complete list of
applications that are currently running on
the infotainment system.
Apple CarPlay
About
Return to Factory Settings
Touch and the following may display:
. Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle
settings for the current user.
Touch Reset or Cancel.
. Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases
app data settings, user profiles, and
personal data including mobile
device data.
Touch Erase or Cancel.
. Clear Default Applications: Resets
preferred applications that have been set
to open when selecting a function. No
application data will be lost.
Touch Clear or Cancel.
This feature allows you to interact directly
with your mobile device on the infotainment
display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
0 161.
Touch Off or On.
Apps
Touch and the following may display:
. Update Apps Automatically: This allows
downloaded applications to be updated
automatically.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
. About Apps: Touch to view the versions
of the apps software.
Touch and the following may display:
. Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer,
Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See
“Infotainment System Sound Menu” in
AM-FM Radio 0 133.
. Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the
volume based on the vehicle speed.
Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
Medium-High, or High.
. Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation
Technology (If Equipped): This feature
adjusts the volume based on the noise in
the vehicle and the speed.
Touch Off or On.
. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list
of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation
favorites.
Favorites can be moved, renamed,
or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and
then drag up or down to rearrange the
position.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to
.
.
.
.
.
select how many favorites pages can be
viewed from the audio application. The
Auto setting will automatically adjust this
number based on the number of favorites
you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 35, or 40.
RDS: This allows the Radio Data System
(RDS) to be turned on or off.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception
to be turned on or off.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows
access to explicit content SiriusXM
channels.
Touch Off or On.
Manage Phones: Select to connect to a
different phone source, disconnect a
phone, or delete a phone.
Reset Music Index: This allows the music
index to be reset if you are having
difficulty accessing all of the media
content on your device.
Touch Yes or No.
Climate
If equipped, touch and the following may
display:
. Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the
amount of airflow when the climate
control fan setting is Auto Fan.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
. Auto Defog: This setting automatically
turns the front defogger on when the
vehicle engine is started.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
. Auto Rear Defog: This setting
automatically turns the rear window
defogger on when the vehicle engine is
started.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
. Ionizer : This setting specifies the air
quality improvement when the ionizer
control setting is on.
Touch Off or On.
Navigation
Touch and the following may display:
. Set Up My Places
. Map Preferences
.
.
.
.
.
.
167
Route Preferences
Navigation Voice Control
Traffic Preferences
Alert Preferences
Manage History
About
See Using the Navigation System 0 140.
Phone
Touch and the following may display:
. My Number: Displays the cell phone
.
.
.
.
number of the Bluetooth connected
device.
Active Call View: Shows active call display
when answering a call.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable.
Privacy : Only show call alerts in cluster.
Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or
last name.
Re-sync phone Contacts:
This allows the device contacts to re-sync
if you are having difficulty accessing all of
the contacts on your cell phone.
OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables
OnStar cell phone TTY mode.
Touch Disable or Enable.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
168
Infotainment System
Vehicle
Profile Identifiers
Teen Driver
This menu allows adjustment of different
vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
Touch to have the vehicle recognize the
identifier you choose.
Personal
If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is lost or stolen, see your dealer.
If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be
registered for beginner drivers to encourage
safe driving habits. When the vehicle is
started with a Teen Driver key, it will
automatically activate certain safety
systems, allow setting of some features, and
limit the use of others. The Report Card will
record vehicle data about driving behavior
that can be viewed later. When the vehicle
is started with a registered key, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) displays a message
that Teen Driver is active.
If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of
different user profile settings.
The menu may contain the following:
Name
Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2.
Security
Touch to have your profile secured with
a PIN.
Touch to edit your user name that will be
displayed in the vehicle.
Touch No or Yes.
Vehicle Account Information
Touch to edit your vehicle name.
Touch to view the vehicle account
information and to change the account
password.
Vehicle Account
An “unverified user account” pop-up will
display until the account information
verification process has been completed on
the Internet. Check your registered e-mail
account for an activation e-mail to complete
the verification process.
Profile Picture
Touch to choose or change your profile
picture.
Vehicle Name
Touch to view the vehicle account
information and to change the account
password.
Remove Profile
Touch to remove the profile from the
vehicle.
Touch Remove or Cancel.
To access:
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then
touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver.
2. Create a Personal Identification Number
(PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN.
Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change
the PIN, touch Change PIN.
The PIN is required to:
. Register or unregister keys.
. Change Teen Driver settings.
. Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN.
. Access or delete Report Card data.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Register keys to activate Teen Driver and
assign restrictions to the key:
Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a
maximum of eight keys. Label the key to
tell it apart from the other keys.
For a pushbutton start system:
1. Start the engine.
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). For manual
transmissions, the vehicle must be
stopped with the parking brake set.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
and then Teen Driver.
4. Enter the PIN.
5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter key you wish to register in
the transmitter pocket. The key does not
need to be the one that started the
vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 7 for transmitter
pocket location.
6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch
Setup Keys.
. If the transmitter key has not
previously been registered, the option
to add the key displays. Touch Setup
and a confirmation message displays.
Teen Driver restrictions will be
applied whenever this key is used to
operate the vehicle.
. If the transmitter key has already
been registered, the option to
remove the key displays. If Remove is
touched, the transmitter key is no
longer registered. A confirmation
message displays, and Teen Driver
restrictions will not be applied if this
transmitter key is used to operate
the vehicle.
In vehicles with a pushbutton start system,
if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key
are both present at start up, the vehicle will
recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start
the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not
be active.
For a keyed ignition system:
1. Start the engine.
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). For manual
transmissions, the vehicle must be
stopped with the parking brake set.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
and then Teen Driver.
4. Enter the PIN.
169
5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays
instructions for registering or
unregistering a key. A confirmation
message displays.
Manage Settings
Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio
volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch
Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the
maximum allowable audio volume level.
Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a
maximum radio volume to be set. Use the
arrows to choose the maximum allowable
level for the audio volume.
Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the
maximum speed of the vehicle. When the
speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is
started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC
displays a message that the top speed is
limited.
On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter
is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum
acceleration will be limited. The DIC will
display a message that the acceleration is
limited.
Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the
speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch
Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the
warning speed.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
170
Infotainment System
Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a
warning in the DIC when exceeding a
selectable speed. Choose the desired speed
warning level. The speed warning does not
limit the speed of the vehicle.
SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if
equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit
Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF.
When ON, the teen driver will not be able
to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain
explicit content, and the Explicit Content
Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be
unavailable for change.
When Teen Driver is Active:
. The radio will mute when the driver seat
belt, and in some vehicles the front
passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The
audio from any device paired to the
vehicle will also be muted.
. If an object, such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
device, is on the front passenger seat, it
could cause the radio to mute. If this
happens, remove the object from the
seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 56.
. Some safety systems, such as Forward
Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be
turned off. They may include: Park Assist,
Side Blind Zone Alert, Lane Change Alert,
.
.
.
.
.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert, Forward Collision
Alert, Automatic Emergency Braking,
Pedestrian Braking, Lane Departure
Warning, Lane Keep Assist, Daytime
Running Lamps/Automatic Light Control,
Traction Control, Stability Control, and
Antilock Brakes.
The gap setting for the Forward Collision
Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control,
if equipped, cannot be changed.
When trying to change a safety feature
that is not configurable in Teen Driver,
the feature may be grayed out or
removed from the infotainment menu,
or the DIC will display a message
indicating that Teen Driver is active and
the action is not available.
Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available.
Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped)
– When the vehicle is low on fuel, the
low fuel light on the instrument cluster
flashes and the DIC low fuel warning
cannot be dismissed.
Do not tow a trailer.
Report Card
The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s
consent to record certain vehicle data when
the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen
Driver key. There is one Report Card per
vehicle. Data is only recorded when a
registered Teen Driver key is used to
operate the vehicle.
The Report Card data is collected from the
time Teen Driver is activated or the last
time the Report Card was reset. The
following items may be recorded:
. Distance Driven – the total distance
driven.
. Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle
speed detected.
. Overspeed Warnings – the number of
times the speed warning setting was
exceeded.
. Wide Open Throttle – the number of
times the accelerator pedal was pressed
nearly all the way down.
. Forward Collision Alerts (if equipped) –
the number of times the driver was
notified when approaching a vehicle
ahead too quickly and at potential risk for
a crash.
. Forward Automatic Braking, also called
Automatic Emergency Braking (if
equipped) – the number of times the
vehicle detected that a forward collision
was imminent and applied the brakes.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
. Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) –
.
.
.
.
the number of times the vehicle detected
that a rearward collision was imminent
and applied the brakes.
Traction Control – the number of times
the Traction Control System activated to
reduce wheel spin or loss of traction.
Stability Control – the number of events
which required the use of electronic
stability control.
Antilock Braking System Active – The
number of Antilock Brake System
activations.
Tailgating Alerts (if equipped) – the
number of times the driver was alerted
for following a vehicle ahead too closely.
. From the Report Card display, touch
Reset.
. Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from
the Teen Driver menu. This will also
unregister any Teen Driver keys and
delete the PIN.
Forgotten PIN
To delete Report Card data, do one of the
following:
or its compliance with safety and regulatory
standards. Please note that the use of this
accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect
wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod
classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other countries.
See your dealer to reset the PIN.
Trademarks and License
Agreements
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 349.
Report Card Data
Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until
the Report Card is reset or until the
maximum count is exceeded. If the
maximum count is exceeded for a Report
Card line item, that item will no longer be
updated in the Report Card until it is reset.
Each item will report a maximum of
1,000 counts. The distance driven will report
a maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi).
171
"Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone,"
mean that an electronic accessory has been
designed to connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone, respectively, and has been certified
by the developer to meet Apple
performance standards. Apple is not
responsible for the operation of this device
If you decide to continue service after your
trial, your selected subscription plan will
automatically renew thereafter. You will be
charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes
apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer
Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete
terms and how to cancel, which includes
calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees
and programming are subject to change.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one
time activation fee, and other fees may
apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All
fees and programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
172
Infotainment System
Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com.
SiriusXM service is only available in the
48 contiguous United States and Canada.
rights including patent rights, copyrights,
and trade secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
U.S. Patents at the following address
www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html
and other patents pending.
In Canada: Some deterioration of service
may occur in extreme northern latitudes.
This is beyond the control of SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is
required for any product that
incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or
for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to
be manufactured, distributed,
or marketed in the SiriusXM
Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed, marketed,
and/or sold in Canada, a separate
agreement is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM
Canada).
Bose
Explicit Language Notice: Channels with
frequent explicit language are indicated with
an “XL” preceding the channel name.
Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM
Satellite Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
. USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com
or call 1-888-601–6296.
. Canada Customers — See
www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer, hack,
manipulate, or otherwise make available any
technology or software incorporated in
receivers compatible with the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio System or that support the
SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any
of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in this
product is protected by intellectual property
Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint
surround are registered trademarks of Bose
Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
HD Radio Technology
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S.
and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD,
HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary
trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.
Bluetooth
TouchSense Technology and TouchSense
System 1000 Series Licensed from
Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System
1000 protected under one or more of the
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by General Motors is
under license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective owners.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Java
Java is a registered trademark of Oracle
and/or its affiliates.
Schedule I: Gracenote EULA
Music recognition technology and related
data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote
is the industry standard in music recognition
technology and related content delivery. For
more information see www.gracenote.com.
Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc.,
copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote.
Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to
present Gracenote. One or more patents
owned by Gracenote may apply to this
product and service. See the Gracenote
website for a non-exhaustive list of
applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote" logo are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in
the United States and/or other countries.
Gracenote Terms of Use
This application or device contains software
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote
(the "Gracenote Software") enables this
application to do disc or file identification
and obtain music-related information,
including name, artist, track, and title
information ("Gracenote Data") from online
servers or embedded databases (collectively,
"Gracenote Servers") and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data only
by means of the intended End-User
functions of this application or device.
This application or device may contain
content belonging to Gracenote’s providers.
If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein
with respect to Gracenote Data shall also
apply to such content and such content
providers shall be entitled to all of the
benefits and protections set forth herein
that are available to Gracenote.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal
non-commercial use only. You agree not to
173
assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data
to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE
SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will
terminate if you violate these restrictions.
If your license terminates, you agree to
cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and the Gracenote Servers, including all
ownership rights. Under no circumstances
will Gracenote become liable for any
payment to you for any information that
you provide. You agree that Gracenote may
enforce its rights under this Agreement
against you directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a unique
identifier to track queries for statistical
purposes. The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
Gracenote service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
174
Infotainment System
more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS."
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote
reserves the right to delete data from the
Gracenote Servers or to change data
categories for any cause that Gracenote
deems sufficient. No warranty is made that
the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers
are error-free or that functioning of
Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers
will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not
obligated to provide you with new enhanced
or additional data types or categories that
Gracenote may provide in the future and is
free to discontinue its services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN
NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR
ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
MPEG4–AVC (H.264)
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD
(“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC
VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO
LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
VC-1
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD
(“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1
VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
MPEG4–Visual
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER
THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
MP3
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
WMV/WMA
This product includes technology owned by
Microsoft Corporation and under a license
from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of
this product is prohibited without a license
from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft
Licensing, GP as applicable.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
Map End User License Agreement
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
END USER TERMS
Personal Use Only: You agree to use this
Data for the solely personal, noncommercial
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
forth herein, you agree not to otherwise
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble or reverse engineer any portion
of this Data, and may not transfer or
distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data
and all accompanying materials on a
permanent basis if you retain no copies and
the recipient agrees to the terms of this End
User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may
only be transferred or sold as a complete
set as provided to you and not as a subset
thereof.
The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided
for your personal, internal use only and not
for resale. It is protected by copyright, and
is subject to the following terms (this “End
User License Agreement”) and conditions
which are agreed to by you, on the one
hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”)
and its licensors (including their licensors
and suppliers) on the other hand.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®.
HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the
United States Postal Service® to publish and
sell ZIP+4® information.
© United States Postal Service 2013. Prices
are not established, controlled, or approved
by the United States Postal Service. The
following trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States Postal
Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by HERE and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in communication
with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
175
guidance, fleet management or similar
applications; or (b) with, or in
communication with, including without
limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and
handheld computers, pagers, and personal
digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning
This Data may contain inaccurate or
incomplete information due to the passage
of time, changing circumstances, sources
used, and the nature of collecting
comprehensive geographic data, any of
which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty
This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you
agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and
its licensors (and their licensors and
suppliers) make no guarantees,
representations, or warranties of any kind,
express or implied, arising by law or
otherwise, including but not limited to,
content, quality, accuracy, completeness,
effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
particular purpose, usefulness, use or results
to be obtained from this Data, or that the
Data or server will be uninterrupted or
error free.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
176
Infotainment System
Disclaimer of Warranty
THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS”
AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND
HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND
SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR
ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS,
EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS)
SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE
NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH
ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER
OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION
OF THIS AGREEMENT.
Disclaimer of Liability
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS,
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT,
WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY
LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN
THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories, and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or damages
limitations, so to that extent the above may
not apply to you.
written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Export Control
Government End Users
You agree not to export from anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in compliance
with, and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws, rules
and regulations. Entire Agreement: These
terms and conditions constitute the entire
agreement between HERE (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and all
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf
of the United States government or any
other entity seeking or applying rights
similar to those customarily claimed by the
United States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined at
48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with this End User License
Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered
or otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the following
“Notice of Use,” and be treated in
accordance with such Notice:
Governing Law
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Illinois,
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for
any and all disputes, claims, and actions
arising from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Infotainment System
the Contracting Officer, federal government
agency, or any federal official must notify
HERE prior to seeking additional or
alternative rights in the Data.
Unicode
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER)
Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All
rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms
of Use in http://www.unicode.org/
copyright.html.
Free Type Project
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
Portions of this software are copyright
© 2010 The FreeType Project
(http://www.freetype.org). All rights
reserved.
ADDRESS:
Open Source SW
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL
60606.
Further information concerning the OSS
licenses is shown in the infotainment
display.
NAME:
HERE North America, LLC
This Data is a commercial item as defined in
FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User
License Agreement under which this Data
was provided.
© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights
reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
QNX
Portions of this software are copyright ©
2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights
reserved.
Part C – EULA
Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH
& Co. KG. All Rights Reserved.
177
The product you have purchased ("Product")
contains Software (Runtime Configuration
No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed
by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer
"Manufacturer") under license from Software
Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the
Software in the Product and in compliance
with the license terms below.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this
License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use
the Software in the Product for the purpose
intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted
by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
you may make one backup copy of the
Software as part of the Product software.
QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31
rights not expressly granted herein, and
retain all right, title and interest in and to
all copies of the Software, including all
intellectual property rights therein. Unless
required by applicable law you may not
reproduce, distribute or transfer,
or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise
attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer,
modify or create derivative works of, the
Software. You agree: (1) not to remove,
cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels
or marks in or on the Software, and to
ensure that all copies bear any notice
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
178
Infotainment System
contained on the original; and (2) not to
export the Product or the Software in
contravention of applicable export
control laws.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE
REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND
ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON
AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR
OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE
MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S)
THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE
OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS
DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC,
ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU
ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE
REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY
NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC,
ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE
LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,
WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF
THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS
OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT
FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES),
EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Linotype
WMA
END USER NOTICE
This product is protected by certain
intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use
or distribution of such technology outside of
this product is prohibited without a license
from Microsoft.
The marks of companies displayed by this
product to indicate business locations are
the marks of their respective owners. The
use of such marks in this product does not
imply any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies of this
product.
For more information on the Software,
including any open source software license
terms (and available source code) as well as
copyright attributions applicable to the
Runtime Configuration indicated above,
please contact the Manufacturer or contact
QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
([email protected]).
Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp.
registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Office and may be registered in certain
other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype
Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.
Usage in text form of each of the Licensed
Trademarks is:
The trademark attribution requirements for
the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at
http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/
trademarks.html.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 184
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the
vehicle can be controlled with this system.
1. Temperature Control
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls
179
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
180
Climate Controls
3.
4.
5.
6.
MAX Defrost
Rear Window Defogger
Fan Control
Driver and Passenger Heated Seats (If
Equipped)
7. Recirculation
8. A/C (Air Conditioning)
] : Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or decrease the
fan speed or turn the fan off.
Temperature Control : Turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature.
6 : Air is directed to the floor outlets.
0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield
and the fan runs at a higher speed. Fog or
frost is cleared from the windshield more
quickly. When the button is pressed again,
the system returns to the previous mode
setting.
For best results, clear all snow and ice from
the windshield before defrosting.
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning
system on or off. If the climate control
system is turned off or the outside
temperature falls below freezing, the air
conditioner will not run.
Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y,
or 6 to change the direction of the airflow.
The indicator light in the button will turn
on. Any combination of the three buttons
can be selected. The indicator light in the
button will turn on.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. An
To change the current mode, select one or
more of the following:
K : Press to turn the rear window defogger
z : Clears the windows of fog or moisture.
Air is directed to the windshield.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel
outlets.
indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated
to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle or
to reduce the entry of outside air and odors.
Rear Window Defogger
on or off. An indicator light on the button
comes on to show that the rear window
defogger is on.
The defogger can be turned off by turning
the ignition off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.
If the vehicle is equipped with heated
outside mirrors, they turn on when the rear
window defogger button is on and help to
clear fog or frost from the surface of the
mirror.
See Heated Mirrors 0 26.
Caution
Do not try to clear frost or other material
from the inside of the front windshield
and rear window with a razor blade or
anything else that is sharp. This may
damage the rear window defogger grid
and affect the radio's ability to pick up
stations clearly. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
M or L : If equipped, press M or L to
heat the driver or passenger seat. See
Heated Front Seats 0 40.
Afterblow Feature
If equipped, under certain conditions, the
fan may stay on or may turn on and off
several times after you turn off and lock the
vehicle. This is normal.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Climate Controls
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
181
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Fan Controls
MAX Defrost
Rear Window Defogger
SYNC (Synchronized Temperature)
Recirculation
Driver and Passenger Heated Seats (If
Equipped)
9. Air Delivery Mode Controls
10. ON/OFF (Power)
11. A/C (Air Conditioning)
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls the fan
speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and
recirculation in order to heat or cool the
vehicle to the desired temperature.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate
automatically. Each function can also be
manually set and the selected setting is
displayed.
Functions not manually set will continue to
be automatically controlled, even if the
AUTO indicator is not lit.
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the
vehicle can be controlled with this system.
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature
Controls
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
182
Climate Controls
2. Set the temperature, allow the system
time to stabilize, and adjust the
temperature as needed.
Driver and Passenger Temperature Control :
The temperature can be adjusted separately
for the driver and the passenger. Turn the
knob clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the temperature.
SYNC : Press to link all climate zone settings
to the driver setting. The SYNC indicator
light will turn on. When the passenger
settings are adjusted, the SYNC indicator
light turns off.
Manual Operation
In addition to the controls on the center
stack; the fan, air delivery mode,
temperature, and other climate settings can
be controlled by touching CLIMATE on the
infotainment Home Page or the climate
button in the application tray.
ON/OFF : Press to turn the fan off or on.
When off, no air will flow into the vehicle.
Turning the fan on, pressing any other
button, or turning a knob will turn the
system back on using the current setting.
9 : Press to increase or decrease the fan
speed. The fan speed setting appears on the
main display. Pressing either button cancels
automatic fan control and the fan is
controlled manually. Press AUTO to return
to automatic operation.
Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press any
combination of z, Y, or 6 to change the
direction of the airflow. The indicator light
in the button will turn on. The current mode
appears in the display screen.
Pressing any of the three buttons cancels
automatic air delivery control and the
direction of the airflow is controlled
manually. Press AUTO to return to
automatic operation.
To change the current mode, select one or
more of the following:
z : Clears the windows of fog or moisture.
Air is directed to the windshield.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel
outlets.
6 : Air is directed to the floor outlets.
0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield
and the fan runs at a higher speed. Fog or
frost is cleared from the windshield more
quickly. When the button is pressed again,
the system returns to the previous mode
setting.
For best results, clear all snow and ice from
the windshield before defrosting.
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning
system on or off. If the climate control
system is turned off or the outside
temperature falls below freezing, the air
conditioner will not run.
Pressing this button cancels automatic air
conditioning and turns off the air
conditioner. Press AUTO to return to
automatic operation and the air conditioner
runs automatically as needed. When the
indicator light is on, the air conditioner runs
automatically to cool the air inside the
vehicle or to dry the air needed to defog
the windshield faster.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. An
indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated
to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle or
to reduce the entry of outside air and odors.
Auto Defog : The climate control system
may have a sensor to automatically detect
high humidity inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate control
system may adjust to outside air supply and
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Climate Controls
turn on the air conditioner. The fan speed
may slightly increase to help prevent
fogging. If the climate control system does
not detect possible window fogging, it
returns to normal operation.
To turn Auto Defog off or on, see “Climate
and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Ionizer
If equipped with an ionizer, this feature
helps to clean the air inside the vehicle and
remove contaminants such as pollen, odors,
and dust. If the climate control system is on
and the ionizer is enabled, Ionizer On will be
displayed. To turn the ionizer on or off, see
“Climate and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Rear Window Defogger
K : Press to turn the rear window defogger
on or off. An indicator light on the button
comes on to show that the rear window
defogger is on. The defogger only works
when the ignition is on.
The defogger can be turned off by turning
the ignition to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.
The rear window defogger can be set to
automatic operation. See “Climate and Air
Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
When auto rear defog is selected, the rear
window defogger turns on automatically
when the interior temperature is cold and
the outside temperature is about 5 °C (41 °F)
and below. The Auto Rear Defogger turns off
automatically.
If the vehicle is equipped with heated
outside mirrors, they turn on when the rear
window defogger button is on and help to
clear fog or frost from the surface of the
mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 26
Caution
Do not try to clear frost or other material
from the inside of the front windshield
and rear window with a razor blade or
anything else that is sharp. This may
damage the rear window defogger grid
and affect the radio's ability to pick up
stations clearly. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
M or L : If equipped, press M or L to
heat the driver or passenger seat. See
Heated Front Seats 0 40.
183
Remote Start Climate Control Operation (If
Equipped) : If the vehicle is equipped with
the remote start feature, the climate control
system may run when the vehicle is started
remotely. The system uses the driver’s
previous settings to heat or cool the inside
of the vehicle. The rear defog may come on
during remote start based on cold ambient
conditions. If the vehicle has heated seats,
they may come on during a remote start.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13 and
Heated Front Seats 0 40.
Sensors
The solar sensor on top of the instrument
panel near the windshield monitors the solar
heat. The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
temperature, fan speed, recirculation, and air
delivery mode for best comfort.
Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the
automatic climate control system may not
work properly.
Afterblow Feature
If equipped, under certain conditions, the
fan may stay on or may turn on and off
several times after you turn off and lock the
vehicle. This is normal.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
184
Climate Controls
Air Vents
Use the louvers located on the air vents to
change the direction of the airflow.
To open or close off the airflow:
. Move slider knobs away from the
occupant for shut off closing.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from
.
.
.
.
air inlets at the base of the windshield
that could block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
Clear snow off the hood to improve
visibility and help decrease moisture
drawn into the vehicle, which may
improve long term system performance.
Keep the path under the front seats clear
of objects to help circulate the air inside
of the vehicle more effectively.
Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors
can adversely affect the performance of
the system. Check with your dealer
before adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Do not attach any devices to the air vent
slats. This restricts airflow and may cause
damage to the air vents.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics and
painted surfaces. If an air freshener
comes in contact with any plastic or
painted surface in the vehicle, blot
immediately and clean with a soft cloth
dampened with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
The filter reduces dust, pollen, and other
airborne irritants from outside air that is
pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be
replaced as part of routine scheduled
maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 325.
See your dealer regarding replacement of
the filter.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood that
identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
harmful to the environment and may
also create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires periodic
maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
0 325.
Caution
Damage caused by improper refrigerant
usage could lead to costly repairs and
may not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Refrigerant systems should
only be serviced by qualified personnel.
Always use the correct refrigerant.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Driving and Operating
Driving Information
Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 186
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Winter Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 202
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 204
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . 204
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Brakes
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 208
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Adaptive Cruise Control ((Camera)) . . . . . 213
185
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Automatic Parking Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . 227
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . 229
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . 231
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 241
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
186
Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing
General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 249
Driving Information
Driver Behavior
Driving is an important responsibility. Driver
behavior, the driving environment, and the
vehicle's design all affect how well a vehicle
performs.
Being aware of these factors can help in
understanding how the vehicle handles and
what can be done to avoid many types of
crashes, including a rollover crash.
Most serious injuries and fatalities to
unbelted occupants can be reduced or
prevented by the use of seat belts. In a
rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. In addition,
avoiding excessive speed, sudden or abrupt
turns, and drunken or aggressive driving can
help make trips safer and avoid the
possibility of a crash.
Driving Environment
Be prepared for driving in inclement
weather, at night, or during other times
where visibility or traction may be limited,
such as on curves, slippery roads, or hilly
terrain. Unfamiliar surroundings can also
have hidden hazards.
Vehicle Design
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
This is because they have a higher ground
clearance and a narrower track or shorter
wheelbase than passenger cars. While these
design characteristics provide the driver with
a better view of the road, these vehicles do
have a higher center of gravity than other
types of vehicles. A utility vehicle does not
handle the same as a vehicle with a lower
center of gravity, like a car, in similar
situations.
Safe driver behavior and understanding of
the environment can help avoid a rollover
crash in any type of vehicle, including utility
vehicles.
Driving for Better Fuel Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here
are some driving tips to get the best fuel
economy possible.
. Set the climate controls to the desired
temperature after the engine is started,
or turn them off when not required.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
. On AWD vehicles, see All-Wheel Drive
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0 207.
Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly.
Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops.
Avoid idling the engine for long periods
of time.
When road and weather conditions are
appropriate, use cruise control.
Always follow posted speed limits or
drive more slowly when conditions
require.
Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.
Combine several trips into a single trip.
Replace the vehicle's tires with the same
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's
sidewall near the size.
Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms and can
take your focus from the task of driving.
Exercise good judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away from
the road. Many local governments have
enacted laws regarding driver distraction.
Become familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes
on the road, keep your hands on the
steering wheel, and focus your attention on
driving.
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving
situations. Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
or look up information on phones or
other electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat passenger to
handle potential distractions.
. Become familiar with vehicle features
before driving, such as programming
favorite radio stations and adjusting
climate control and seat settings. Program
all trip information into any navigation
device prior to driving.
. Wait until the vehicle is parked to
retrieve items that have fallen to the
floor.
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to
children.
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
restraint.
. Avoid stressful conversations while
driving, whether with a passenger or on a
cell phone.
187
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too long or
too often could cause a crash resulting in
injury or death. Focus your attention on
driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for more
information on using that system and the
navigation system, if equipped, including
pairing and using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always expect the
unexpected.” The first step in driving
defensively is to wear the seat belt. See
Seat Belts 0 43.
. Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers)
are going to be careless and make
mistakes. Anticipate what they may do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance between
you and the driver in front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.
Impaired Driving
Death and injury associated with impaired
driving is a global tragedy.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
188
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then
driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment
can be affected by even a small amount
of alcohol or drugs. You can have a
serious — or even fatal — collision if you
drive after drinking or taking drugs.
Do not drive while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver
who has been drinking or is impaired by
drugs. Find alternate transportation
home; or if you are with a group,
designate a driver who will remain sober.
Control of a Vehicle
Average driver reaction time is about
three-quarters of a second. In that time, a
vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
. Keep enough distance between you and
the vehicle in front of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Keep pace with traffic.
3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving
over other objects such as lane dividers
and speed bumps. Damage caused by
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is
being driven, brake normally but do not
pump the brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the engine
stops, there will be some power brake assist
but it will be used when the brake is
applied. Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Braking, steering, and accelerating are
important factors in helping to control a
vehicle while driving.
Steering
Braking
Electric Power Steering
Braking action involves perception time and
reaction time. Deciding to push the brake
pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Caution (Continued)
The vehicle has electric power steering.
It does not have power steering fluid.
Regular maintenance is not required.
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering system,
do not drive over curbs, parking barriers,
or similar objects at speeds greater than
(Continued)
If power steering assist is lost due to a
system malfunction, the vehicle can be
steered, but may require increased effort.
If the steering assist is used for an extended
period of time while the vehicle is not
moving, power assist may be reduced.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is held
against that position for an extended period
of time, power steering assist may be
reduced.
Off-Road Recovery
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three control
systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid — too much
speed or steering in a curve causes tires
to slip and lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much throttle
causes the driving wheels to spin.
See your dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips
. Take curves at a reasonable speed.
. Reduce speed before entering a curve.
. Maintain a reasonable steady speed
Steering in Emergencies
. There are some situations when steering
around a problem may be more effective
than braking.
. Holding both sides of the steering wheel
allows you to turn 180 degrees without
removing a hand.
. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows
steering while braking.
Loss of Control
Skidding
Normal use of the power steering assist
should return when the system cools down.
through the curve.
. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve
before accelerating gently into the
straightaway.
189
The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the
edge of a road onto the shoulder while
driving. Follow these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and then,
if there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle so that it straddles the edge of
the pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the right front
tire contacts the pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight
down the roadway.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking
reasonable care suited to existing conditions,
and by not overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these
suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal
and steer the way you want the vehicle
to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be
ready for a second skid if it occurs.
. Slow down and adjust your driving
according to weather conditions. Stopping
distance can be longer and vehicle control
can be affected when traction is reduced
by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to recognize
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
190
Driving and Operating
warning clues — such as enough water,
ice, or packed snow on the road to make
a mirrored surface — and slow down
when you have any doubt.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration,
or braking, including reducing vehicle
speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause the tires to
slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only
the braking skid.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle
traction and affect your ability to stop and
accelerate. Always drive slower in these
types of driving conditions and avoid driving
through large puddles and deep-standing or
flowing water.
{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They
might not work as well in a quick stop
and could cause pulling to one side. You
could lose control of the vehicle.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
After driving through a large puddle of
water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply
the brake pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong
forces. Driving through flowing water
could cause the vehicle to be carried
away. If this happens, you and other
vehicle occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be very
cautious about trying to drive through
flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build
up under the vehicle's tires so they actually
ride on the water. This can happen if the
road is wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it
has little or no contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow
down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet weather
driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
. Pass with caution.
. Keep windshield wiping equipment in
good shape.
. Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
filled.
. Have good tires with proper tread depth.
See Tires 0 287.
. Turn off cruise control.
. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD) mode. See
All-Wheel Drive 0 207.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through mountains
is different than driving on flat or rolling
terrain. Tips include:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires,
cooling system, and transmission.
. Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep or long hills.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a
long downhill slope can cause brake
overheating, can reduce brake
performance, and could result in a loss of
braking. Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the brakes
on a steep downhill slope.
{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with
the ignition off is dangerous. This can
cause overheating of the brakes and loss
of steering assist. Always have the engine
running and the vehicle in gear.
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in
its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross
the center line.
. Be alert on top of hills; something could
be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,
falling rocks area, winding roads, long
grades, passing or no-passing zones) and
take appropriate action.
. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. See
All-Wheel Drive 0 207.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and the road
creates less traction or grip, so drive
carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C
(32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly
causes the wheels to spin and makes the
surface under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210.
. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves
vehicle stability during hard stops, but
the brakes should be applied sooner than
when on dry pavement. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) 0 208.
. Allow greater following distance and
watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded
areas. The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when the
surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden
steering maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
191
. Turn off cruise control.
. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. See
All-Wheel Drive 0 207.
Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal
for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there
is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program
0 344. To get help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the
vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to
get inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of the
vehicle, especially any blocking the
exhaust pipe.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
192
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on
the vehicle side that is away from the
wind, to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under
the instrument panel.
. Adjust the climate control system to
circulate the air inside the vehicle and
set the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”
For more information about CO, see
Engine Exhaust 0 204.
To save fuel, run the engine for short
periods to warm the vehicle and then shut
the engine off and partially close the
window. Moving about to keep warm also
helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive, when
running the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than
the idle speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to signal
for help with the headlamps. Do this as
little as possible, to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to
free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud,
ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction system
to free the vehicle, turn the traction system
off and use the rocking method. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 210.
{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed,
they can explode, and you or others
could be injured. The vehicle can
overheat, causing an engine compartment
fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as
little as possible and avoid going above
56 km/h (35 mph).
If equipped, select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Mode. See All-Wheel Drive 0 207.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to
clear the area around the front wheels. Turn
off any traction system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear,
spinning the wheels as little as possible. To
prevent transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting gears.
Release the accelerator pedal while shifting,
and press lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in the forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking motion
that could free the vehicle. If that does not
get the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the vehicle
does need to be towed out, see Towing the
Vehicle 0 312.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how much
weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is
called the vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all occupants, cargo,
and all nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may show how
much weight it may properly carry, the Tire
and Loading Information label and the
Certification/Tire label.
{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier
than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the maximum
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
front or rear Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). This can cause
systems to break and change the
way the vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a crash.
Overloading can also reduce stopping
performance, damage the tires, and
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information Label
Example Label
A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading
Information label is attached to the center
pillar (B-pillar). The tire and loading
information label shows the number of
occupant seating positions (1), and the
maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading Information label also
shows the size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended cold tire
inflation pressures (4). For more information
on tires and inflation see Tires 0 287 and
Tire Pressure 0 293.
There is also important loading information
on the vehicle Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on
your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the
driver and passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
193
4. The resulting figure equals the available
amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
load from your trailer will be transferred
to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing 0 245 for important
information on towing a trailer, towing
safety rules and trailering tips.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
194
Driving and Operating
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
(150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight
= 317 kg (700 lbs).
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
(150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg
(250 lbs).
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's tire and loading
information label for specific information
about the vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined weight of
the driver, passengers, and cargo should
never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Certification/Tire Label
front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a
weigh station. Your dealer can help with
this. Be sure to spread the load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
Caution
Overloading the vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
{ Warning
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is
attached to the center pillar (B-pillar).
The label may show the size of the vehicle's
original tires and the inflation pressures
needed to obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. The label shows the gross
weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may also show
the maximum weights for the front and rear
axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the
Things inside the vehicle can strike and
injure people in a sudden stop or turn,
or in a crash.
. Put things in the cargo area of the
vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible. Try to spread
the weight evenly.
. Never stack heavier things, like
suitcases, inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above the tops of
the seats.
. Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in the vehicle.
. Secure loose items in the vehicle.
(Continued)
195
Warning (Continued)
. Do not leave a seat folded down
unless needed.
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an elaborate
break-in. But it will perform better in the
long run if you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one constant
speed, fast or slow, for the first
800 km (500 mi). Do not make
full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting
to brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for the first
300 km (200 mi) or so. During this
time the new brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with new linings
can mean premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this breaking-in
guideline every time you get new
brake linings.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
196
Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
Ignition Positions
. Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will
turn off, and Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 202
See Trailer Towing 0 245 for the trailer
towing capabilities of the vehicle and
more information.
Following break-in, engine speed and load
can be gradually increased.
On new vehicles, the various mechanical and
electrical systems experience a “break-in”
period during the first 6,400 km
(4,000 miles) of routine driving. As the
vehicle is driven, the mechanical systems
adjust to provide optimal fuel economy and
transmission shift performance.
Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate
during the break-in period. A one-time
occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle
noises is normal during this process.
Normal driving charges the vehicle’s battery
to achieve the best operation of the vehicle,
including fuel economy and the Stop/Start
System. See Stop/Start System 0 198.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be
on and the brake pedal must be applied.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition
will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display
the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
When the vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the
ignition system will turn off.
The vehicle has an electronic keyless ignition
with pushbutton start.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
must be in the vehicle for the system to
operate. If the pushbutton start is not
working, the vehicle may be near a strong
radio antenna signal causing interference to
the Keyless Access system. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.
Stopping the Engine/Off (No Indicator
Lights)
When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE
START/STOP once to turn the engine off.
The vehicle may have an electric steering
column lock. The lock is activated when the
vehicle is turned off and either front door is
opened. A sound may be heard as the lock
actuates or releases. The steering column
lock may not release with the wheels turned
off center. If this happens, the vehicle may
not start. Move the steering wheel from left
to right while attempting to start the
vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle
needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle
is moving. This will cause a loss of power
assist in the brake and steering systems and
disable the airbags.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
If the vehicle must be turned off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure.
Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This
may deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can
be done while the vehicle is moving.
After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply
the brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift to
P (Park) and turn the ignition off.
4. Set the electric parking brake. See Electric
Parking Brake 0 208
{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may
cause loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable the
airbags. While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over and
must be turned off while driving, press and
hold ENGINE START/ STOP for longer than
two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light)
This mode allows you to use some electrical
accessories when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the button
one time without the brake pedal applied
will place the ignition system in ACC/
ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to OFF after five minutes to
prevent battery rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light)
This mode is for driving and starting. With
the ignition off and the brake pedal applied,
pressing the button once will place the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once
engine cranking begins, release the button.
Engine cranking will continue until the
engine starts. See Starting the Engine 0 197.
The ignition will then remain on.
Service Mode
This power mode is available for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction indicator lamp
as may be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off and the brake
pedal not applied, pressing and holding the
button for more than five seconds will place
197
the vehicle in Service Mode. The instruments
and audio systems will operate when the
vehicle is on, but the vehicle will not be able
to be driven. The engine will not start in
Service Mode. Press the button again to turn
the vehicle off.
Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start in any
other position. To restart the engine when
the vehicle is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you could
damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park)
only when the vehicle is stopped.
Caution
If you add electrical parts or accessories,
you could change the way the engine
operates. Any resulting damage would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 249.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
198
Driving and Operating
Gasoline Engine Starting Procedure
1. With the Keyless Access system, the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
must be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE
START/STOP with the brake pedal
applied. When the engine begins
cranking, let go of the button.
The idle speed will go down as the
engine gets warm. Do not race the
engine immediately after starting it.
If the RKE transmitter is not in the
vehicle, if there is interference, or if the
RKE battery is low, a Driver Information
Center (DIC) will display a message. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 7
Caution
Cranking the engine for long periods of
time, by returning the ignition to the
START position immediately after
cranking has ended, can overheat and
damage the cranking motor, and drain
the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the cranking
motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after five to
10 seconds, especially in very cold
weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
pushing the accelerator pedal all the way
to the floor and holding it there as you
press ENGINE START/ STOP. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try, to allow
the cranking motor to cool down. When
the engine starts, release the accelerator.
If the vehicle starts briefly but then
stops again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from the
engine. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it. Operate
the engine and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.
Stop/Start System
The Stop/Start system will shut off the
engine to help conserve fuel. It has
components designed for the increased
number of starts.
{ Warning
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature
causes the engine to shut off while the
vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle
before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle
may restart and move unexpectedly.
Always shift to P (Park), and then turn
the ignition off before exiting the vehicle.
Auto Engine Stop/Start
When the brakes are applied and the vehicle
is at a complete stop, the engine may turn
off. When stopped, the tachometer displays
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 0 94. When
the brake pedal is released or the
accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will
restart.
To maintain vehicle performance, other
conditions may cause the engine to
automatically restart before the brake pedal
is released.
Auto Stops may not occur and/or auto
restarts may occur because:
. The climate control settings require the
engine to be running to cool or heat the
vehicle interior.
. The vehicle battery needs to charge.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
. The vehicle battery has recently been
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
disconnected.
Minimum vehicle speed has not been
reached since the last Auto Stop.
The accelerator pedal is pressed.
The engine or transmission is not at the
required operating temperature.
The outside temperature is not in the
required operating range.
The vehicle transmission is shifted out of
D (Drive) to any gear other than P (Park).
Certain driver modes have been selected.
The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
The driver door has been opened or driver
seat belt has been unbuckled.
The hood has been opened.
The Auto Stop has reached the maximum
allowed time.
Auto Stop Disable Switch
The automatic engine stop/start feature can
be disabled and enabled by pressing the
switch with the h symbol. Auto Stop is
enabled each time you start the vehicle.
When the indicator above
the system is disabled.
h is illuminated,
Winter Cover
If equipped, the winter cover can be used to
enhance heater performance in extremely
cold conditions below −0 °C (32 °F). The
winter cover installs over the grille and
restricts airflow to the engine compartment.
199
Usage Guidelines
The winter cover should only be used while
operating the vehicle in extremely cold
temperatures or in heavy snow for extended
periods. In these temperatures, the vehicle
does not need a large amount of air to
properly cool the engine. When more
airflow is required to cool the vehicle, the
winter cover should not be used. The
following usage guidelines will allow
adequate airflow for proper radiator and air
cooler performance:
. Do not use the winter cover if towing a
trailer. The vehicle may overheat if the
radiator is covered while towing.
. Do not modify the cover. The winter
cover does not cover some sections of the
front of the vehicle to provide enough
airflow.
. Keep the underside of the winter cover as
clean as possible. Remove monthly or as
necessary and clean away dust and
debris.
. Do not use the winter cover above −0 °C
(32 °F).
Use only a mild soap to clean. Do not use
harsh soap, strong detergents, or vinyl
protectant/sealant type products as they
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
200
Driving and Operating
may damage the special finish. Allow the
winter cover to dry completely before
reinstalling.
Installation Instructions
When first trying to fit the cover, it may
appear to be undersized but will stretch
during installation to ensure a tight fit. The
initial installation of the cover is best
performed when the winter cover is warm.
Base Model with License Plate
ST Model with License Plate
1. Center grille cover and make sure that it
is positioned correctly.
Base Model
ST Model
Base Model
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
201
Engine Heater
Base Model with License Plate
ST Model with License Plate
2. Push plastic hooks back to engage grille
slats.
3. Repeat for all hooks to fully engage
cover to grille.
4. Make sure all clips remain engaged
during installation. Cover should be
stretched to a tight fit when properly
installed.
ST Model
{ Warning
Do not plug in the engine block heater
while the vehicle is parked in a garage or
under a carport.
Property damage or personal injury may
result. Always park the vehicle in a clear
open area away from buildings or
structures.
The engine heater, if available, can help in
cold weather conditions at or below −18 °C
(0 °F) for easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up. Plug in
the engine heater at least four hours before
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
202
Driving and Operating
starting the vehicle. An internal thermostat
in the plug end of the cord will prevent
engine coolant heater operation at
temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).
To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Remove the heater cord from the rear
compartment.
3. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is
damaged, do not use it. See your dealer
for a replacement. Inspect the cord for
damage yearly.
4. Plug the cord into the receptacle in the
front fascia.
5. Plug the other end of the cord into a
normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
{ Warning
Improper use of the heater cord or an
extension cord can damage the cord and
may result in overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a three-prong
electrical utility receptacle that is
protected by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded outlet could
cause an electric shock.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty,
15 amp-rated extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the recommended
extension cord in good operating
condition, or using a damaged heater
or extension cord, could make it
overheat and cause a fire, property
damage, electric shock, and injury.
. Do not operate the vehicle with the
heater cord permanently attached to
the vehicle. Possible heater cord and
thermostat damage could occur.
. While in use, do not let the heater
cord touch vehicle parts or sharp
edges. Never close the hood on the
heater cord.
. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the
cord, reattach the cover to the plug,
and securely fasten the cord. Keep the
cord away from any moving parts.
The length of time the heater should remain
plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a
dealer in the area where you will be parking
the vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the ignition is turned from on to off,
the following features (if equipped) will
continue to function for up to 10 minutes,
or until the driver door is opened. These
features will also work when the ignition is
in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:
. Infotainment System
. Power Windows (during RAP this
functionality will be lost when any door
is opened)
. Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will
be lost when any door is opened)
. Auxiliary Power Outlet
. Audio System
. OnStar System
Shifting Into Park
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set.
The vehicle can roll. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be injured.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
To be sure the vehicle will not move,
even when you are on fairly level ground,
use the steps that follow. If you are
pulling a trailer, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 241
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
is running. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move, even
when you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and shift to
P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 202.
If you are towing a trailer, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 241.
To shift into P (Park):
1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the
parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake
0 208
2. Hold the button on the shift lever and
push the lever toward the front of the
vehicle into P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition off.
Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine
Running
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle
with the engine running. It could
overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the
parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
If you have to leave the vehicle with the
engine running, the vehicle must be in
P (Park) and the parking brake set.
Release the button and check that the shift
lever cannot be moved out of P (Park).
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of the
vehicle puts too much force on the parking
pawl in the transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not done
properly and then it is difficult to shift out
of P (Park). To prevent torque lock, set the
203
parking brake and then shift into P (Park).
To find out how, see Shifting Into Park
0 202 listed previously.
If torque lock does occur, the vehicle may
need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle
to relieve the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
shift out of P (Park):
Apply the brake pedal.
Turn the ignition on.
Press the shift lever button.
Move the shift lever.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and press the
shift lever button again.
3. Move the shift lever.
If you still cannot move the shift lever from
P (Park), see your dealer for service.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
204
Driving and Operating
Parking over Things That Burn
Engine Exhaust
{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot
exhaust parts under the vehicle and
ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves,
dry grass, or other things that can burn.
Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle
running. If the vehicle is left running, be
sure it will not move and there is adequate
ventilation.
See Shifting Into Park 0 202 and
Engine Exhaust 0 204.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with
the RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, it
will continue to run for up to 20 minutes.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with
the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will
continue to run for up to 60 minutes.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is
parked on a hill, due to lack of
available fuel.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken
out of P (Park) while it is running.
{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide
(CO), which cannot be seen or smelled.
Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas with poor
.
.
.
.
ventilation (parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
The exhaust smells or sounds strange
or different.
The exhaust system leaks due to
corrosion or damage.
The vehicle exhaust system has been
modified, damaged, or improperly
repaired.
There are holes or openings in the
vehicle body from damage or
aftermarket modifications that are not
completely sealed.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is
suspected that exhaust is coming into the
vehicle:
. Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the engine
running in an enclosed area such as a
garage or a building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Running the Vehicle While Parked
It is better not to park with the engine
running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine running,
follow the proper steps to be sure the
vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park
0 202 and
Engine Exhaust 0 204.
If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 241.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Automatic Transmission
Warning (Continued)
sure the vehicle will not move, even
when on fairly level ground, always set
the parking brake and place the
transmission into P (Park). See Shifting
Into Park 0 202 and
Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 241.
P : This position locks the front wheels. Use
P (Park) when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
if the transmission is not in P (Park) with
the parking brake set. The vehicle
can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
is running. If the engine has been left
running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
(Continued)
The vehicle has an automatic transmission
shift lock control system. You must fully
apply the regular brake first and then press
the shift lever button before shifting from
P (Park) when the ignition is on. If you
cannot shift out of P (Park), ease pressure
on the shift lever, then push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) as you maintain
brake application. Then press the shift lever
button and move the shift lever into
another gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 203
R : Use this gear to back up.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
moving forward could damage the
transmission. The repairs would not be
(Continued)
205
Caution (Continued)
covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is
stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to get
out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging
the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck
0 192
N : In this position, the engine does not
connect with the wheels. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already moving,
use N (Neutral) only.
{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on
the brake pedal, the vehicle could move
very rapidly. You could lose control and
hit people or objects. Do not shift into a
drive gear while the engine is running at
high speed.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
206
Driving and Operating
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral)
with the engine running at high speed
may damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is
not running at high speed when shifting
the vehicle.
Caution
A transmission hot message may display
if the automatic transmission fluid is
too hot.
Driving under this condition can damage
the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to
cool the automatic transmission fluid.
This message clears when the
transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently.
D : This position is for normal driving.
If more power is needed for passing, press
the accelerator pedal down.
Caution
If the vehicle does not shift gears, the
transmission could be damaged. Have the
vehicle serviced right away.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle
in one place on a hill using only the
accelerator pedal may damage the
transmission.
The repair will not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is stuck,
do not spin the tires. When stopping on
a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle
in place.
L : Allows the driver to select the range of
gear positions. See Manual Mode 0 206.
Operating Modes
The transmission may operate in a lower
gear than normal to improve vehicle
performance. The engine speed may be
higher and there may be an increase in
noise during the following conditions:
. When climbing a grade.
. When driving downhill.
. When driving in hot temperatures or at
high altitude.
Manual Mode
Electronic Range Select (ERS) Mode
ERS or manual mode allows for the selection
of the range of gear positions. Use this
mode when driving downhill or towing a
trailer to limit the top gear and vehicle
speed. The shift position indicator within the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a
number next to the L indicating the highest
available gear under manual mode and the
driving conditions when manual mode was
selected.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to L (Manual Mode).
207
shifted automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth)
gear, press the + (Plus) button or shift into
D (Drive).
L (Manual Mode) will prevent shifting to a
lower gear range if the engine speed is too
high. If vehicle speed is not reduced within
the time allowed, the lower gear range shift
will not be completed. Slow the vehicle,
then press the − (Minus) button to the
desired lower gear range.
While using the ERS, cruise control can
be used.
Drive Systems
2. Press the plus/minus button on the shift
lever, to increase or decrease the gear
range available.
When shifting to L (Manual Mode), the
transmission will shift to a preset lower gear
range. For this preset range, the highest
gear available is displayed next to the L in
the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107 for more information. All gears below
that number are available to use. For
example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to
the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
All-Wheel Drive
Vehicles with this feature can operate in
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode.
The AWD system delivers power to all four
wheels and the system adjusts as needed to
improve traction.
Press the AWD button on the center console
to activate the system. The AWD light will
flash briefly while the system is engaging
and stay lit to indicate AWD is active. Press
the button again to disable the system. The
light will flash briefly while the system
disables and then stay off.
The AWD Mode will stay selected until the
mode is changed.
When operated in two-wheel drive, the
vehicle will deliver power to the front
wheels only and may provide better fuel
economy.
When using a compact spare tire on an
AWD vehicle, the system automatically
detects the compact spare and reduces AWD
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
208
Driving and Operating
Electric Parking Brake
performance to protect the system. To
restore full AWD operation and prevent
excessive wear on the system, replace the
compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as
possible. See Compact Spare Tire 0 309.
Brakes
Electric Brake Boost
Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost
have hydraulic brake circuits that are
electronically controlled when the brake
pedal is applied during normal operation.
The system performs routine tests and turns
off within a few minutes after the vehicle is
turned off. Noise may be heard during this
time. If the brake pedal is pressed during
the tests or when the electric brake boost
system is off, a noticeable change in pedal
force and travel may be felt. This is normal.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps
prevent a braking skid and maintain steering
while braking hard.
If there is a problem with ABS, this warning
light stays on. See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light 0 100.
ABS does not change the time needed to
get a foot on the brake pedal and does not
always decrease stopping distance. If you
get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will
not be enough time to apply the brakes if
that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room ahead to stop, even
with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake
pedal down firmly. Hearing and feeling ABS
operate is normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at the same
time. In many emergencies, steering can
help even more than braking.
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always
be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case
of insufficient electrical power, the EPB
cannot be applied or released. To prevent
draining the battery, avoid unnecessary
repeated cycles of the EPB.
The system has a red parking brake status
light and an amber service parking brake
warning light. See Electric Parking Brake
Light 0 100 and
Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 100.
There are also parking brake-related Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Before leaving the vehicle, check the red
parking brake status light to ensure that the
parking brake is applied.
EPB Apply
To apply the EPB:
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Pull the EPB switch momentarily.
The red parking brake status light will flash
and then stay on once the EPB is fully
applied. If the red parking brake status light
flashes continuously, the EPB is only
partially applied or there is a problem with
the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release
the EPB and try to apply it again. If the
light does not come on, or keeps flashing,
have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the
vehicle if the red parking brake status light
is flashing. See your dealer.
If the amber service parking brake warning
light is on, pull the EPB switch. Continue to
hold the switch until the red parking brake
status light remains on. If the amber service
parking brake warning light is on, see your
dealer.
If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is
moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long
as the switch is pulled. If the switch is
pulled until the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB will remain applied.
The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB
in some situations when the vehicle is not
moving. This is normal, and is done to
periodically check the correct operation of
the EPB system, or at the request of other
safety functions that utilize the EPB.
If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear
wheels to prevent vehicle movement.
EPB Release
To release the EPB:
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
3. Press the EPB switch momentarily.
The EPB is released when the red parking
brake status light is off.
If the amber service parking brake warning
light is on, release the EPB by pressing and
holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the
switch until the red parking brake status
light is off. If either light stays on after
release is attempted, see your dealer.
209
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on can
overheat the brake system and cause
premature wear or damage to brake
system parts. Make sure that the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
If you are towing a trailer and parking on a
hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing
Tips 0 241.
Automatic EPB Release
The EPB will automatically release if the
vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an
attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid
acceleration when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life.
Brake Assist
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal
applications due to emergency braking
situations and provides additional braking to
activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if
the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough
to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake
pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement
during this time may occur. Continue to
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
210
Driving and Operating
apply the brake pedal as the driving
situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages
when the brake pedal is released.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
{ Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
not replace the need to pay attention
and drive safely. You may not hear or
feel alerts or warnings provided by this
system. Failure to use proper care when
driving may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
0 187.
When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from
rolling in an unintended direction during the
transition from brake pedal release to
accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release
when the accelerator pedal is applied. HSA
brake hold duration may be selectable.
Standard Hold automatically releases the
brakes after a few seconds. Extended Hold
applies the Electric Parking Brake if the
accelerator pedal is not applied within a few
minutes. If hold duration is selectable, see
"Extended Hill Start Assist" in Vehicle
Personalization 0 114. The brakes may also
release under other conditions. Do not rely
on HSA to hold the vehicle.
HSA is available when the vehicle is facing
uphill in a forward gear, or when facing
downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must
come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA
to activate.
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control System
(TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), an electronic stability control
system. These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining control,
especially on slippery road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any of the
drive wheels are spinning or beginning to
lose traction. When this happens, TCS
applies the brakes to the spinning wheels
and reduces engine power to limit
wheel spin.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle
senses a difference between the intended
path and the direction the vehicle is actually
traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the vehicle
wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping
the vehicle on the intended path.
If cruise control is being used and TCS or
StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin,
cruise control will disengage. Cruise control
may be turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on automatically when
the vehicle is started and begins to move.
The systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while performing
diagnostic checks. This is normal and does
not mean there is a problem with the
vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both systems on
for normal driving conditions, but it may be
necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 192 and “Turning the
Systems Off and On” later in this section.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays
on, the vehicle may need more time to
diagnose the problem. If the condition
persists, see your dealer.
Turning the Systems Off and On
The indicator light for both systems is in the
instrument cluster. This light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin.
. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated.
. Turn on and stay on when either system
is not working.
Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate
heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle
driveline could be damaged.
211
To turn TCS on again, press and release g.
The traction off light i in the instrument
cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is
pressed, the system will not turn off until
the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC,
press and hold g until the traction off light
i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g
illuminate and stay on in the instrument
cluster.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), and d comes on
and stays on to indicate that the system is
inactive and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to
drive, but driving should be adjusted
accordingly.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release g. The traction off light
i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the
instrument cluster turn off.
If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Cruise Control
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle
performance. See Accessories and
Modifications 0 252
To turn off only TCS, press and release g.
The traction off light i illuminates in the
instrument cluster.
The cruise control lets the vehicle maintain a
speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more
without keeping your foot on the
accelerator. Cruise control does not work at
speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
212
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous where
you cannot drive safely at a steady
speed. Do not use cruise control on
winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast
changes in tire traction can cause
excessive wheel slip, and you could lose
control. Do not use cruise control on
slippery roads.
With the Traction Control System (TCS) or
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
the system may begin to limit wheel spin
while you are using cruise control. If this
happens, the cruise control will
automatically disengage. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 210. If a
collision alert occurs when cruise control is
activated, cruise control is disengaged. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 229.
When road conditions allow you to safely
use it again, cruise control can be turned
back on.
Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or
StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off.
If the brakes are applied, cruise control
disengages.
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), the cruise control system may
automatically brake to slow the vehicle
down to maintain the set following gap
between you and the vehicle in front of you
or while navigating a sharp turn.
+RES : If there is a set speed in memory,
press up briefly to resume that speed or
press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control
is already active, use to increase vehicle
speed.
−SET : Press down briefly to set the speed
and activate cruise control. If cruise control
is already active, use to decrease vehicle
speed.
Setting Cruise Control
If 5 is on when not in use, −SET or +RES
could get bumped and go into cruise when
not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not
being used.
To set a speed:
5 : Press to turn the cruise control system
on and off. A white indicator comes on in
the instrument cluster when cruise is
turned on.
* : Press to disengage cruise control
without erasing the set speed from memory.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on.
2. Get to the speed desired.
3. Press −SET down and release. The desired
set speed briefly appears in the
instrument cluster.
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator
pedal.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after cruise
control has been set to the desired speed.
See Instrument Cluster 0 91.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Resuming a Set Speed
. Press and hold −SET down until the
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied or * is
pressed, the cruise control is disengaged
without erasing the set speed from memory.
desired lower speed is reached, then
release it.
. To slow down in small increments, briefly
press −SET down. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Once the vehicle speed reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly press
+RES up. The vehicle returns to the previous
set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is already
activated:
. Press and hold +RES up until the vehicle
accelerates to the desired speed, then
release it.
. To increase the speed in small increments,
briefly press +RES up. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 91. The increment value
used depends on the units displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is already
activated:
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 91. The increment value
used depends on the units displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise
Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the
vehicle speed. When you take your foot off
the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While pressing the
accelerator pedal or shortly following the
release to override cruise control, briefly
pressing −SET down will result in cruise
control set to the current vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control works on hills
depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and
the steepness of the hills. When going up
steep hills, you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle
speed. When going downhill, you might
213
have to brake or shift to a lower gear to
keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is
applied, cruise control will disengage.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
. To turn off cruise control, press
5.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased from
memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Adaptive Cruise Control
((Camera))
If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
allows the cruise control set speed and
following gap to be selected. Read this
entire section before using this system. The
following gap is the following time between
your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly
ahead in your path, moving in the same
direction. If no vehicle is detected in your
path, ACC works like regular cruise control.
ACC uses a windshield mounted front
camera sensor.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
214
Driving and Operating
If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can
apply acceleration or limited, moderate
braking to maintain the selected following
gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when
the Traction Control System (TCS) or
StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system activates, ACC may automatically
disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 210. When road
conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC
can be turned back on. Disabling the TCS or
StabiliTrak/ ESC system will disengage and
prevent engagement of ACC.
ACC can reduce the need for you to
frequently brake and accelerate, especially
when used on expressways, freeways, and
interstate highways. When used on other
roads, you may need to take over the
control of braking or acceleration more
often.
{ Warning
ACC has limited braking ability and may
not have time to slow the vehicle down
enough to avoid a collision with another
vehicle you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or stop
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
ahead, or enter your lane. Also see
“Alerting the Driver” later in this section.
Complete attention is always required
while driving and you should be ready to
take action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 187
obstructions, such as road spray. ACC
performance is limited under these
conditions.
. On slippery roads where fast changes
in tire traction can cause excessive
wheel slip.
. With extremely heavy cargo loaded in
the cargo area or rear seat.
. When towing a trailer.
{ Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for children,
pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:
. On winding and hilly roads or when
the camera sensor is blocked by snow,
ice, or dirt. The system may not
detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the
windshield and headlamps clean.
. When visibility is poor due to rain,
snow, fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust;
when other foreign objects obscure
the camera’s view; or when the
vehicle in front or oncoming traffic
causes additional environmental
(Continued)
5 : Press to turn the system on or off. The
indicator turns white on the instrument
cluster when ACC is turned on.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
RES+ : Press the control up briefly to
resume the previous set speed or to increase
vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To
increase speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph),
press RES+ up briefly. To increase speed to
the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the
speedometer, hold RES+.
SET− : Press the control down briefly to set
the speed and activate ACC or to decrease
vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To
decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph),
press SET– down briefly. To decrease speed
to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the
speedometer, hold SET–.
* : Press to disengage ACC without erasing
the selected set speed.
[ : Press to select a following gap setting
for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 91. The increment value
used depends on the units displayed.
Switching Between ACC and Regular
Cruise Control
To switch between ACC and regular cruise
control, press and hold * *. A Driver
Information Display (DIC) message displays.
See Vehicle Messages 0 113.
ACC Indicator
Regular Cruise Control
Indicator
When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator
will be lit on the instrument cluster and the
following gap will be displayed. When the
regular cruise control is engaged, a green
J indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster; the following gap will not display.
When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise
control mode will be set to the last mode
used before the vehicle was turned off.
215
{ Warning
Always check the cruise control indicator
on the instrument cluster to determine
which mode cruise control is in before
using the feature. If ACC is not active, the
vehicle will not automatically brake for
other vehicles, which could cause a crash
if the brakes are not applied manually.
You and others could be seriously injured
or killed.
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
If 5 is on when not in use, it could get
pressed and go into ACC when not desired.
Keep 5 off when cruise is not being used.
Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is
the vehicle speed when no vehicle is
detected in its path.
While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set
at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
although it can be resumed.
The minimum allowable set speed is
25 km/h (15 mph).
To set ACC while moving:
1. Press
5.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
216
Driving and Operating
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press SET– down and release.
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator.
After ACC is set, it may immediately apply
the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected
closer than the selected following gap.
ACC can also be set while the vehicle is
stopped and the brake pedal is applied.
The ACC indicator displays on the
instrument cluster. When ACC is turned on,
the indicator will be lit white. When ACC is
engaged, the indicator will turn green.
Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding
traffic speeds, and weather conditions when
selecting the set speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then
the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged
without erasing the set speed from memory.
To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up
briefly.
. If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h
(3 mph), it returns to the previous set
speed.
. If the vehicle is stopped with the brake
pedal applied, press RES+ up and release
the brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle
until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is
pressed.
A green ACC indicator and the set speed
display on the instrument cluster. The
vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a
vehicle ahead was present and moved. See
“Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later
in this section.
Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed
will increase to the set speed under the
following conditions:
. There is no vehicle ahead.
. The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected
following gap.
. The vehicle speed is not being limited
because of a sharp turn.
Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set
Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one of the
following:
. Use the accelerator to get to the higher
speed. Briefly press down and release
SET– and release the accelerator pedal.
The vehicle will now cruise at the higher
speed. When the accelerator pedal is
pressed, ACC will not brake because it is
overridden. While overridden, the ACC
indicator will turn blue on the instrument
cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD),
if equipped.
. Press and hold RES+ up until the desired
set speed is displayed, then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in smaller
increments, press RES+ up briefly. For
each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
. To increase vehicle speed in larger
increments, hold RES+ up. While holding
RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the
next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues
to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be increased while
the vehicle is stopped.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
. If stopped with the brake pedal applied,
. To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller
press RES+ up until the desired set speed
is displayed.
. If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and
there is another vehicle directly ahead,
pressing RES+ up will increase the set
speed.
. Pressing RES+ up when there is no longer
a vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is
pulling away and the brake is not applied
will cause the ACC to resume
increments, press SET– down briefly. For
each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) slower.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in larger
increments, hold SET– down. While
holding SET–, the vehicle speed decreases
to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then
continues to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph)
at a time.
When it is determined that there is no
vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond
the selected following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed.
Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set
Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one of the
following:
. Use the brake to get to the desired lower
speed. Release the brake and press SET–
down. The vehicle will now cruise at the
lower speed.
. Press and hold SET– down until the
desired lower speed is reached, then
release it.
The set speed can also be decreased while
the vehicle is stopped.
. If stopped with the brake applied, press
or hold SET– down until the desired set
speed is displayed.
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
When a slower moving vehicle is detected
ahead within the selected following gap,
ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and
attempt to maintain the follow distance gap
selected.
217
When pressed, the current gap setting
displays briefly on the instrument cluster
and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will
be maintained until it is changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds to a
following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the
following distance will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the
further back your vehicle will follow a
vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting the
following gap. The range of selectable gaps
may not be appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting automatically
changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far,
Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 229.
Alerting the Driver
Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust
the following gap. Each press cycles the gap
button through three settings: Far, Medium,
or Near.
Without Head-Up Display
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
218
Driving and Operating
See Defensive Driving 0 187.
Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC
Approaching and Following a Vehicle
If the set speed is high enough, and the left
turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead
in the selected following gap, ACC may
assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle
prior to the lane change.
{ Warning
With Head-Up Display Screen Closed
With Head-Up Display Screen Open
If ACC is engaged, driver action may be
required when ACC cannot apply sufficient
braking because of approaching a vehicle
too rapidly.
When this condition occurs, the red collision
alert symbol will flash on the windshield or
on the HUD, if equipped. Eight beeps will
sound from the front.
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
instrument cluster and HUD display
(If equipped). It only displays when a vehicle
is detected in your vehicle’s path moving in
the same direction. If this symbol is not
displaying, ACC will not respond to or brake
for vehicles ahead.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a
detected vehicle ahead at the selected
following gap. The vehicle speed increases or
decreases to follow a detected vehicle in
front of your vehicle. When that vehicle is
traveling slower than your vehicle set speed,
it may apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake lamps will
come on. The automatic braking may feel or
sound different than if the brakes were
applied manually. This is normal.
When using ACC to pass a vehicle or
perform a lane change, the following
distance to the vehicle being passed may
be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient
acceleration or braking when passing a
vehicle or performing a lane change.
Always be ready to manually accelerate
or brake to complete the pass or lane
change.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects
{ Warning
ACC may not detect and react to stopped
or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For
example, the system may not brake for a
vehicle it has never detected moving. This
can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Notification to Resume ACC
Warning (Continued)
ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may
not stop and could cause a crash. Use
caution when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while driving
and you should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes.
Irregular Objects Affecting ACC
ACC may have difficulty detecting the
following objects:
. Vehicles in front of your vehicle that have
a rear aspect that is low, small,
or irregular
. An empty truck or trailer that has no
cargo in the cargo bed
. Vehicles with cargo extending from the
back end
. Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as
vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car
fitted, or horse carriages
. Vehicles that are low to the road surface
. Objects that are close to the front of your
vehicle
. Vehicles on which extremely heavy cargo
is loaded in the cargo area or rear seat
219
ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a
detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a
stop behind that vehicle.
ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage and the
driver will need to manually apply the
brakes to slow the vehicle if:
. The front camera is blocked or visibility is
reduced.
. The Traction Control System (TCS) or
StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or
been disabled.
. There is a fault in the system.
. A DIC message displays to indicate that
ACC is temporarily unavailable.
The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC
is no longer active.
In some cases, when ACC is temporarily
unavailable, regular cruise control may be
used. See “Switching Between ACC and
Regular Cruise Control” in this section.
Always consider driving conditions before
using either cruise control system.
If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven
away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle
ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to
check traffic ahead before proceeding. In
addition, three beeps will sound. See “Alert
Type” and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
When the vehicle ahead drives away, ACC
resumes automatically if the stop was brief.
If necessary, press RES+ up or the
accelerator pedal to resume ACC. If stopped
for more than two minutes or if the driver
door is opened and the driver seat belt is
unbuckled, the ACC automatically applies the
Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the
vehicle. The EPB status light will turn on.
See Electric Parking Brake 0 208. To release
the EPB, press the accelerator pedal.
A DIC warning message may display
indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting
the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 113.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
220
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC
is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the
vehicle will no longer be held at a stop.
The vehicle can move. When ACC is
holding the vehicle at a stop, always be
prepared to manually apply the brakes.
The ACC will not automatically apply the
brakes if your foot is resting on the
accelerator pedal. You could crash into a
vehicle ahead of you.
attention in curves and be ready to use
the brakes if necessary. Select an
appropriate speed while driving in curves.
{ Warning
Leaving the vehicle without placing it in
P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave
the vehicle while it is being held at a
stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in
P (Park) and turn off the ignition before
leaving the vehicle.
ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is
active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the
instrument cluster and in the HUD,
if equipped, indicating ACC braking will not
occur. ACC will resume operation when the
accelerator pedal is not being pressed.
Curves in the Road
{ Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle
ahead in your lane. You could be startled
if the vehicle accelerates up to the set
speed, especially when following a vehicle
exiting or entering exit ramps. You could
lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do
not use ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the
brakes if necessary.
{ Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle
in another lane, or may not have time to
react to a vehicle in your lane. You could
crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
(Continued)
ACC may operate differently in a sharp
curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the
curve is too sharp.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
while navigating the curve and may increase
speed out of the curve, but will not exceed
the set speed.
When following a vehicle and entering a
curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead
and accelerate to the set speed. When this
happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not
appear.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it
is completely in the lane. The brakes may
need to be manually applied.
Objects Not Directly in Front of Your
Vehicle
ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your
lane and apply the brakes.
ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/
or braking that is considered unnecessary.
It could respond to vehicles in different
lanes or stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal operation.
The vehicle does not need service.
Other Vehicle Lane Changes
221
Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills
or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect
a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep
hills.
Disengaging ACC
The detection of objects in front of the
vehicle may not be possible if:
. The vehicle or object ahead is not within
your lane.
. The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered,
or is shifted to one side of the lane.
There are three ways to disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
Driving in Narrow Lanes
The ACC set speed is erased from memory if
5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off.
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside
objects may be incorrectly detected when
located along the roadway.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When
Towing a Trailer
. Press
5.
Erasing Speed Memory
Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
If the interior temperature is extremely
high, the instrument cluster may indicate
that ACC is temporarily unavailable. This can
be caused by extreme hot weather
conditions with direct sunlight on the front
camera. ACC will return to normal operation
once the cabin temperature is lower.
Conditions that are associated with low
visibility, such as fog, rain, snow, or road
spray, may limit ACC performance. Water
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
222
Driving and Operating
droplets from rain or snow that remain on
the windshield may also limit ACC’s ability
to detect objects.
{ Warning
Camera visibility may be limited and the
ACC system may not work properly if the
windshield is not clear. Do not use ACC if
moisture is present on the inside of the
windshield or the windshield washer is
used in cold weather. Turn on the front
defroster and make sure the windshield is
clear before using ACC. Before driving,
check that the windshield wipers are in
good condition and replace them if worn.
Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC
The ACC front camera can be affected by
poor lighting conditions, and ACC may have
limited performance when:
. There are changes in brightness, such as
entering and exiting tunnels, bridges, and
overpasses.
. Low sun angles cause the camera to not
detect objects, or it is more difficult to
detect objects in the same traffic lane.
. Lighting is poor in the evening or early
morning
. There are multiple changes in brightness
or shadows along the vehicle roadway.
. In a tunnel without the headlamps on,
or in a tunnel when there is a vehicle in
front that does not have its taillamps on.
. Subjected to strong light from opposing
lane traffic in the front of the vehicle,
such as high-beam headlamps from
oncoming traffic.
Accessory Installations and Vehicle
Modifications
Do not install or place any object around
the front camera windshield area that would
obstruct the front camera view.
Do not install objects on top of the vehicle
that overhang and obstruct the front
camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other
items that can be transported on a roof rack
system. See Roof Rack System 0 81.
Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog
lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability
to detect an object.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The camera sensor on the windshield behind
the rearview mirror can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area
needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate
properly.
The vehicle headlamps may need to be
cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. Objects
that are not illuminated correctly may be
difficult to detect.
If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control
may be available. See “Switching Between
ACC and Regular Cruise Control” in this
section. Always consider driving conditions
before using either cruise control system.
For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the
Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 315.
Driver Assistance Systems
This vehicle may have features that work
together to help avoid crashes or reduce
crash damage while driving, backing, and
parking. Read this entire section before
using these systems.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance
Systems. These systems do not replace
the need for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or
warnings provided by these systems.
Failure to use proper care when driving
may result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving 0 187.
Under many conditions, these systems
will not:
. Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
.
.
.
.
.
or animals.
Detect vehicles or objects outside the
area monitored by the system.
Work at all driving speeds.
Warn you or provide you with enough
time to avoid a crash.
Work under poor visibility or bad
weather conditions.
Work if the detection sensor is not
cleaned or is covered by ice, snow,
mud, or dirt.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Work if the detection sensor is
covered up, such as with a sticker,
magnet, or metal plate.
. Work if the area surrounding the
detection sensor is damaged or not
properly repaired.
Complete attention is always required
while driving, and you should be ready to
take action and apply the brakes and/or
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible Alert
Some driver assistance features alert the
driver of obstacles by beeping. To change
the volume of the warning chime, see
“Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep these
areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best
driver assistance feature performance. Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages may
display when the systems are unavailable or
blocked.
. Front and rear bumpers and the area
below the bumpers
. Front grille and headlamps
. Front camera lens in the front grille or
near the front emblem
223
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
224
Driving and Operating
. Front side and rear side panels
. Outside of the windshield in front of the
rearview mirror
. Side camera lens on the bottom of the
outside mirrors
. Rear side corner bumpers
. Rear Vision Camera above the license
plate
Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver
assistance systems that operate using radio
frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 349.
display. The previous screen displays when
the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after
a short delay. To return to the previous
screen sooner, press any Home or Back on
the infotainment display, shift into P (Park),
or reach a vehicle speed of approximately
12 km/h (8 mph). Select Front or Rear
Camera to view the front or rear camera
views. Select Guidance Lines on the camera
screen to enable or disable the guidance
lines.
Displayed images may be farther or closer
than they appear. The area displayed is
limited and objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the bumper
do not display.
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC),
Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist
(FPA), Surround Vision, Front Vision Camera,
and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help
the driver park or avoid objects. Always
check around the vehicle when parking or
backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse),
the RVC displays an image of the area
behind the vehicle in the infotainment
1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision
Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
A warning triangle may display to show
that RPA or RCTA has detected an object.
This triangle changes from amber to red and
increases in size the closer the object.
1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision
Camera
{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
animals, or any other object outside of
the cameras’ field of view, below the
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
distances may be different from actual
distances. Do not drive or park the
vehicle using only these camera(s).
Always check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to use
proper care may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage.
{ Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind
spots and will not display all objects near
the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside
mirrors that are out of position may not
display surround view correctly. Always
check around the vehicle when parking or
backing.
Surround Vision System
1. Views Displayed by the Surround
Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
If equipped, Surround Vision shows an
image of the area surrounding the vehicle,
along with the front or rear camera views
on the infotainment display. The front
camera is in the grille or near the front
emblem, the side cameras are on the
bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear
camera is above the license plate.
The Surround Vision system can be accessed
by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment
display or when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen
sooner, press any button on the
infotainment system, shift into P (Park),
or reach a vehicle speed of approximately
12 km/h (8 mph).
1. Views Displayed by the Surround
Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
225
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
226
Driving and Operating
Camera Views
back of the vehicle. Touch Junction View on
the infotainment display when a camera
view is active. Touching the button multiple
times will toggle between front and rear
camera views.
Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a Front
or Rear Overhead View of the vehicle.
Touching the button will toggle between the
two views.
Touch the camera view buttons along the
bottom of the infotainment display.
Front/Rear Standard View : Displays an
image of the area in front or behind the
vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on
the infotainment display when a camera
view is active. Touching the button multiple
times will toggle between front and rear
camera views.
If equipped, the front view camera also
displays when the Park Assist system
detects an object within 30 cm (12 in).
Front/Rear Junction View : Displays a front
or rear cross traffic view that shows objects
directly to the left and right of the front or
Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays a
view that shows objects next to the front or
rear sides of the vehicle. Touch Side
Forward/ Rearward View on the
infotainment display when a camera view is
active. Touching the button multiple times
will toggle between forward and rearward
views. Park Assist and RCTA are not available
when Side Forward/Rearward view is active.
Guidance Lines : Displays available
guidelines. The horizontal markings
represent distance from the vehicle.
Top Down View : Displays an image of the
area surrounding the vehicle, along with
other views in the infotainment display. Top
Down can be enabled or disabled by
pressing the Top Down View button multiple
times.
Park Assist
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, as the
vehicle moves at speeds of less than 8 km/h
(5 mph) the sensors on the bumpers may
detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the
vehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the
vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level. These
detection distances may be shorter during
warmer or humid weather.
Blocked sensors will not detect objects and
can also cause false detections. Keep the
sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in
freezing temperatures.
{ Warning
The Park Assist system does not detect
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,
or objects located below the bumper or
that are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent
injury, death, or vehicle damage, even
with Park Assist, always check the area
around the vehicle and check all mirrors
before moving forward or backing.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Rear Park Assist symbols can be turned on
or off through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.
Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
The instrument cluster may have a Park
Assist display with bars that show “distance
to object” and object location information
for the Park Assist system. As the object
gets closer, more bars light up and the bars
change color from yellow to amber to red.
When an object is first detected in the rear,
one beep will be heard from the rear. When
an object is very close (< 0.6 m (2 ft) in the
vehicle rear, or < 0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle
front), five beeps will sound from the front
or rear depending on object location. Beeps
for FPA are higher pitched than for RPA.
Turning the Features On or Off
To turn PA on or off, press X on the
center console. The indicator light next to
the button comes on when the features are
on and turns off when the features have
been disabled.
If equipped, APA searches for and steers the
vehicle into parallel and perpendicular
parking spots. When using APA, you must
still shift gears, while the system applies the
brakes and accelerator. A display and
audible beeps help to guide parking
maneuvers.
Do not use APA when towing a trailer.
{ Warning
APA may not detect objects in the
parking space, objects that are soft or
narrow, objects high off the ground such
as flatbed trucks, objects below ground
level such as large potholes, or moving
objects (e.g. pedestrians). Always verify
that the parking space is appropriate for
parking a vehicle. APA does not respond
to changes in the parking space, such as
movement of an adjacent vehicle, or a
(Continued)
227
Warning (Continued)
person or object entering the parking
space. APA does not detect or avoid
traffic that is behind or alongside of the
vehicle. Always be prepared to stop the
vehicle during the parking maneuver.
Press switch O on the center console to
enable the system to search for a parking
space that is large enough and within 1.5 m
(5 ft) of the vehicle. The vehicle speed must
be below 30 km/h (18 mph). The system
cannot:
. Detect whether it is a legal parking space.
. Park exactly lined up with the vehicle
next to it if the spot is approached at an
angle or if the parking space is angled.
. Park exactly centered in a spot that is
marked too large.
. Always detect short curbs.
When enabled, APA searches for parallel
parking spaces to the right of the vehicle. To
search for a parking space to the left, turn
on the left turn signal or, if available,
change the side selection in the
infotainment display.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
228
Driving and Operating
To switch the parking mode between
parallel and perpendicular, touch icons on
screen during the search process or,
if available, change the parking mode in the
infotainment display.
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop once a
large enough space is found.
Follow the displayed instructions.
After completely passing a large enough
space, an audible beep occurs.
A red stop symbol and a shift to reverse
message are displayed.
If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but does not
steer into the expected space, this may be
because the system is maneuvering the
vehicle into a previously detected space. The
APA system does not need service.
Shift to R (Reverse) to engage automatic
steering. The steering wheel will vibrate
briefly as a reminder to remove hands from
the steering wheel. APA uses idle speed and
braking to park. If idle speed is not
sufficient, gently press the accelerator.
Check surroundings and be prepared to stop
to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, or objects not
detected by the system.
In case the driver brakes, APA will not
disengage. Manual steering by the driver
automatically disengages APA.
Vehicle speed is limited to a maximum of
5 km/h (3 mph) during the parking
maneuver.
A progress arrow displays the status of the
parking maneuver. Depending on the space
size, additional maneuvers may be required,
and there will be additional instructions.
When changing gears, allow the automatic
steering to complete before continuing the
parking maneuver. APA will beep and
display a PARKING COMPLETE message.
Apply the brakes and place the vehicle in
P (Park).
APA may automatically disengage if:
. The steering wheel is used by the driver.
. The maximum allowed speed is exceeded.
. The parking brake is applied or the
vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
. There is a failure with the APA system.
. Electronic stability control or antilock
brakes are activated.
. A high priority vehicle message is
displayed in the DIC.
. The driver opens the door with an
unbuckled seat belt.
The brake holds the vehicle until the parking
brake or brake is applied, or the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).
To cancel APA, press
O again.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
When the System Does Not Seem to
Work Properly
The APA system may require a short period
of driving along curves to calibrate.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System
Turning the Features On or Off
RCTA can be turned on or off through
vehicle personalization. See “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Assistance Systems for Driving
If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), RCTA displays a red warning
triangle with a left or right pointing arrow
on the infotainment display to warn of
traffic coming from the left or right. This
system detects objects coming from up to
20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of
the vehicle. When an object is detected,
either three beeps sound from the left or
right depending on the direction of the
detected vehicle.
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a
forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA),
Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep
Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA),
Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front
Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to
avoid a crash or reduce crash damage.
Use caution while backing up when towing
a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that
extend out from the back of the vehicle do
not move further back when a trailer is
towed.
If equipped, the FCA system may help to
avoid or reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. When approaching a
vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a
red flashing alert on the windshield and
rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber
visual alert if following another vehicle
much too closely.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System
229
FCA detects vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at
speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph).
{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and does not
apply the brakes. When approaching a
slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead
too rapidly, or when following a vehicle
too closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help avoid
a crash. It also may not provide any
warning at all. FCA does not warn of
pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels, or other
objects. Be ready to take action and
apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving
0 187.
FCA can be disabled through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/Detection
Systems” under Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
230
Driving and Operating
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
Warning (Continued)
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in proper
condition. Keep the windshield,
headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in
good repair.
FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA
system detects a vehicle ahead. When a
vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead
indicator will display green. Vehicles may
not be detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a
vehicle ahead is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not
detect another vehicle ahead until it is
completely in the driving lane.
{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning to help
avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle.
FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if
the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is damaged.
It may also not detect a vehicle on
winding or hilly roads, or in conditions
that can limit visibility such as fog, rain,
(Continued)
Collision Alert
If Head-Up Display (HUD) is not equipped,
when your vehicle approaches another
detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA
display will flash on the windshield.
If Head-Up Display (HUD) is equipped and
the screen is closed, when your vehicle
approaches another detected vehicle too
rapidly, the HUD with the integrated RLAD
can display red spots reflected in the
windshield.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
If Head-Up Display (HUD) is equipped and
the screen is open, when your vehicle
approaches another detected vehicle too
rapidly, the HUD can display indicator on
the screen as the FCA display.
Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will
sound from the front. When this Collision
Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare
for driver braking to occur more rapidly
which can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal as
needed. Cruise control may be disengaged
when the Collision Alert occurs.
Tailgating Alert
shows the current setting on the DIC.
Additional button presses will change this
setting. The chosen setting will remain until
it is changed and will affect the timing of
both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both alerts will
vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the
vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will
occur. Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert timing.
The range of selectable alert timings may
not be appropriate for all drivers and driving
conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA
timing setting automatically changes the
following gap setting (Far, Medium,
or Near).
Following Distance Indicator
The vehicle ahead indicator will display
amber when you are following a vehicle
ahead too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the steering
wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to
Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press
The following distance to a moving vehicle
ahead in your path is indicated in following
time in seconds on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107. The minimum following time is
0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle
detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out
of sensor range, dashes will be displayed.
231
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for
turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
objects that are not vehicles, or shadows.
These alerts are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to operate
properly, this may correct the issue:
. Clean the outside of the windshield in
front of the rearview mirror.
. Clean the entire front of the vehicle.
. Clean the headlamps.
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB)
The AEB system may help avoid or reduce
the harm caused by a front-end crashes. AEB
also includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).
When the system detects a vehicle ahead in
your path that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to crash
into, it can provide a boost to braking or
automatically brake the vehicle. This can
help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes
when driving in a forward gear. Depending
on the situation, the vehicle may
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
232
Driving and Operating
automatically brake moderately or hard. This
automatic emergency braking can only occur
if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the
FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 229.
The system works when driving in a forward
gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
(50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph).
It can detect vehicles up to approximately
60 m (197 ft).
{ Warning
AEB is an emergency crash preparation
feature and is not designed to avoid
crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the
vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its
operating speed range and only responds
to detected vehicles.
AEB may not:
. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or
hilly roads.
. Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles
with a trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Detect a vehicle when weather limits
visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects.
Complete attention is always required
while driving, and you should be ready to
take action and apply the brakes and/or
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete
stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this
happens, AEB may hold the vehicle at rest
momentarily. A firm press the accelerator
pedal will release the brake.
{ Warning
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle
suddenly in situations where it is
unexpected and undesired. It could
respond to a turning vehicle ahead,
guardrails, signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override AEB, firmly press the
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake pedal is
applied quickly by providing a boost to
braking based on the speed of approach and
distance to a vehicle ahead.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal
movement during this time is normal and
the brake pedal should continue to be
applied as needed. IBA will automatically
disengage only when the brake pedal is
released.
{ Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking in
situations when it may not be necessary.
You could block the flow of traffic. If this
occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal
and then apply the brakes as needed.
AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/Detection
Systems” under Vehicle Personalization
0 114.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer
could cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and crash. Turn the system to
Alert, or if the vehicle has ACC to Off,
when towing a trailer.
A system unavailable message may
display if:
. The front of the vehicle or windshield is
not clean.
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with
object detection.
. There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.
The AEB system does not need service.
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System
If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid
or reduce the harm caused by front-end
crashes with nearby pedestrians when
driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an
amber indicator, ~, when a nearby
pedestrian is detected ahead. The indicator
may also be white depending on the
equipped instrument cluster. See Instrument
Cluster 0 91. When approaching a detected
pedestrian too quickly, FPB provides a red
flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps. FPB can provide a boost to braking or
automatically brake the vehicle. This system
includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and
the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
system may also respond to pedestrians.
See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
0 231.
The FPB system can detect and alert to
pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds
between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
(50 mph). During daytime driving, the
system detects pedestrians up to a distance
of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During
nighttime driving, system performance is
very limited.
{ Warning
FPB does not provide an alert or
automatically brake the vehicle, unless it
detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect
pedestrians, including children:
. When the pedestrian is not directly
ahead, fully visible, or standing
upright, or when part of a group.
(Continued)
233
Warning (Continued)
. Due to poor visibility, including
nighttime conditions, fog, rain,
or snow.
. If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt,
snow, or ice.
. If the headlamps or windshield are not
cleaned or in proper condition.
Be ready to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving 0 187. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor
clean and in good repair.
FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and
Brake through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114.
Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
234
Driving and Operating
FPB alerts and automatic braking will not
occur unless the FPB system detects a
pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is
detected in front of the vehicle, the
pedestrian ahead indicator will display
amber or white depending on the equipped
instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster
0 91.
Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound
from the front. When this Pedestrian Alert
occurs, the brake system may prepare for
driver braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal as
needed. Cruise control may be disengaged
when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.
Front Pedestrian Alert
Automatic Braking
If Head-Up Display (HUD) is not equipped,
when the vehicle approaches a pedestrian
ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display
will flash on the windshield.
If Head-Up Display (HUD) is equipped and
the screen is closed, when the vehicle
approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly,
the HUD with the integrated RLAD can
display red spots reflected in the windshield.
If Head-Up Display (HUD) is equipped and
the screen is open, when the vehicle
approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly,
the HUD can display indicator on the screen.
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a
pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes
have not been applied, FPB may
automatically brake moderately or brake
hard. This can help to avoid some very low
speed pedestrian crashes or reduce
pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically
brake to detected pedestrians between
8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
Automatic braking levels may be reduced
under certain conditions, such as higher
speeds.
If this happens, Automatic Braking may
engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to
hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB.
A firm press of the accelerator pedal will
also release Automatic Braking and the EPB.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
FPB may alert or automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations where it is
unexpected and undesired. It could falsely
alert or brake for objects similar in shape
or size to pedestrians, including shadows.
This is normal operation and the vehicle
does not need service. To override
Automatic Braking, firmly press the
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
Automatic Braking can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian
Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization 0 114.
{ Warning
Using the Front Pedestrian Braking
system while towing a trailer could cause
you to lose control of the vehicle and
crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off
when towing a trailer.
Cleaning the System
If FPB does not seem to operate properly,
cleaning the outside of the windshield in
front of the rearview mirror may correct the
issue.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
avoiding crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot)
areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear,
the left or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in that
blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and
a vehicle is also detected on the same side,
the display will flash as an extra warning
not to change lanes. Since this system is
part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system,
read the entire LCA section before using this
feature.
LCA warning display will light up in the
corresponding outside mirror and will flash
if the turn signal is on.
{ Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles
outside of the system detection zones,
pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may
not provide alerts when changing lanes
under all driving conditions. Failure to use
proper care when changing lanes may
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Before making a lane change, always
check mirrors, glance over your shoulder,
and use the turn signals.
LCA Detection Zones
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
avoiding lane change crashes that occur with
moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from behind. The
235
1. SBZA Detection Zone
2. LCA Detection Zone
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
236
Driving and Operating
The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from both
sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The
height of the zone is approximately between
0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.
The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning
area starts at approximately the middle of
the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers
are also warned of vehicles rapidly
approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind
the vehicle.
When the vehicle is started, both outside
mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to
indicate the system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right
outside mirror display will light up if a
moving vehicle is detected in the next lane
over in that blind zone or rapidly
approaching that zone. If the turn signal is
activated in the same direction as a
detected vehicle, this display will flash as an
extra warning not to change lanes.
How the System Works
LCA can be disabled. When you disable LCA,
Side Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 114. If LCA is disabled by
the driver, the LCA mirror displays will not
light up.
The LCA symbol lights up in the outside
mirrors when the system detects a moving
vehicle in the next lane over that is in the
side blind zone or rapidly approaching that
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates
it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before
making a lane change, check the LCA
display, check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
Left Outside Mirror
Display
Right Outside Mirror
Display
When the System Does Not Seem to
Work Properly
The LCA system requires some driving for
the system to calibrate to maximum
performance. This calibration may occur
more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a
straight highway road with traffic and
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).
LCA displays may not come on when
passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped
vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA
detection zones that extend back from the
side of the vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution while
changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA
may alert to objects attached to the vehicle,
such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending
out to either side of the vehicle. Attached
objects may also interfere with the
detection of vehicles. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver to
vehicles in the next lane over, especially in
wet conditions or when driving on sharp
curves. The system does not need to be
serviced. The system may light up due to
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other
non-moving objects. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors
in the left or right corners of the rear
bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow,
ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
cleaning instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 315. If the DIC
still displays the system unavailable
message after cleaning both sides of the
vehicle toward the rear corners of the
vehicle, see your dealer.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
If the LCA displays do not light up when
moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or
are rapidly approaching this zone and the
system is clean, the system may need
service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.
Radio Frequency Information
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 349.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due
to unintentional lane departures. This
system uses a camera to detect lane
markings. The LKA may be ready to assist at
speeds between 50 km/h (31 mph) and 180
km/h (112 mph). LKA may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking. It may
also provide a Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected
lane marking. This system is not intended to
keep the vehicle centered in the lane. LKA
will not assist and alert if the turn signal is
active in the direction of lane departure,
or if it detects that you are accelerating,
braking or actively steering. LKA can be
overridden by turning the steering wheel.
If the system detects you are steering
intentionally across a lane marker, the LDW
will not be given. Do not expect the LDW to
occur when you are intentionally crossing a
lane marker.
{ Warning
The LKA system does not continuously
steer the vehicle. It may not keep the
vehicle in the lane or give a Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems may not:
. Provide an alert or enough steering
assist to avoid a lane departure or
crash.
. Detect lane markings under poor
weather or visibility conditions. This
can occur if the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice; if they are not in proper
condition; or if the sun shines directly
into the camera.
. Detect road edges.
. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
If LKA only detects lane markings on one
side of the road, it will only assist or
provide an LDW alert when approaching
(Continued)
237
Warning (Continued)
the lane on the side where it has
detected a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the vehicle.
Always keep your attention on the road
and maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle damage,
injury, or death could occur. Always keep
the windshield, headlamps, and camera
sensors clean and in good repair. Do not
use LKA in bad weather conditions or on
roads with unclear lane markings, such as
construction zones.
{ Warning
Using LKA on slippery roads could cause
loss of control of the vehicle and a crash.
Turn the system off.
{ Warning
LKA will not alert the driver if a towed
trailer crosses into an adjacent lane of
travel. Serious injury or property damage
may occur if the trailer moves into
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
238
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
another lane. Always monitor the trailer
position while towing to make sure it is
within the same lane as the tow vehicle.
Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing
A amber if the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking. Additionally, there
may be three beeps, or the driver seat may
pulse three times, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure direction.
How the System Works
Take Steering
LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the
windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to
detect lane markings. It may provide brief
steering assist if it detects an unintended
lane departure. It may further provide an
audible alert or the driver seat may pulse
indicating that a lane marking has been
crossed. The system does not provide a Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) when
intentionally steering across a lane marker.
The LKA system does not continuously steer
the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active
driver steering, an alert and chime may be
provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA
may become temporarily unavailable after
repeated take steering alerts.
To turn LKA on and off, press A on the
center console. If equipped, the indicator
light on the button comes on when LKA is
on and turns off when LKA is disabled.
When on, A is white, if equipped,
indicating that the system is not ready to
assist. A is green if LKA is ready to
assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the
steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a
detected lane marking. A is amber when
assisting. It may also provide a Lane
When the System Does Not Seem to
Work Properly
The system performance may be
affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead.
. Sudden lighting changes, such as when
driving through tunnels.
. Banked roads.
. Roads with poor lane markings, such as
two-lane roads.
If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are clearly
visible, cleaning the windshield may help.
A camera blocked message may display if
the camera is blocked. Some driver
assistance systems may have reduced
performance or not work at all. An LKA or
LDW unavailable message may display if the
systems are temporarily unavailable. This
message could be due to a blocked camera.
The LKA system does not need service. Clean
the outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur
due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the
road, temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road imperfections. This
is normal system operation; the vehicle does
not need service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean,
reduce engine deposits, and maintain
optimal vehicle performance. Look for the
TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com
for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
marketers and applicable countries.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel.
Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
greater than 15% by volume.
Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so may
damage the vehicle and void its
warranty:
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel
Recommended Fuel
Regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
specification D4814 with a posted octane
rating (R+M)/2 of 87 or greater is
recommended. Do not use gasoline with a
posted octane rating of less than 87, as this
will result in reduced performance and
driveability. If heavy knocking is heard when
using gasoline rated at 87 or greater, the
engine needs service.
labeled greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level ethanol
blends (16–50% ethanol), E85,
or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of methanol,
methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These
fuels can corrode metal fuel system
parts or damage plastic and rubber
parts.
. Fuel containing metals such as
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage
the emissions control system and
spark plugs.
(Continued)
239
Caution (Continued)
. Fuel with a posted octane rating of
less than the recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel economy and
performance, and may decrease the
life of the emissions catalyst.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel
octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For
fuel not to use in a foreign country, see
Prohibited Fuels 0 239.
Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly
recommended for use with your vehicle.
If your country does not have TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the
vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil
change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever
occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus
−Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s
engine fuel deposit free and performing
optimally.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
240
Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which
side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See
Fuel Gauge 0 94.
{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently
and can cause injury or death.
Follow these guidelines to help avoid
injuries to you and others:
. Read and follow all the instructions on
Warning (Continued)
. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a
metallic object to discharge static
electricity from your body.
. Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is
inserted too quickly. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather. Insert the
fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss
noise to stop before beginning to
flow fuel.
the fuel pump island.
. Turn off the engine when refueling.
{ Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than
three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may
cause:
. Vehicle performance issues, including
engine stalling and damage to the fuel
system.
. Fuel spills.
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds
after you have finished pumping before
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 315. Push the fuel door
closed until it latches.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
. Avoid using electronic devices while
refueling.
{ Warning
. Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from the fuel
pump and never let children
pump fuel.
(Continued)
The capless refueling system does not have
a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill
nozzle, then begin fueling.
To open the fuel door, push and release the
rearward center edge of the door.
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do
not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the
flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or
by notifying the station attendant. Leave
the area immediately.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel
Container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be
filled from a portable fuel container:
1. Locate the capless funnel adapter from
the rear cargo area under the load
floor tray.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into the
capless fuel system.
{ Warning
Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel
container without using the funnel
adapter may cause fuel spillage and
damage the capless fuel system. This
could cause a fire. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle could be
damaged.
3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter
and return it to the storage location.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
{ Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container while
it is in the vehicle. Static electricity
discharge from the container can ignite
the fuel vapor. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle could be
damaged. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
. Dispense fuel only into approved
containers.
. Do not fill a container while it is
inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in
a pickup bed, or on any surface other
than the ground.
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with
the inside of the fill opening before
operating the nozzle. Maintain contact
until filling is complete.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from fuel.
. Avoid using electronic devices while
pumping fuel.
241
Trailer Towing
General Towing Information
Only use towing equipment that has been
designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer
or trailering dealer for assistance with
preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a trailer.
To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the
Vehicle 0 312. To tow the vehicle behind
another vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 312.
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips
{ Warning
You can lose control when towing a
trailer if the correct equipment is not
used or the vehicle is not driven properly.
For example, if the trailer is too heavy or
the trailer brakes are inadequate for the
load, the vehicle may not stop as
expected. You and others could be
seriously injured. The vehicle may also be
damaged, and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
242
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
trailer only if all the steps in this section
have been followed. Ask your dealer for
advice and information about towing a
trailer with the vehicle.
. State laws may require the use of
.
Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just driving the
vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking, durability,
and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are important
for your safety and that of your passengers.
Read this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with and follow all state
and local laws that apply to trailer
towing. These requirements vary from
state to state.
.
.
.
extended side view mirrors. Even if not
required, you should install extended side
view mirrors if your visibility is limited or
restricted while towing.
Do not tow a trailer during the first
800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to
prevent damage to the engine, axle,
or other parts.
It is recommended to perform the first oil
change before heavy towing.
During the first 800 km (500 mi) of
trailer towing, do not drive over 80 km/h
(50 mph) and do not make starts at full
throttle.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If the
transmission downshifts too often, a
lower gear may be selected using Manual
Mode See Manual Mode 0 206.
If equipped, the following driver assistance
features should be turned off when towing
a trailer:
. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
. Super Cruise Control
. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
. Park Assist
. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
. Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
If equipped, the following driver assistance
features should be turned to alert or off
when towing a trailer:
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA),
the LCA detection zones that extend back
from the side of the vehicle do not move
further back when a trailer is towed. Use
caution while changing lanes when towing a
trailer.
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA), use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones
that extend out from the back of the vehicle
do not move further back when a trailer is
towed.
{ Warning
To prevent serious injury or death from
carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a
trailer:
. Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/
hatch, or rear-most window open.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
. Fully open the air outlets on or under
the instrument panel.
. Adjust the climate control system to a
setting that brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control Systems” in the
Index.
For more information about carbon
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 204.
Towing a trailer requires experience. The
combination of the vehicle and trailer is
longer and not as responsive as the vehicle
itself. Get used to the handling and braking
of the combination by driving on a level
road surface before driving on public roads.
The trailer structure, the tires, and the
brakes must be all be rated to carry the
intended cargo. Inadequate trailer
equipment can cause the combination to
operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner.
Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts
and attachments, safety chains, electrical
connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See
Towing Equipment 0 248. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the combination
moving and then manually apply the trailer
brake controller to check the trailer brakes
work. During the trip, occasionally check
that the cargo and trailer are secure and
that the lamps and any trailer brakes are
working.
Towing with a Stability Control System
When towing, the stability control system
might be heard. The system reacts to
vehicle movement caused by the trailer,
which mainly occurs during cornering. This is
normal when towing heavier trailers.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle
ahead as you would when driving without a
trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking
and sudden turns.
Passing
More passing distance is needed when
towing a trailer. The combination will not
accelerate as quickly and is much longer so
it is necessary to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before returning to the
lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid passing
on hills if possible.
243
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with
one hand. To move the trailer to the left,
move that hand to the left. To move the
trailer to the right, move that hand to the
right.
Always back up slowly and, if possible, have
someone guide you.
Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs
when towing a trailer to prevent damage
to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns
could cause the trailer to contact the
vehicle.
Make wider turns than normal when towing,
so trailer will not go over soft shoulders,
over curbs, or strike road signs, trees,
or other objects. Always signal turns well in
advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
244
Driving and Operating
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before starting down a long or steep
downhill grade. If the transmission is not
shifted down, the brakes may overheat and
result in reduced braking efficiency.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the
transmission to a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often under heavy
loads and/or hilly conditions.
When towing at higher altitudes, engine
coolant will boil at a lower temperature
than at lower altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle
could show signs similar to engine
overheating. To avoid this, let the engine
run, preferably on level ground, with the
transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes
before turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see Engine
Overheating 0 266.
Parking on Hills
{ Warning
To prevent serious injury or death,
always park your vehicle and trailer on a
level surface when possible.
When parking your vehicle and your trailer
on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift
into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into
the curb if facing downhill or into traffic
if facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks under the
trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place,
gradually release the brake pedal to
allow the chocks to absorb the load of
the trailer.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
parking brake and shift into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
. Start the engine.
. Shift into a gear.
. Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
The vehicle needs service more often when
used to tow trailers. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 325. It is especially important to
check the automatic transmission fluid,
engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling
system, and brake system before and during
each trip.
Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on
the trailer hitch are tight.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating conditions.
See Engine Overheating 0 266.
Trailer Towing
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can damage
the vehicle and result in costly repairs
not covered by the vehicle warranty. To
tow a trailer correctly, follow the
directions in this section and see your
dealer for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Trailer Weight
{ Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity for
your vehicle.
Safe trailering requires monitoring the
weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature, dimensions of the front of the
trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is
used to tow a trailer.
Trailer Weight Ratings
When towing a trailer, the weight of the
loaded vehicle and trailer must be within
the weight ratings for the vehicle.
. GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating
. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
. Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight
See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment”
under Towing Equipment 0 248 to
determine if equalizer bars are required to
obtain the maximum trailer weight rating.
245
{ Warning
You and others could be seriously injured
or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the
trailer brakes are inadequate for the load.
The vehicle may be damaged, and the
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this
section have been followed. Ask your
dealer for advice and information about
towing a trailer.
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing
Equipment 0 248 to determine if brakes are
required based on your trailer's weight.
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the
completely loaded vehicle and trailer
including any fuel, passengers, cargo,
equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed
the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for
the vehicle is on the tow rating chart later
in this section.
The only way to be sure the weight is not
exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh
the tow vehicle and trailer combination,
fully loaded for the trip, getting individual
weights for each of these items.
To check that the weight of the vehicle and
trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle,
follow these steps:
1. Start with the "curb weight" from the
Trailering Information label.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
246
Driving and Operating
Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with
cargo and ready for the trip.
3. Add the weight of all passengers.
4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
vehicle.
5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such
as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars,
or sway bars.
6. Add the weight of any accessories or
aftermarket equipment added to the
vehicle.
The resulting weight cannot exceed the
GCWR value on the Trailering Information
label.
The gross combined weight can also be
confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer
on a public scale. The truck and trailer
should be loaded for the trip with
passengers and cargo.
The maximum trailer weight rating is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a
driver, a front seat passenger, and all
required trailering equipment. Weight of
additional optional equipment, passengers,
and cargo in the tow vehicle must be
subtracted from the trailer weight rating.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load
Limits 0 192. When calculating the GVWR
with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue
weight must be included as part of the
weight the vehicle is carrying.
Use the tow rating chart to determine how
much the trailer can weigh, based on the
vehicle model, powertrain and trailering
options.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Vehicle
Maximum Trailer Weight
247
*GCWR
1.2L CVT Front-Wheel Drive
454 kg (1,000 lb)
2,050 kg (4,519 lb)
1.3L CVT Front-Wheel Drive
454 kg (1,000 lb)
2,070 kg (4,563 lb)
1.3L AT All-Wheel Drive
454 kg (1,000 lb)
2,130 kg (4,695 lb)
* The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicel and trailer including any
passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.
The trailer tongue weight contributes to the
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes
the CURB WEIGHT of your vehicle, any
passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer
tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers,
cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum
allowable tongue weight the vehicle can
carry, which also reduces the maximum
allowable trailer weight.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
is the allowable trailer tongue weight that
the vehicle can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce
the overall trailer weight to stay within the
maximum trailer tongue weight rating while
still maintaining the correct trailer load
balance.
Trailer Load Balance
Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue
weight of 45.36 kg (100 lb).
The correct trailer load balance must be
maintained to ensure trailer stability.
Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of
trailer sway.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
248
Driving and Operating
If the trailer tongue weight is too high or
too low, it may be possible to rearrange
some of the cargo inside of the trailer.
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the
shortest hitch extension available to position
the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will
help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue
weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.
The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10–
15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some
specific trailer types, such as boat trailers,
fall outside of this range. Always refer to
the trailer owner’s manual for the
recommended trailer tongue weight for each
trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for
your vehicle, hitch and trailer.
After loading the trailer, separately weigh
the trailer and then the trailer tongue and
calculate the trailer load balance percentage
to see if the weights and distribution are
appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer
weight is too high, it may be possible to
transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle.
If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch
receiver, choose a carrier that positions the
load as close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight, including the
carrier, is no more than half of the
maximum allowable tongue weight for the
vehicle.
Ask your dealer for trailering information or
assistance.
Towing Equipment
using a weight-carrying hitch which has a
coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow
eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers
may require a weight-distributing hitch that
uses spring bars to distribute the trailer
tongue weight between your vehicle and
trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight” under Trailer Towing 0 245 for
weight limits with various hitch types.
Never attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches. Only use
frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to
the bumper.
Tires
. Do not tow a trailer while using a
compact spare tire on the vehicle.
. Tires must be properly inflated to support
loads while towing a trailer. See Tires
0 287 for instructions on proper tire
inflation.
Hitches
Safety Chains
Always use the correct hitch equipment for
your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going
by, and rough roads can affect the trailer
and the hitch.
Always attach chains between the vehicle
and the trailer, and attach the chains to the
holes on the trailer hitch platform.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or by
the trailer manufacturer.
Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle
helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer
combination. Many trailers can be towed
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Driving and Operating
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue from
contacting the road if it becomes separated
from the hitch. Always leave just enough
slack so the combination can turn. Never
allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Lamps
Trailer Brakes
When properly connected, the trailer turn
signals should will illuminate to indicate the
vehicle is turning, changing lanes,
or stopping. When towing a trailer, the
arrows on the instrument cluster will
illuminate even if the trailer is not properly
connected or the bulbs are burned out.
Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb) must
be equipped with brake systems and with
brakes for each axle. Trailer braking
equipment conforming to Canadian
Standards Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
recommended.
State or local regulations may require
trailers to have their own braking system if
the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds
certain minimums that can vary from state
to state. Read and follow the instructions for
the trailer brakes so they are installed,
adjusted, and maintained properly. Never
attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic
brake system. If you do, both the vehicle
anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may
not function, which could result in a crash.
Always check all trailer lamps are working at
the beginning of each trip, and periodically
on longer trips.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle
tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff
sidewalls to help prevent sway and to
support heavy loads. These features can
make it difficult to determine if the trailer
tire pressures are low only based on a visual
inspection.
Always check all trailer tire pressures before
each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer
tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire
blow-outs.
249
Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer
tire sidewall will show the week and year
the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire
manufacturers recommend replacing tires
more than six years old.
Overloading is another leading cause of
trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer
with more weight than the tires are
designed to support. The load rating is
located on the trailer tire sidewall.
Always know the maximum speed rating for
the trailer tires before driving. This may be
significantly lower than the vehicle tire
speed rating. The speed rating may be on
the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is
not shown, the default trailer tire speed
rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical Equipment
{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for
vehicle service and Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 98.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
250
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
A device connected to the DLC — such as
an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior
tracking device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash. Such devices
may also access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.
Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage
the vehicle or cause components to not
work and would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's
12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system. Before
attempting to add anything electrical to the
vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 59 and
Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 60.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
California Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 252
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 252
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 255
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 260
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . 260
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Automatic Transmission Shift Lock
Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Headlamps and Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . 275
Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps . . . . . . 276
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps (Base
Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . 282
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 286
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
251
Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 291
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 294
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 295
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 299
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 301
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 301
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 303
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 309
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
252
Vehicle Care
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit your
dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts
and GM-trained and supported service
people.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
special handling may apply. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Accessories and Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or making
modifications to the vehicle can affect
vehicle performance and safety, including
such things as airbags, braking, stability,
ride and handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and electronic
systems like antilock brakes, traction control,
and stability control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause malfunction
or damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Damage to suspension components caused
by modifying vehicle height outside of
factory settings will not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
California Perchlorate Materials
Requirements
Certain types of automotive applications,
such as airbag initiators, seat belt
pretensioners, and lithium batteries
contained in electronic keys, may contain
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –
Damage to vehicle components resulting
from modifications or the installation or use
of non-GM certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is not
covered under the terms of the vehicle
warranty and may affect remaining
warranty coverage for affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to complement
and function with other systems on the
vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the
vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 60.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Service Work
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on your
vehicle if you do not have the proper
knowledge, service manual, tools,
or parts. Always follow owner’s manual
procedures and consult the service
manual for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service work, use
the proper service manual. It tells you much
more about how to service the vehicle than
this manual can. To order the proper service
manual, see Publication Ordering
Information 0 348.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. Before
attempting to do your own service work,
see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 59.
If equipped with remote vehicle start, open
the hood before performing any service
work to prevent remote starting the vehicle
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13.
Keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date of any service
work performed. See Maintenance Records
0 336.
Caution
Even small amounts of contamination can
cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not
allow contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
253
Clear any snow from the hood before
opening.
{ Warning
To open the hood:
For vehicles with auto engine stop/start,
turn the vehicle off before opening the
hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will
start when the hood is opened. You or
others could be injured.
{ Warning
Components under the hood can get hot
from running the engine. To help avoid
the risk of burning unprotected skin,
never touch these components until they
have cooled, and always use a glove or
towel to avoid direct skin contact.
1. Pull the hood release handle inside the
vehicle. It is located on the lower left
side of the instrument panel.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
254
Vehicle Care
2. Lift the hood and remove the hood prop
rod from the underside of the hood.
Return the prop rod to its retainer. The
prop rod must click into place when
returning it to the retainer to prevent
hood damage.
3. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) above the
vehicle and release it so it fully latches.
Check to make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if necessary.
{ Warning
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and move
the secondary hood release lever toward
the right side of the vehicle.
3. Lift the hood and release the hood prop
from its retainer, above the radiator.
Securely place the hood prop into the
slot on the underside of the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler
caps are on properly, and all tools are
removed.
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
not latched completely. The hood could
open fully, block your vision, and cause a
crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before
driving.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
1.2L L3 Engine (LIH)
255
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
256
Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
Washer Fluid 0 267.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure
Cap. See Cooling System 0 262.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 258.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 262.
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 258.
6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 261.
7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes 0 268.
8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 309.
9. Battery - North America 0 270.
10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 282.
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North America 0 309
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
Washer Fluid 0 267.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure
Cap. See Cooling System 0 262.
1.3L L3 Engine (L3T)
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 258.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 258.
5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 262.
257
6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 261.
7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes 0 268.
8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 309.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
258
Vehicle Care
9. Battery - North America 0 270.
10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 282.
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North America 0 309
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine performance and
long life, careful attention must be paid to
engine oil. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect your
investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the proper
specification and of the proper viscosity
grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine
Oil” in this section.
. Check the engine oil level regularly and
maintain the proper oil level. See
“Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate
time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 260.
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See
“What to Do with Used Oil” in this
section.
Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly, every
650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long
trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 255 for
the location.
dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel
or cloth, then push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip down,
and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle may be
hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
glove to touch the dipstick handle.
If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC)
message displays, check the oil level.
Follow these guidelines:
. To get an accurate reading, park the
vehicle on level ground. Check the engine
oil level after the engine has been off for
at least two hours. Checking the engine
oil level on steep grades or too soon after
engine shutoff can result in incorrect
readings. Accuracy improves when
checking a cold engine prior to starting.
Remove the dipstick and check the level.
. If unable to wait two hours, the engine
must be off for at least 15 minutes if the
engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out the
If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at
the tip of the dipstick and the engine has
been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L
(1 qt) of the recommended oil and then
recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for an
explanation of what kind of oil to use. For
engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities
and Specifications 0 338.
Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above
or below the acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful to the
engine. If you find that you have an oil
level above the operating range, i.e., the
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
259
Caution (Continued)
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
engine has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the MAX mark, the engine
could be damaged. You should drain out
the excess oil or limit driving of the
vehicle and seek a service professional to
remove the excess amount of oil.
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the dexos1
specification are all that is needed for good
performance and engine protection.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 255 for
the location of the engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere
in the proper operating range between the
MIN and MAX marks. Push the dipstick all
the way back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Caution
Failure to use the recommended engine
oil or equivalent can result in engine
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for
1.3L L3 engine.
Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the
dexos1 specification.
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil for
1.2L L3 engine. Cold Temperature Operation:
In an area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29 °C (−20 °F), an
SAE 0W-30 oil may be used for the 1.2L L3
engine. An oil of this viscosity grade will
provide easier cold starting for the engine at
extremely low temperatures.
Engine oils that have been approved by GM
as meeting the dexos1 specification are
marked with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.
When selecting an oil of the appropriate
viscosity grade, it is recommended to select
an oil of the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
Selecting the right engine oil depends on
both the proper oil specification and
viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants 0 333.
Specification
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause engine
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain elements
that can be unhealthy for your skin and
could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil
stay on your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water, or a
good hand cleaner. Wash or properly
dispose of clothing or rags containing used
engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings
about the use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment.
If you change your own oil, be sure to drain
all the oil from the filter before disposal.
Never dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water.
Recycle it by taking it to a place that
collects used oil.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
260
Vehicle Care
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system that
indicates when to change the engine oil and
filter. This is based on a combination of
factors which include engine revolutions,
engine temperature, and miles driven. Based
on driving conditions, the mileage at which
an oil change is indicated can vary
considerably. For the oil life system to work
properly, the system must be reset every
time the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated that oil life
has been diminished, it indicates that an oil
change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message comes on. Change the oil as
soon as possible within the next 1 000 km
(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life system
might indicate that an oil change is not
necessary for up to a year. The engine oil
and filter must be changed at least once a
year and, at this time, the system must be
reset. Your dealer has trained service people
who will perform this work and reset the
system. It is also important to check the oil
regularly over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper level.
If the system is ever reset accidentally, the
oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change. Remember to reset
the oil life system whenever the oil is
changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is
changed so that the system can calculate
the next engine oil change. To reset the
system:
1. Display the REMAINING OIL LIFE on the
DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107. This display shows an estimate of
the oil’s remaining useful life. If 10% is
displayed, that means that 10% of the
current oil life remains.
2. Press and hold l or the thumbwheel
while the Oil Life display is active. The
oil life will change to 100%.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message
comes back on when the vehicle is started,
the engine oil life system has not been
reset. Repeat the procedure.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
How to Check Automatic Transmission
Fluid
It is not necessary to check the transmission
fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the
only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,
take the vehicle to your dealer and have it
repaired as soon as possible.
There is a special procedure for checking and
changing the transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, you should have this
done at your dealer.
Change the fluid at the intervals listed in
Maintenance Schedule 0 325, and be sure to
use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants 0 333.
Engine Air Filter Life System
If equipped, this feature provides the engine
air filter’s remaining life and best timing for
a change. The timing to change an engine
air filter depends on driving and
environmental conditions.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
When to Change the Engine Air Filter
When the Driver Information Center (DIC)
displays a message to replace the engine air
filter at the next oil change, follow this
timing.
When the DIC displays a message to replace
the engine air filter soon, replace the engine
air filter at the earliest convenience.
The system must be reset after the engine
air filter is changed.
If the DIC displays a message to check the
engine air filter system, see your dealer.
How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life
System
To reset:
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Select Engine Air Filter Life on the DIC
menu. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
3. Press l or the thumbwheel to move to
the Reset/Disable display area. Select
Reset then press l or press the
thumbwheel. Then press Yes to confirm
the reset.
261
4. 100% AIR FILTER LIFE will be displayed
when the Engine Air Filter Life System is
successfully reset.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine
compartment on the passenger side of the
vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview
0 255.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter
If the vehicle is not equipped with the
engine air filter life system, see
Maintenance Schedule 0 325 for intervals on
inspecting and replacing the engine air
cleaner/filter.
1. Remove the two push pins.
How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter
Do not start the engine or have the engine
running with the engine air cleaner/filter
housing open. Before removing the engine
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine
air cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and debris. Do
not clean the engine air cleaner/filter with
water or compressed air.
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:
2. Press a hook both sides and disassemble
two hooks.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
262
Vehicle Care
3. Disassemble the duct.
4. Remove four screws, tilt the cover, and
slide it out of the assembly.
{ Warning
{ Warning
If part replacement is necessary, the part
must be replaced with one of the same
part number or with an equivalent part.
Use of a replacement part without the
same fit, form, and function may result
in personal injury or damage to the
vehicle.
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
to be burned. The air cleaner not only
cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if
the engine backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not drive
with the air cleaner/filter off.
5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
filter.
6. Lower the cover, slide it into the
assembly, then secure with the screws.
7. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
system after replacing the engine air
filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System
0 260.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can
easily get into the engine, which could
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/
filter in place when driving.
Cooling System
See Maintenance Schedule 0 325 for
replacement intervals.
The cooling system allows the engine to
maintain the correct working temperature.
Caution
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
{ Warning
An underhood electric fan can start up
even when the engine is not running and
can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing,
and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
1.2L L3 Engine (LIH)
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator hoses,
or other engine parts. They can be very
hot and can burn you. Do not run the
engine if there is a leak; all coolant could
leak out. That could cause an engine fire
and can burn you. Fix any leak before
driving the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
1.3L L3 Engine (L3T)
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled
with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant
is designed to remain in the vehicle for five
years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi),
whichever occurs first.
263
The following explains the cooling system
and how to check and add coolant when it
is low. If there is a problem with engine
overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 266.
What to Use
{ Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as
alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
the wrong mixture, the engine could get
too hot but there would not be an
overheat warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C
(−34 °F), outside temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C
(265 °F), engine temperature.
. Protects against rust and corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
. Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
264
Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Surge Tank
Caution
Do not use anything other than a mix of
DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM
Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause damage
to the engine cooling system and the
vehicle, which would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by putting
it in the trash, pouring it on the ground,
or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water.
Have the coolant changed by an authorized
service center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used coolant
disposal. This will help protect the
environment and your health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level surface when
checking the coolant level.
It is normal to see coolant moving in the
upper coolant hose return line when the
engine is running.
{ Warning
Check to see if coolant is visible in the
coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the
coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
If coolant is visible but the coolant level is
not at or above the mark pointed to, add a
50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant.
Be sure the cooling system is cool before
this is done.
If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge
tank, add coolant as follows:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
cooling system are under pressure.
Turning the pressure cap, even a little,
can cause them to come out at high
speed and you could be burned. Never
turn the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
for the cooling system and pressure cap
to cool.
{ Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as
alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
the wrong mixture, the engine could get
too hot but there would not be an
overheat warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be burned.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
265
{ Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can
burn you. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough.
Caution
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill
procedure could cause the engine to
overheat and could cause system
damage. If coolant is not visible in the
surge tank, contact your dealer.
If no problem is found, check to see if
coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank.
If coolant is visible but the coolant level is
not at the indicated level mark, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank,
but be sure the cooling system, including
the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool
before you do it.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure
cap when the cooling system, including
the coolant surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one-quarter of a
turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to
stop. This will allow any pressure still
left to be vented out the discharge hose.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly and
remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the
proper mixture to the indicated
level mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap
off, start the engine and let it run until
you can feel the upper radiator hose
getting hot. Watch out for the engine
cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level inside the
coolant surge tank may be lower. If the
level is lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge tank until
the level reaches the indicated
level mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
266
Vehicle Care
6. Verify coolant level after the engine is
shut off and the coolant is cold.
If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.
If the coolant still is not at the proper
level when the system cools down again,
see your dealer.
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed,
coolant loss and engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly and
tightly secured.
Automatic Coolant Service Fill Instruction
If equipped, this feature assists in filling and
removing air from the cooling system after
service of components or when coolant is
added after being too low.
To activate the fill and air removal process:
1. With a cold system, open the surge tank
cap and add coolant to the indicated
mark on the surge tank.
2. Connect the vehicle to a battery charger.
3. Turn the ignition to Service Mode. See
Ignition Positions 0 196.
4. Turn off the air conditioning.
5. Set the parking brake.
6. At the same time, press the accelerator
and the brake for two seconds, then
release.
At the end of the cycle, check the coolant
level in the surge tank and add coolant if it
is low. Turn off the vehicle, allow the Engine
Control Module (ECM) to go to sleep, about
two minutes, and repeat Steps 3-7.
Listen for pump activation and movement of
the control valves while watching the level
of the coolant in the surge tank. If the tank
empties, turn the ignition off, carefully
remove the surge tank cap, refill to the
indicated mark, and repeat Steps 4-7. The fill
and air removal process will run for
approximately 10 minutes.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an engine coolant
temperature gauge to warn of the engine
overheating. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 95.
If the decision is made not to lift the hood
when this warning appears, get service help
right away. See Roadside Assistance Program
0 344.
If the decision is made to lift the hood,
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface.
Then check to see if the engine cooling fan
is running. If the engine is overheating, the
fan should be running. If it is not, do not
continue to run the engine. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a leak
in the engine cooling system. This can
cause a loss of all coolant and can
damage the system and vehicle. Have
any leaks fixed right away.
If Steam Is Coming from the Engine
Compartment
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
cooling system are under pressure.
Turning the pressure cap, even a little,
can cause them to come out at high
speed and you could be burned. Never
turn the cap when the cooling system,
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
for the cooling system and pressure cap
to cool.
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in front.
If the warning does not come back on,
continue to drive normally and have the
cooling system checked for proper fill and
function.
If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine
Compartment
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and
park the vehicle right away.
If an engine overheat warning is displayed
but no steam can be seen or heard, the
problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day
. Stops after high-speed driving
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine
for three minutes while parked. If the
warning is still displayed, turn off the
engine until it cools down.
If the overheat warning is displayed with no
sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest fan
speed. Open the windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the
road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and
let the engine idle.
When the vehicle needs windshield washer
fluid, be sure to read the manufacturer's
instructions before use. If operating the
vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against freezing.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone, the vehicle
can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
Washer Fluid
What to Use
267
Adding Washer Fluid
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it.
Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See
Engine Compartment Overview 0 255 for
reservoir location.
Caution
. Do not use washer fluid that contains
any type of water repellent coating.
This can cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip, and may also clog the
washer nozzle.
. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze)
in the windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield washer system
and paint.
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use
washer fluid. Water can cause the
solution to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other parts of
the washer system.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
268
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
. When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer instructions
for adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is very cold.
This allows for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could damage
the tank if it is completely full.
Brakes
Disc brake linings have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched warning
sound when the brake linings are worn and
new linings are needed. The sound can come
and go or can be heard all the time when
the vehicle is moving, except when applying
the brake pedal firmly.
{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound means
that soon the brakes will not work well.
That could lead to a crash. When the
brake wear warning sound is heard, have
the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake
linings could result in costly brake
repairs.
Some driving conditions or climates can
cause a brake squeal when the brakes are
first applied, clearing up following several
applications. This does not mean something
is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary
to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires
are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear
and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
sequence to torque specifications. See
Capacities and Specifications 0 338.
Brake pads should be replaced as complete
axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not
return to normal height, or if there is a
rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be
a sign that brake service may be required.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts with
new, approved replacement parts. If this is
not done, the brakes may not work
properly. The braking performance can
change in many ways if the wrong brake
parts are installed or if parts are improperly
installed.
Brake Pad Life System
When to Change Brake Pads
If equipped, this system estimates the
remaining life of the front and rear brake
pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), along with
a percentage for each axle. The system must
be reset every time the brake pads are
changed.
When the system has determined that the
brake pads need to be replaced, a message
will display.
Brake pads should always be replaced as
complete axle sets.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System
When the ignition is turned on after new
pads and wear sensors are installed, a
message will display. Follow the prompts to
reset the system.
The brake pad life system can also be
manually reset:
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
2. Press and hold l or the thumbwheel.
Select front or rear pads as appropriate.
3. Select YES on the confirmation message.
Repeat for pads on the other axle if they
were also replaced.
sound when the brake pads are worn can
still determine when the pads should be
replaced. See Brakes 0 268.
To turn off the brake pad life system:
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
2. Select DISABLE
To turn the brake pad life system back on,
follow the above steps but select ENABLE in
Step 2.
Brake Fluid
How to Disable the Brake Pad Life
System
The brake pad life system can be turned off.
This may be necessary if aftermarket brake
pads without wear sensors are installed.
When the system is turned off, the front
and rear brake pad life percentages will not
display. However, the built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched warning
The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled
with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as
indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 255 for the
location of the reservoir.
269
Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level
surface, the brake fluid level should be
between the minimum and maximum marks
on the brake fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the brake
fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When new
linings are installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system.
Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap
and the area around the cap before
removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid
does not correct a leak. If fluid is added
when the linings are worn, there will be too
much fluid when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary,
only when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
270
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it can
spill on the engine and burn, if the
engine is hot enough. You or others could
be burned, and the vehicle could be
damaged. Add brake fluid only when
work is done on the brake hydraulic
system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low level,
the brake warning light comes on. See Brake
System Warning Light 0 99.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which
degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid.
Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals
to prevent increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 325.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid
from a clean, sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 333.
{ Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid
could result in damage to the brake
system. This could result in the loss of
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
braking leading to a possible injury.
Always use the proper GM approved
brake fluid.
Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
damaged. Immediately wash off any
painted surface.
Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove the cap
and do not add fluid.
Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation
of a standard 12-volt battery will result in
reduced 12-volt battery life.
When using a 12-volt battery charger on the
12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an
AGM battery setting on the charger.
If available, use the AGM setting on the
charger to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories can expose you to
chemicals including lead and lead
compounds, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling. For more
information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
Refer to the replacement number shown on
the original battery label when a new
battery is needed. For replacement of the
battery, see your dealer.
See the warning on the back cover.
Stop/Start System
Vehicle Storage
The vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut
off the engine to help conserve fuel. See
Stop/Start System 0 198. It has an Absorbed
{ Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn you and
gas that can explode. You can be badly
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
hurt if you are not careful. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 309 for tips
on working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,
negative (−) cable from the battery to keep
the battery from running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the black,
negative (−) cable from the battery or use a
battery trickle charger.
Caution
If the battery is disconnected with the
ignition on or the vehicle in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar
back-up battery will be permanently
discharged and will need to be replaced.
1. Make sure the lamps, features, and
accessories are turned off.
2. Turn the ignition off and remove the
key, if equipped.
271
Negative Battery Cable Reconnection
Caution
When reconnecting the battery:
. Use the original nut from the vehicle
to secure the negative battery cable.
Do not use a different nut. If you
need a replacement nut, see your
dealer.
. Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do
not use an impact wrench or power
tools to tighten the nut.
The vehicle could be damaged if these
guidelines are not followed.
Negative Battery Cable Disconnection
{ Warning
Caution
Before disconnecting the negative battery
cable, turn off all features, turn the
ignition off, and remove the key,
if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is
not done, you or others could be injured,
and the vehicle could be damaged.
Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion
inhibitors on the nut that secures the
negative battery cable to the vehicle. This
could damage the vehicle.
3. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1).
4. Remove the negative battery cable (2)
from the battery.
1. Install the negative battery cable (2) to
the battery.
2. Install the negative battery cable nut (1)
and tighten.
3. Turn the ignition on.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
272
Vehicle Care
All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
Under normal driving conditions, transfer
case fluid does not require maintenance
unless there is a fluid leak or unusual noise.
If required, have the transfer case serviced
by your dealer.
Automatic Transmission Shift Lock
Control Function Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this inspection, the
vehicle could move suddenly. If the
vehicle moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be sure there
is enough room around the vehicle.
It should be parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to
apply the regular brake immediately if
the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on,
but do not start the engine. Without
applying the regular brake, try to move
the shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever moves
out of P (Park), contact your dealer for
service.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this check, the
vehicle could begin to move. You or
others could be injured and property
could be damaged. Make sure there is
room in front of the vehicle in case it
begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
regular brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle
facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the
regular brake, set the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's holding
ability: With the engine running and the
transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove
foot pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by
the parking brake only.
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding
ability: With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the parking brake
followed by the regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be replaced
periodically. See Maintenance Schedule
0 325.
Replacement blades come in different types
and are removed in different ways. For
proper type and length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 334.
Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch the
windshield when no wiper blade is
installed could damage the windshield.
Any damage that occurs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
allow the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
Front Wiper Blade Replacement
To replace the front wiper blades:
1. Lift the wiper arm from the windshield
until no further movement is possible.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
273
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm have a
cover for protection. The cover must be
removed before the wiper blade can be
replaced.
To remove the cover:
2. Press the release button on the top side
of the wiper and pull the wiper blade
out of the end of the wiper arm.
3. Install the wiper blade connector by
sliding into the end of the wiper arm
until the button on the wiper blade clicks
into place with the wiper arm.
4. Place the wiper arm with the wiper
blade in place back on the windshield.
Caution
Damage may occur if the wiper blades
are not in contact with the windshield
before turning on the wiper system.
1. Slide a plastic tool under the cover and
push upward to unsnap.
2. Slide the cover toward the wiper blade
tip to unhook it from the blade
assembly.
3. Remove the cover.
4. After wiper blade replacement, ensure
that the cover hook slides into the slot
in the blade assembly.
5. Snap the cover down to secure.
To replace the wiper blade:
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
windshield.
2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage
the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out
of the blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly securely
on the wiper arm until the release lever
clicks into place.
4. Replace the wiper cover.
Windshield Replacement
Driver Assistance Systems
When a windshield replacement is needed
and the vehicle is equipped with a
front-looking camera sensor for the Driver
Assistance Systems, the windshield must be
installed according to GM specifications for
these systems to work properly. If it is not,
there may be unexpected behavior and/or
messages from these systems.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
274
Vehicle Care
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to
provide assistance in lifting and holding
open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full
open position.
{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood,
trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others
could be seriously injured. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service
immediately. Visually inspect the gas
struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to make sure
the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
enough force. If struts are failing to hold
the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.
Have the vehicle serviced.
Hood
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and should
need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the
headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary,
see your dealer.
Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any objects
from gas struts. Also do not push down
or pull on gas struts. This may cause
damage to the vehicle.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 325.
Liftgate
Trunk
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement
LED Lighting
For the proper type of replacement bulbs,
or any bulb changing procedure not listed in
this section, contact your dealer.
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For
replacement of any LED lighting assembly,
contact your dealer.
Caution
Do not replace incandescent bulbs with
aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This
can cause damage to the vehicle electrical
system.
This vehicle may be equipped with desiccant
to reduce fogging inside the headlamp due
to moisture. If fogging continues for a long
time, see your dealer for service.
High-Beam Headlamp/Low-Beam
Headlamp
1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 253.
Headlamps and Sidemarker Lamps
Base Level Headlamp Assembly
The base model vehicle has halogen
high-beam and low-beam headlamps, an LED
turn signal lamp, and a DRL and parking
lamp on the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb access cover.
3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and pull
straight back.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside
and can burst if you drop or scratch the
bulb. You or others could be injured. Be
sure to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
275
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
1. Low-Beam Headlamp
2. High-Beam Headlamp
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
276
Vehicle Care
Sidemarker
Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps
Front Turn Signal Lamp
4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector
from the bulb.
5. Install the new bulb in the headlamp
assembly by turning clockwise.
6. Reconnect the wiring harness connector.
7. Install the headlamp bulb access cover.
Uplevel Headlamp Assembly
The uplevel model vehicle has LED
high-beam and low-beam headlamps, a DRL
and parking lamp, and a DRL position lamp
on the headlamp assembly.
The vehicle has an LED sidemarker lamp.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
1. Tilt the wheel and remove the screws on
the outside of the wheel liner.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
3. While holding the wheel liner with one
hand and disengage the bulb socket
from the plug connector by pulling the
retaining rib.
4. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it from the reflector using
the other hand.
277
Front Fog Lamp
The vehicle has LED fog lamp
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and
Back-Up Lamps (Base Level)
Caution
Improper lamp assembly removal and
installation can cause leaks and water
intrusion which may cause damage to
the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp
assembly to replace a bulb. Use the
tailgate opening to access the bulb.
2. Bend the wheel liner back to make
enough space for hand access.
5. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket
and replace with a new bulb.
6. Insert the bulb socket into the reflector
by turning clockwise and attach the plug
connector.
7. Reassemble the lower cover and front
wheel liner.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
278
Vehicle Care
Tailgate inboard Taillamp
4. Reassemble the cover.
Stop lamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal, and
Sidemarker Lamp
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
2. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket
and replace with a new bulb.
1. Taillamp
2. Taillamp
1. Remove the bulb access door on tailgate.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
1. Stop lamp/Taillamp
2. Turn signal lamp
1. Remove and retain both screws attaching
the taillamp assembly to the
vehicle body.
3. Insert the bulb socket and attach the
plug connector.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
279
Rear Back-Up Lamp
2. Pull the taillamp assembly straight back
to detach it from the vehicle body. Take
care that the cable duct remains in place.
3. Remove the bulb socket from the
taillamp assembly.
4. Remove the old bulb from the bulb
socket by pulling it straight out.
5. Insert a new bulb into the bulb socket.
6. Install the bulb socket into the taillamp
assembly.
7. Install the taillamp assembly to the
vehicle body with the two screws.
The bulbs are accessible from the underside
of the vehicle.
1. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise and
remove it from reflector.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
280
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp
assembly to replace a bulb. Use the
tailgate opening to access the bulb.
The stoplamp/taillamp/turn signal lamp/side
marker lamp and tailgate inboard taillamp
are LEDs. To replace, see your dealer.
Electrical System
2. Disengage the bulb socket from the plug
connector by pressing the retaining lug.
3. Remove and replace the bulb socket with
bulb and attach the plug connector.
4. Insert the bulb socket into the reflector
and turn clockwise to engage.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and
Back-Up Lamps (Uplevel)
Caution
Improper lamp assembly removal and
installation can cause leaks and water
intrusion which may cause damage to
(Continued)
Electrical System Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to
protect against an electrical system
overload.
When the current electrical load is too
heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the current load
returns to normal or the problem is fixed.
This greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by electrical
problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect power
devices in the vehicle.
If there is a problem on the road and a fuse
needs to be replaced, the same amperage
fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature
of the vehicle that is not needed to use and
replace it as soon as possible.
To check a fuse, look at the band inside the
fuse. If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad
fuse with a fuse of the identical size and
rating.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
281
4. If the fuse must be replaced
immediately, borrow a replacement fuse
with the same amperage from the fuse
block. Choose a vehicle feature that is
not needed to safely operate the vehicle.
Repeat Steps 2-3.
5. Insert the replacement fuse into the
empty slot of the blown fuse.
At the next opportunity, see your dealer to
replace the blown fuse.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause the lamps
to go on and off, or in some cases to
remain off. Have the headlamp wiring
checked right away if the lamps go on and
off or remain off.
Replacing a Blown Fuse
1. Turn off the ignition.
2. Locate the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse block.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy
snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop
until the motor cools and will then restart.
3. Use the fuse puller to remove the fuse
from the top or side, as shown above.
Although the circuit is protected from
electrical overload, overload due to heavy
snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
282
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
If the overload is caused by an electrical
problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get
it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit breakers.
This greatly reduces the chance of damage
caused by electrical problems.
{ Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked
with their ampere rating. Do not exceed
the specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use
of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can
result in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or killed.
{ Warning
Installation or use of fuses that do not
meet GM’s original fuse specifications is
dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result
in a fire. You or others could be injured
or killed, and the vehicle could be
damaged.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 252 and
General Information 0 252.
To check or replace a blown fuse, see
Electrical System Overload 0 280.
To remove the fuse block cover, squeeze the
clip and lift it up.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may damage
it. Always keep the covers on any
electrical component.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Micro Fuses
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Micro Fuses
Usage
F02
CLSTR
Usage
F03
N/A
F06
OSRVM DEFOG
F07
L/GATE RELSE
F08
AHL AFL MTR1
F09
VENT SEAT
F10
N/A
F11
AHL AFL MTR2
F12
N/A
F14
ISRVM REAR VIEW CAMERA
F15
DEFC MDL RUN/CRNK
F16
HDLP LVL
F17
N/A-DSL
F18
FTZM
F19
N/A
F20
N/A
F22
TRLR ST/TRN LT - TRLR
F24
ESCL
F25
ECM TCM RUN/CRNK
F26
FRT/REAR WSW PUMP
Micro Fuses
Usage
F27
IGN COIL-GAS
ECM PT3-DSL
F28
AERO SH
F29
AHL AFL MDL
F31
ECM PT2
F32
ENG COMP2
F33
RVC
F34
FRT FOG LP
F35
ENG COMP1
F36
ECM PT1
F38
TRLR PRK LAMP - TRLR
F40
AUX WATER PUMP
F41
REAR WPR
F42
HORN
F44
REAR WPR PRK
F45
A/C CLTCH
F46
N/A
F47
ECM BATT-GAS
ECM BATT-DSL
F49
HDLP HI LH
283
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
284
Vehicle Care
Micro Fuses
Usage
F50
N/A
F51
HDLP HI RH
F52
NOX SOOT SNSR -DSL
TRLR ST/TRN RT - TRLR
F53
F54
ET Fuses
F48
Usage
GLOW PLUG
J-Case Fuses
Usage
M-case Fuses
F61
Usage
N/A
Mini Relays
Usage
F01
N/A
K03
RUN/CRNK
N/A
F05
N/A
K04
REAR DEFOG
PEPS
F13
REAR WNDW DEFOG
K06
STRTR PINION
F56
CNSTR VENT SOL-GAS/DEFC
MDL-DSL
F21
E-BOOST PWR1
K08
PT RLY
F23
STRTR PINION
K09
FUEL HTR DSL
F57
DEFC MDL-DSL
F59
N/A
F58
TCM BATT
F62
FUEL HTR DSL
F63
N/A
Spare Fuses
SF01
Usage
SPARE
M-case Fuses
Usage
HC Micro
Relays
Usage
K01
N/A
K02
N/A
K05
STRTR SOL
K07
A/C CNTRL
K10
N/A
SF02
SPARE
F04
FRT WPR
SF03
SPARE
F30
STRTR SOL
SF04
SPARE
F37
AUX OIL PUMP
SF05
SPARE
F39
N/A
SF06
SPARE
F43
PWR WNDW RT
Ultra Micro
Relays
F55
PWR WNDW LT
K11
F60
DEF HTR
Usage
N/A
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Fuse
The instrument panel fuse block is on the
underside of the driver side instrument
panel. To access the fuses, open the fuse
cover by pulling out. To reinstall the cover,
insert the top tab first, then push the cover
back into its original location.
Fuse
Usage
Usage
F03
VBAT_3
F04
VBAT_7
F05
VBAT_6
F06
AUTO HVAC
F07
CGM
F08
ST_WHL_HTR
F09
DISPLAY
F10
RADIO
F11
ONSTAR
F12
PARK_ASSIST
F13
MAN. HVAC
F14
WL CHARGER
F15
VBAT_2
F16
VBAT_1
F17
SWC BKLT
F18
N/A
F19
N/A
F01
LUMBAR
F20
CLOCK SPRING
F02
SUNROOF
F21
OCC SEN
285
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
286
Vehicle Care
Fuse
Usage
F22
DLC
F23
SDM
F24
IGN_SW/ESCL
Rear Compartment Fuse Block
Circuit
Breaker
Usage
CB1
N/A
CB2
APO
F25
PWR L-GATE MDL
F26
SEC FUSE-2
K01
i-RAP_ACC
F27
PWR SEAT CO-DR
K02
RUN
F28
VBAT_8
K03
LOGISTICS
F29
DC-DC AT
K04
N/A
F30
PWR L-GATE MDL
K05
N/A
F31
OSRVM
K06
N/A
F32
FRT HS PWR-1
F33
VBAT_4
F34
FRT HS PWR-2
F35
AMPLIFIER
F36
N/A
F37
PWR SEAT DR
F38
DC-DC_400W
F39
SEC FUSE-1
F40
HVAC_BLOWER
Relay
Usage
The rear compartment fuse block is behind a
cover on the driver side of the rear
compartment. To access the fuses, remove
the cover.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Fuse
F03
Fuse
Usage
Usage
N/A
Circuit
Breakers
CB1
287
Usage
N/A
F04
N/A
F05
DC/AC INVERTER
F06
N/A
K01
N/A
F07
RDCM
K02
N/A
F08
RR SEAT HEAT PWR1
K03
N/A
F09
N/A
K04
N/A
F10
RR SEAT HEAT PWR2
K05
N/A
F11
N/A
F12
N/A
Wheels and Tires
F13
N/A
Tires
F14
N/A
F15
N/A
F16
N/A
F17
N/A
F18
N/A
F19
N/A
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality
tires made by a leading tire
manufacturer. See the warranty manual
for information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get service. For
additional information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
F01
N/A
F20
N/A
F02
RDCM ELEC
F21
N/A
Relays
Usage
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
288
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
.
.
.
.
.
Poorly maintained and improperly
used tires are dangerous.
Overloading the tires can cause
overheating as a result of too
much flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
Underinflated tires pose the same
danger as overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could cause serious
injury. Check all tires frequently to
maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely
to be cut, punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.
Worn or old tires can cause a
crash. If the tread is badly worn,
replace them.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Replace any tires that have been
damaged by impacts with
potholes, curbs, etc.
. Improperly repaired tires can cause
a crash. Only your dealer or an
authorized tire service center
should repair, replace, dismount,
and mount the tires.
. Do not spin the tires in excess of
56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
etc. Excessive spinning may cause
the tires to explode.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with all-season tires.
These tires are designed to provide good
overall performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original equipment
tires designed to GM's specific tire
performance criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be identified
by the last two characters of this TPC code,
which will be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on the
vehicle if frequent driving on snow or
ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires
provide adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they may not
offer the same level of traction or
performance as winter tires on snow or
ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 288.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally equipped
with winter tires. Winter tires are designed
for increased traction on snow and
ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice
or snow covered roads is expected. See your
dealer for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection. Also,
see Buying New Tires 0 300.
With winter tires, there may be decreased
dry road traction, increased road noise, and
shorter tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and tread
type on all four wheel positions.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
. Use only radial ply tires of the same size,
load range, and speed rating as the
original equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed rating as
the original equipment tires may not be
available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The examples
show a typical passenger vehicle tire
and a compact spare tire sidewall.
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
combination of letters and numbers
used to define a particular tire's width,
height, aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the “Tire
Size” illustration in this section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original equipment tires
designed to GM's specific tire
performance criteria have a TPC
specification code molded onto the
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The Department of
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last
four digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two digits
represent the week and the last two
digits, the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2020 would have a
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
289
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is
the first full week (Sunday through
Saturday) of each year.
(4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) :
The letters and numbers following the
DOT (Department of Transportation)
code are the Tire Identification Number
(TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer
and plant code, tire size, and date the
tire was manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the tire,
although only one side may have the
date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
and number of plies in the sidewall and
under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are
required to grade tires based on three
performance factors: tread wear,
traction, and temperature resistance.
For more information see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 301.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
290
Vehicle Care
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load
Limit : Maximum load that can be
carried and the maximum pressure
needed to support that load.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
and number of plies in the sidewall and
under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only : The compact
spare tire or temporary use tire should
not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h
(50 mph). The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular road tire
has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle
has a compact spare tire, see Compact
Spare Tire 0 309 and
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 304.
and service description. The letter “T” as
the first character in the tire size means
the tire is for temporary use only.
(3) Tire Identification Number (TIN) :
The letters and numbers following the
DOT (Department of Transportation)
code are the Tire Identification Number
(TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer
and plant code, tire size, and date the
tire was manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the tire,
although only one side may have the
date of manufacture.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original equipment tires
designed to GM's specific tire
performance criteria have a TPC
specification code molded onto the
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load
Limit : Maximum load that can be
carried and the maximum pressure
needed to support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation : The temporary use
tire or compact spare tire should be
inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure 0 293.
(6) Tire Size : A combination of letters
and numbers define a tire's width,
height, aspect ratio, construction type,
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The example shows a typical passenger
vehicle tire size.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The
United States version of a metric tire
sizing system. The letter "P" as the first
character in the tire size means a
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
passenger vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim
Association.
tire is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a tire is
certified to carry a load.
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number
indicates the tire section width in
millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
Tire Terminology and Definitions
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that
indicates the tire height-to-width
measurements. For example, if the tire
size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item (3) of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
75 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code : A letter code is
used to indicate the type of ply
construction in the tire. The letter "R"
means radial ply construction; the letter
"D" means diagonal or bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the
wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load index and
speed rating of the tire. The load index
represents the load carrying capacity a
Air Pressure : The amount of air inside
the tire pressing outward on each
square inch of the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi
(pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The combined
weight of optional accessories. Some
examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords
between the plies and the tread. Cords
may be made from steel or other
reinforcing materials.
Bead : The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that hold
the tire onto the rim.
291
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which
the plies are laid at alternate angles
less than 90 degrees to the centerline
of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air
pressure in a tire, measured in kPa
(kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square
inch) before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 293.
Curb Weight : The weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded into the
sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire
is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation (DOT)
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The
DOT code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand, and date of production.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
292
Vehicle Care
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the front axle. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 192.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 192.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side
of an asymmetrical tire that must
always face outward when mounted on
a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air
pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used
on light duty trucks and some
multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds
to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure : The
maximum air pressure to which a cold
tire can be inflated. The maximum air
pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The load rating
for a tire at the maximum permissible
inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The
sum of curb weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and production
options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight : The number
of occupants a vehicle is designed to
seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
Occupant Distribution : Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of
an asymmetrical tire that has a
particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The side of the
tire that contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears manufacturer,
brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall of
the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used
on passenger cars and some light duty
trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation Pressure :
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown on the
tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 293 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire between
the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code
assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction : The friction between the tire
and the road surface. The amount of
grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that comes
into contact with the road.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands,
sometimes called wear bars, that show
across the tread of a tire when only
1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires 0 299.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards) : A tire information system
that provides consumers with ratings
for a tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are determined by
tire manufacturers using government
testing procedures. The ratings are
molded into the sidewall of the tire.
See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 301.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number
of designated seating positions
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the
rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 192.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire :
Load on an individual tire due to curb
weight, accessory weight, occupant
weight, and cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard : A label permanently
attached to a vehicle showing the
vehicle capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle Load
Limits 0 192.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of air
pressure to operate effectively.
{ Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good. Underinflated
tires, or tires that do not have
enough air, can result in:
. Tire overloading and overheating,
which could lead to a blowout.
. Premature or irregular wear.
. Poor handling.
. Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that have
too much air, can result in:
. Unusual wear.
. Poor handling.
(Continued)
293
Warning (Continued)
Rough ride.
. Needless damage from road
hazards.
.
The Tire and Loading Information label
on the vehicle indicates the original
equipment tires and the correct cold
tire inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the minimum
air pressure needed to support the
vehicle's maximum load carrying
capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
How the vehicle is loaded affects
vehicle handling and ride comfort.
Never load the vehicle with more
weight than it was designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires once a
month or more. Do not forget the
compact spare, if the vehicle has one.
The compact spare cold tire pressure
should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See
Compact Spare Tire 0 309.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
294
Vehicle Care
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge
to check tire pressure. Proper tire
inflation cannot be determined by
looking at the tire. Check the tire
inflation pressure when the tires are
cold, meaning the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly
onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and Loading
Information label, no further adjustment
is necessary. If the inflation pressure is
low, add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the inflation
pressure is high, press on the metal
stem in the center of the tire valve to
release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with the tire
gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the valve
stems to keep out dirt and moisture.
Use only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be
damaged and would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Tire Pressure Monitor System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
uses radio and sensor technology to check
tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors
monitor the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a
low tire pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the telltale
will flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated. This
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
sequence will continue upon subsequent
vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for
a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
or alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 295.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 349.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is
designed to warn the driver when a low tire
pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire and
wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in the tires and transmit the
tire pressure readings to a receiver located
in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition is
detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire
pressure warning light located on the
instrument cluster. If the warning light
comes on, stop as soon as possible and
inflate the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 192.
A message to check the pressure in a
specific tire may display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low tire
pressure warning light and the DIC warning
message, if equipped, come on at each
ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to
the correct inflation pressure. Using the DIC,
it may be possible to view the tire pressure
levels. For additional information and details
295
about the DIC operation and displays, see
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level)
0 105 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 107.
The low tire pressure warning light may
come on in cool weather when the vehicle is
first started, and then turn off as the vehicle
is driven. This could be an early indicator
that the air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label shows
the size of the original equipment tires and
the correct inflation pressure for the tires
when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 192, for an example of the Tire and
Loading Information label and its location.
Also see Tire Pressure 0 293.
The TPMS can warn about a low tire
pressure condition, but it does not replace
normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 298, Tire Rotation 0 298, and Tires 0 287.
Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all the
same. A non-approved tire sealant could
damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
296
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
damage caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use only the GM
approved tire sealant available through
your dealer or included in the vehicle.
.
TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
The TPMS will not function properly if one
or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or
inoperable. When the system detects a
malfunction, the low tire pressure warning
light, defined above, flashes for about
one minute and then stays on for the
remainder of the ignition cycle. A DIC
warning message may also display. The
malfunction light and DIC warning message,
if equipped, come on at each ignition cycle
until the problem is corrected. Some of the
conditions that can cause these to come
on are:
. One of the road tires has been replaced
with the spare tire. The spare tire does
not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message, if equipped,
should go off after the road tire is
replaced and the sensor matching process
.
.
.
is performed successfully. See "TPMS
Sensor Matching Process" later in this
section.
The TPMS sensor matching process was
not done or not completed successfully
after rotating the tires. The malfunction
light and the DIC message, if equipped,
should go off after successfully
completing the sensor matching process.
See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later
in this section.
One or more TPMS sensors are missing or
damaged. The malfunction light and the
DIC message, if equipped, should go off
when the TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is performed
successfully. See your dealer for service.
Replacement tires or wheels do not match
the original equipment tires or wheels.
Tires and wheels other than those
recommended could prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 300.
Operating electronic devices or being near
facilities using radio wave frequencies
similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it
cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure
condition. See your dealer for service if the
TPMS malfunction light and DIC message,
if equipped, come on and stay on.
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
This feature provides visual and audible
alerts outside the vehicle to help when
inflating an underinflated tire to the
recommended cold tire pressure.
When the low tire pressure warning light
comes on:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated.
The turn signal lamp will flash. When
the recommended pressure is reached,
the horn sounds once and the turn signal
lamp will stop flashing and briefly turn
solid.
Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires
that have illuminated the low tire pressure
warning light.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause the tire
to rupture and you or others could be
injured. Do not exceed the maximum
pressure listed on the tire sidewall.
See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 289 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
If the tire is overinflated by more than
35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple
times and the turn signal lamp will continue
to flash for several seconds after filling
stops.
To release and correct the pressure, while
the turn signal lamp is still flashing, briefly
press the center of the valve stem. When
the recommended pressure is reached, the
horn sounds once.
If the turn signal lamp does not flash within
15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire,
the tire fill alert has not been activated or is
not working.
If the hazard warning flashers are on, the
tire fill alert visual feedback will not work
properly.
The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert
properly under the following conditions:
. There is interference from an external
.
.
.
.
.
device or transmitter.
The air pressure from the inflation device
is not sufficient to inflate the tire.
There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
There is a malfunction in the horn or turn
signal lamps.
The identification code of the TPMS
sensor is not registered to the system.
The battery of the TPMS sensor is low.
If the tire fill alert does not operate due to
TPMS interference, move the vehicle about
1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again.
If the tire fill alert feature is not working,
use a tire pressure gauge.
TPMS Sensor Matching Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification code
needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel
position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or
replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors.
Also, the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing a spare
tire with a road tire containing the TPMS
sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go off at the
next ignition cycle. The sensors are matched
to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS
297
relearn tool, in the following order: driver
side front tire, passenger side front tire,
passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool can also be
purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor
Sensor Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call
1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the first
tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall
to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it
takes longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on without starting the
vehicle or place the vehicle in Service
Mode. See Ignition Positions 0 196.
3. Use SELECT or o / p to select the
Vehicle in the Base Level Driver
Information Center (DIC). Or Use SELECT
or o / p to select the Info page in the
Uplevel Driver Information Center (DIC).
4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to the Tire
Pressure Learn Menu Item (Base DIC) or
the Tire Pressure Menu Item screen
(Uplevel DIC).
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
298
Vehicle Care
5. Press and hold l or the thumbwheel to
begin the sensor matching process.
A message requesting acceptance of the
process may display.
6. If requested, press l or the
thumbwheel again to confirm the
selection. The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message displays on the DIC
screen.
7. Start with the driver side front tire.
8. Place the relearn tool against the tire
sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press
the button to activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the sensor
identification code has been matched to
this tire and wheel position.
9. Proceed to the passenger side front tire,
and repeat the procedure in Step 8.
10. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire,
and repeat the procedure in Step 8.
11. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and
repeat the procedure in Step 8. The horn
sounds two times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been matched to
the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS
sensor matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC display
screen goes off.
12. Turn the vehicle off.
13. Set all four tires to the recommended air
pressure level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires, including
the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be
inspected for signs of wear or damage
at least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
. The indicators at three or more
places around the tire can be seen.
. There is cord or fabric showing
through the tire's rubber.
. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut,
or snagged deep enough to show
cord or fabric.
. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
.
The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
damage that cannot be repaired well
because of the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km
(7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule
0 325.
Tires are rotated to achieve a more
uniform wear for all tires. The first
rotation is the most important.
Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate
the tires as soon as possible, check for
proper tire inflation pressure, and check
for damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel alignment.
See When It Is Time for New Tires
0 299 and
Wheel Replacement 0 303.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are properly
tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 338, and “Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire
Changing 0 305.
{ Warning
Use this rotation pattern when rotating
the tires.
Do not include the compact spare tire
in the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to the
recommended inflation pressure on the
Tire and Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See Tire
Pressure 0 293 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 192.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 295.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
cause wheel nuts to become loose
over time. The wheel could come off
and cause a crash. When changing a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or paper towel can be used; however,
use a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
299
{ Warning
Do not apply grease to the wheel
mounting surface, wheel conical
seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts.
Grease applied to these areas could
cause a wheel to become loose or
come off, resulting in a crash.
When It Is Time for New Tires
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures,
driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road
conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
Lightly coat the inner diameter of the
wheel hub opening with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or tire
rotation to prevent corrosion or rust
buildup.
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell
when it is time for new tires. Treadwear
indicators appear when the tires have only
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
300
Vehicle Care
1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.
See Tire Inspection 0 298 and
Tire Rotation 0 298 for additional
information.
The rubber in tires ages over time. This also
applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has
one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading conditions,
and inflation pressure maintenance affect
how fast aging takes place. GM recommends
that tires, including the spare if equipped,
be replaced after six years, regardless of
tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use
the tire manufacture date, which is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) molded into one side of the
tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN
indicate the tire manufactured date. The
first two digits represent the week and the
last two digits, the year. For example, the
third week of the year 2020 would have a
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the
first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of
each year.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally mounted on
a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be
stored for at least a month in a cool, dry,
clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
aging. This area should be free of grease,
gasoline, or other substances that can
deteriorate rubber.
Parking for an extended period can cause
flat spots on the tires that may result in
vibrations while driving. When storing a
vehicle for at least a month, remove the
tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched specific
tires for the vehicle. The original
equipment tires installed were designed
to meet General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC
Spec) system rating. When replacement
tires are needed, GM strongly
recommends buying tires with the same
TPC Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system
considers over a dozen critical
specifications that impact the overall
performance of the vehicle, including
brake system performance, ride and
handling, traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring performance. GM's
TPC Spec number is molded onto the
tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread design,
the TPC Spec number will be followed
by MS for mud and snow. See Tire
Sidewall Labeling 0 289 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing worn tires in
complete sets of four. Uniform tread
depth on all tires will help to maintain
the performance of the vehicle. Braking
and handling performance may be
adversely affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time. If proper
rotation and maintenance have been
done, all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one axle set
of worn tires, place the new tires on
the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 298.
{ Warning
Tires could explode during improper
service. Attempting to mount or
dismount a tire could cause injury or
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
death. Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should mount or
dismount the tires.
{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes (other
than those originally installed on the
vehicle), brands, tread patterns,
or types may cause loss of vehicle
control, resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the correct size,
brand, and type of tire on all wheels.
{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle
may cause the wheel rim flanges to
develop cracks after many miles of
driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash. Use only
radial-ply tires with the wheels on
the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed rating
as the original equipment tires may not
be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR
speed rated tires. Never exceed the
winter tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a lower
speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be replaced
with a tire that does not have a TPC
Spec number, make sure they are the
same size, load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the original
tires.
The Tire and Loading Information label
indicates the original equipment tires
on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 192.
Different Size Tires and Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that are a
different size than the original equipment
wheels and tires, vehicle performance,
including its braking, ride and handling
characteristics, stability, and resistance to
rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock brakes,
rollover airbags, traction control, electronic
301
stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
performance of these systems can also be
affected.
{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used, there
may not be an acceptable level of
performance and safety if tires not
recommended for those wheels are
selected. This increases the chance of a
crash and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems developed
for the vehicle, and have them properly
installed by a GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 300 and
Accessories and Modifications 0 252.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the
system developed by the United States
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), which grades
tires by treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This applies
only to vehicles sold in the United
States. The grades are molded on the
sidewalls of most passenger car tires.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
302
Vehicle Care
The Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply to deep
tread, winter tires, compact spare tires,
tires with nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some
limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General
Motors passenger cars and light trucks
may vary with respect to these grades,
they must also conform to federal
safety requirements and additional
General Motors Tire Performance
Criteria (TPC) standards.
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section
width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to
Federal Safety Requirements In Addition
To These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the
tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government
test course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half (1½)
times as well on the government course
as a tire graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends upon the
actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance. Warning:
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B, and C, representing the
tire's resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance
on the laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law. Warning:
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat buildup
and possible tire failure.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and
balanced at the factory to provide the
longest tire life and best overall
performance. Adjustments to wheel
alignment and tire balancing are not
necessary on a regular basis. Consider an
alignment check if there is unusual tire wear
or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to the
left or right, depending on the crown of the
road and/or other road surface variations
such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the
vehicle is vibrating when driving on a
smooth road, the tires and wheels may
need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for
proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked,
or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts,
and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum
wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if
any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that
is needed.
Each new wheel should have the same
load-carrying capacity, diameter, width,
offset, and be mounted the same way as
the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,
or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
sensors with new GM original equipment
parts.
{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels,
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be
dangerous. It could affect the braking and
handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air
and cause loss of control, resulting in a
crash. Always use the correct wheel,
wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for
replacement.
Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake cooling,
speedometer or odometer calibration,
(Continued)
303
Caution (Continued)
headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire chain
clearance to the body and chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used one is
dangerous. How it has been used or how
far it has been driven may be unknown.
It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a new GM
original equipment wheel.
Tire Chains
{ Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is not
enough clearance. Tire chains used on a
vehicle without the proper amount of
clearance can cause damage to the
brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts.
The area damaged by the tire chains
could cause loss of control and a crash.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
304
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Use another type of traction device only
if its manufacturer recommends it for the
vehicle's tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that manufacturer's
instructions. To avoid vehicle damage,
drive slow and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the vehicle.
Do not spin the wheels. If traction
devices are used, install them on the
front tires.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while
driving, especially if the tires are maintained
properly. See Tires 0 287. If air goes out of a
tire, it is much more likely to leak out
slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect and
what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and
grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then gently
brake to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts
much like a skid and may require the same
correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing
the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten
the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and
noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven
on while severely underinflated or flat
may cause a blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has
been driven on while severely
underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or
an authorized tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
without the appropriate safety equipment
and training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could be
badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
vehicle, only use it for changing a
flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
wheel damage by driving slowly to a level
place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on
the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 124.
{ Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The
vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over
or fall causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic transmission in
P (Park) or a manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do not
restart while the vehicle is raised.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
4. Do not allow passengers to remain
in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on
both sides of the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being changed.
305
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
The spare tire and tools are located under
the load floor in the rear of the vehicle.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the
following example as a guide to assist in the
placement of the wheel blocks (1),
if equipped.
With Subwoofer
Without Subwoofer
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains how to
repair or change a tire.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tow Eye
Jack
Wrench
Strap
Funnel
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tow Eye
Wrench
Jack
Strap
Wing Nut
Funnel
To
1.
2.
3.
access the spare tire and tools:
Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 18.
Remove the load floor.
Turn the wing nut counterclockwise and
remove the spare tire. Place the spare
tire next to the tire being changed.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
306
Vehicle Care
4. Remove the jack and tools and place
them near the tire being changed.
4. Place the hex tube end of the wrench
over the hex head of the jack to
attach it.
5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise until
the lift head is firmly contacting the
proper lifting point nearest the flat tire.
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 304.
{ Warning
3. Place the jack at the position marked
with a half circle.
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted
on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips
off the jack, you could be badly injured
or killed. Never get under a vehicle when
it is supported only by a jack.
{ Warning
2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not remove
them yet.
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can damage the
vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To
help avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
without the appropriate safety equipment
and training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could be
badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
vehicle, only use it for changing a
flat tire.
and cause a crash. When changing a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or paper towel can be used; however,
use a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts
because the nuts might come loose. The
vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a
crash.
11. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turn each nut
clockwise, by hand, until the wheel is
held against the hub.
12. Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel
wrench counterclockwise. Lower the jack
completely.
{ Warning
6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise
the vehicle far enough off the ground so
there is enough room for the spare tire
to fit underneath the wheel well.
7. Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to
remove them.
8. Remove the flat tire.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
cause wheel nuts to become loose
over time. The wheel could come off
307
9. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel
bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare
wheel.
10. Place the spare tire on the
wheel-mounting surface.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause the
wheels to become loose or come off. The
wheel nuts should be tightened with a
torque wrench to the proper torque
specification after replacing. Follow the
torque specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when using
accessory locking wheel nuts. See
Capacities and Specifications 0 338 for
original equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
308
Vehicle Care
Caution
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead
to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To
avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly
tighten the wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper torque
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 338 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's
compact spare. If you try to put a wheel
cover on the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment
in the passenger compartment of the
vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden
stop or collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in the
proper place.
13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the
wheel wrench in a crisscross sequence, as
shown.
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools
1. Return the jack and tools to their original
storage location.
2. Replace the load floor.
3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in the rear
storage compartment.
4. Attach one end of the strap to a cargo
tie-down in the rear of the vehicle.
5. Route the strap through the wheel, as
shown.
6. Attach the other end of the strap to the
other cargo tie-down in the rear of the
vehicle.
7. Tighten the strap.
Storing the Compact Spare Tire and Tools
Reverse the instructions for removing the
spare tire and tools to store the spare tire.
The compact spare tire is for temporary use
only. Replace the compact spare tire with a
full-size tire as soon as you can. See
Compact Spare Tire 0 309.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Compact Spare Tire
{ Warning
Driving with more than one compact
spare tire at a time could result in loss of
braking and handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be injured.
Use only one compact spare tire at
a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it
was fully inflated when new; however, it
can lose air over time. Check the inflation
pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check that the
spare tire is correctly inflated after being
installed on the vehicle. The compact spare
tire is designed for temporary use only. The
vehicle will perform differently with the
spare tire installed and it is recommended
that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare
tire, have the standard tire repaired or
replaced as soon as convenient and return
the spare tire to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire, the AWD
(if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control
systems may engage until the spare tire is
recognized by the vehicle, especially on
slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce
possible wheel slip.
Caution
When the compact spare is installed, do
not take the vehicle through an
automatic car wash with guide rails. The
compact spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel, and
other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on other
vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel
with other wheels or tires. They will not fit.
Keep the spare tire and its wheel together.
Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact spare.
Using them can damage the vehicle and
the chains. Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare.
309
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North America
For more information about the vehicle
battery, see Battery - North America 0 270.
If the battery has run down, try to use
another vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use the
following steps to do it safely.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories can expose you to
chemicals including lead and lead
compounds, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling. For more
information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
See the warning on the back cover.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
310
Vehicle Care
The good battery negative (–) terminal and
good battery positive (+) terminal are on
the battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start.
{ Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can be
dangerous because:
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal
is under a trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a
12-volt battery with a negative ground
system.
. They contain acid that can burn you.
. They contain gas that can explode or
ignite.
. They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
If you do not follow these steps exactly,
some or all of these things can hurt you.
Caution
Ignoring these steps could result in costly
damage to the vehicle that would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying
to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling
it will not work, and it could damage the
vehicle.
Caution
1. Discharged Battery Positive (+)
Terminal
2. Discharged Battery Negative (–)
Grounding Point
3. Good Battery Negative (–) Terminal
4. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal
is in the engine compartment on the driver
side of the vehicle.
The discharged battery negative (–)
grounding point is the engine block or an
engine mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as
far away from the discharged battery as
possible.
If the other vehicle does not have a
12-volt system with a negative ground,
both vehicles can be damaged. Only use
a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so that they
are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the
shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a manual
transmission.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Caution
Warning (Continued)
If any accessories are left on or plugged
in during the jump starting procedure,
they could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or
unplug all accessories on either vehicle
when jump starting.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn
you. Do not get it on you. If you
accidentally get it in your eyes or on
your skin, flush the place with water and
get medical help immediately.
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights
and accessories in both vehicles, except
the hazard warning flashers if needed.
{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even when
the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood electric fan.
{ Warning
Using a match near a battery can cause
battery gas to explode. People have been
hurt doing this, and some have been
blinded. Use a flashlight if you need
more light.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine parts can
injure you badly. Keep your hands away
from moving parts once the engine is
running.
5. Connect one end of the red positive (+)
cable to the discharged battery
positive (+) terminal.
6. Connect the other end of the red
positive (+) cable to the good battery
positive (+) terminal.
7. Connect one end of the black negative
(–) cable to the good battery negative
(–) terminal.
8. Connect the other end of the black
negative (–) cable to the discharged
battery negative (–) grounding point.
311
9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the
good battery and run the engine at idle
speed for at least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had the
dead battery. If it will not start after a
few tries, it probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are connected or
removed in the wrong order, electrical
shorting may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Always connect
and remove the jumper cables in the
correct order, making sure that the cables
do not touch each other or other metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle and
removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle
for several minutes.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
312
Vehicle Care
Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may
cause damage. The damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
lash or hook to suspension components.
Use the proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies
under any locked wheel/tire while
loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling
type lift to tow the vehicle. This could
damage the vehicle.
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to
transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to
help reduce approach angles, if necessary.
A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels
off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance
or a professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
Front Attachment Points
Caution
Improper use of the tow eye can damage
the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye
to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed
tow truck from a flat road surface, or to
move the vehicle a short distance. Use
caution and low speeds. The transmission
must be in (N) Neutral when moving the
vehicle.
The vehicle is equipped with specific
attachment points to be used by the towing
provider. These holes may be used to pull
the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the
flatbed tow truck.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means towing
the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as
behind a motor home. The two most
common types of recreational vehicle
towing are known as dinghy towing and
dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.
Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two wheels up
on a device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to consider
before recreational vehicle towing:
. What is the towing capacity of the
towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow
vehicle manufacturer's recommendations.
. What is the distance that will be
traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions
on how far and how long they can tow.
. Is the proper towing equipment going to
be used? See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
. Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as
preparing the vehicle for a long trip,
make sure the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front of the
vehicle grille could restrict airflow and
cause damage to the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the towing
vehicle.
Dinghy Towing (Front-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles)
Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four
wheels on the ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged. The
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
with all four wheels on the ground.
The vehicle was not designed to be towed
with all four wheels on the ground.
Dinghy Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles Only)
313
1. Position the vehicle to tow and then
secure it to the tow vehicle.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Put the vehicle into ACC/ACCESSORY by
pressing ENGINE START/STOP one time
without the brake pedal applied.
4. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). The
chime will ring continuously for
30 seconds. Leave the transmission in
N (Neutral).
5. Release the parking brake.
6. Disconnect the negative battery cable at
the battery. See “Negative Battery Cable
Disconnection” under Battery - North
America 0 270.
7. Cover the negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to prevent any
contact with the negative battery
terminal.
Caution
If 113 km/h (70 mph) is exceeded while
towing the vehicle, it could be damaged.
Never exceed 113 km/h (70 mph) while
towing the vehicle.
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the front
with all four wheels on the ground:
To disconnect the towed vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
314
Vehicle Care
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Make sure that the ignition is off.
4. Remove any tape, glue, or excess
material from the negative battery post.
5. Connect the battery. See “Negative
Battery Cable Reconnection” under
Battery - North America 0 270.
6. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow
vehicle.
7. Release the parking brake.
Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles Only)
Towing the Vehicle from the Rear
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)
All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be towed
with two wheels on the ground.
8. Disconnect the negative battery cable at
the battery. See “Negative Battery Cable
Disconnection” Battery - North America
0 270.
9. Cover the negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to prevent any
contact with the negative battery
terminal.
To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle from the
front with two wheels on the ground:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a clamping
device designed for towing.
5. Turn the vehicle off.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a
de-icing agent only when absolutely
necessary, and have the locks greased after
using. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 333.
Washing the Vehicle
Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear could
damage it. Also, repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Never
have the vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it
often and out of direct sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as they can
damage the vehicle's paint, metal,
or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning products can
be obtained from your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding correct
product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate disposal of
any vehicle care product.
315
Caution
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer
than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the
vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding
8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in
damage or removal of paint and decals.
If using an automatic car wash, follow the
car wash instructions. The windshield wiper
and rear window wiper, if equipped, must
be off. Remove any accessories that may be
damaged or interfere with the car wash
equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and
after, to remove all cleaning agents
completely. If they are allowed to dry on
the surface, they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or
an all-cotton towel to avoid surface
scratches and water spotting.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
316
Vehicle Care
Cleaning Underhood Components
Caution
Do not power wash any component
under the hood that has this e
symbol.
This could cause damage that would not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm
underhood components. The usages of these
chemicals should be avoided.
Recommend water only.
A pressure washer may be used, but care
must be utilized. The following criteria must
be followed:
. Water pressure must be kept below
14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI).
. Water temperature must be below 80 °C
(180 °F).
. Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle
spray pattern or wider must be used.
. Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
away from all surfaces.
Finish Care
Caution (Continued)
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/
wax materials is not recommended.
If painted surfaces are damaged, see your
dealer to have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium
chloride and other salts, ice melting agents,
road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they remain
on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as
soon as possible. If necessary, use
non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe
for painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing
should be done to remove residue from the
paint finish. See your dealer for approved
cleaning products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated
plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated
wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or aggressive
polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint
finish may damage it. Use only
(Continued)
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are
made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
on the vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new, keep
the vehicle garaged or covered whenever
possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings
Caution
Failure to clean and protect the bright
metal moldings can result in a hazy
white finish or pitting. This damage
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the vehicle
are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To
prevent damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
. Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
before applying any cleaning solution.
. Use only approved cleaning solutions for
aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel.
Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain
alkaline substances and can damage the
moldings.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh
according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
. Do not use cleaners that are not intended
for automotive use.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle
after washing to protect and extend the
molding finish.
cleaners.
. Ice scrapers or other hard items.
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers
while the lamps are illuminated, due to
excessive heat generated.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,
Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft
cloth, and a car washing soap to clean
exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and
stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some
have a UV protective coating. Do not clean
or wipe them when dry.
Do not use any of the following on lamp
covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning agents
in higher concentrations than suggested
by the manufacturer.
317
Shutter System
Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly can cause
damage to the lamp cover that would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Using wax on low gloss black finish
stripes can increase the gloss level and
create a non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes, between
the hood and windshield, when washing the
vehicle.
The vehicle may have a shutter system
designed to help improve fuel economy.
Keep the shutter system clear of debris,
snow and ice. If the check engine light is
activated, please check to see if the shutter
system is clear of debris, snow or ice.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield with
glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or
paper towel soaked with windshield washer
fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the
windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
318
Vehicle Care
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause
wiper streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or
damaged. Damage can be caused by
extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat,
sun, snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate
weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry
climates may require more frequent
application. Black marks from rubber
material on painted surfaces can be removed
by rubbing with a clean cloth. See
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 333.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean
the tires.
Caution (Continued)
tire dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted surfaces on
the vehicle.
Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and
water to clean the wheels. After rinsing
thoroughly with clean water, dry with a
soft, clean towel. A wax may then be
applied.
Caution
Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim
may be damaged if the vehicle is not
washed after driving on roads that have
been sprayed with magnesium chloride or
calcium chloride. These are used on roads
for conditions such as dust and ice.
Always wash the chrome with soap and
water after exposure.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire dressing
products on the vehicle may damage the
paint finish and/or tires. When applying a
(Continued)
Caution
To avoid surface damage on wheels and
wheel trim, do not use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
or brushes. Use only GM approved
cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through
an automatic car wash that uses silicon
carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes.
Damage could occur and the repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for
proper attachment, connections, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake
pads for wear and rotors for surface
condition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes
for wear or cracks. Inspect all other brake
parts.
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis
Components
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
chassis components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at least
once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Visually check constant velocity joint boots
and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges,
liftgate hinges, and steel fuel door hinges,
unless the components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean
cloth will make them last longer, seal better,
and not stick or squeak.
Original manufacturer replacement parts will
provide the corrosion protection while
maintaining the vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches
with touch-up materials available from your
dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of
finish damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemical Paint Spotting
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use
plain water to flush any corrosive materials
from the underbody. Take care to
thoroughly clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack
painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy,
ring-shaped discolorations, and small,
irregular dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this
section.
Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
case and/or axles and should be replaced.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet
metal repair or replacement, make sure the
body repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or replaced to
restore corrosion protection.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly
clean the vehicle's interior. Before using
cleaners, read and follow all safety
instructions on the label. While cleaning the
interior, open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark
garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
319
Caution
Immediately remove cleaners, hand
lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent
from all interior surfaces or permanent
damage may result.
Caution
Use cleaners specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply
all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth.
Do not spray cleaners on any switches or
controls.
When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the
directions on the specific cleaner or soap
solution for dilution instructions.
Caution
To prevent damage:
. Never use a razor or any other sharp
object to remove soil from any interior
surface
. Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
(Continued)
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
320
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
. Never rub any surface aggressively or
.
.
.
.
.
.
with too much pressure.
Do not get any exposed electrical
components wet.
Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do
not use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.
Do not heavily saturate the upholstery
when cleaning.
Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Do not use disinfecting wipes that are
scented or contain bleach. Do not use
wipes or cleaners that show a color
transfer to the wipe or change the
appearance of the interior surface
when used.
Do not use scented or gel-type hand
sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in
contact with interior surfaces of the
vehicle, blot immediately and clean
with a soft cloth dampened with a
mild soap and water solution.
Interior Glass
Vinyl/Rubber
To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets left
behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary,
use a commercial glass cleaner after
cleaning with plain water.
If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor
mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush
dampened with water to remove dust and
loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use
a mild soap and water solution.
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive
cleaners or aggressive cleaning may
damage the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water during
the first three to six months of ownership
will reduce tendency to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean
spots with water and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge
or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with
water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy
water.
{ Warning
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone,
wax-based products, or cleaners that
increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and
mats. These cleaners can permanently
change the appearance and feel of the
vinyl/rubber and can make the floor
slippery. Your foot could slip while
operating the vehicle, and you could lose
control, resulting in a crash. You or
others could be injured.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft
brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum
brush attachment is being used, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel.
Continue blotting until no more soil can
be removed.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
. For solid soils, remove as much as
possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth
with water. Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint transfer to
the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by gently
wringing until water does not drip from
the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and
gently rub toward the center. Fold the
cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently
to prevent forcing the soil into the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area
until there is no longer any color
transfer from the soil to the cleaning
cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely removed,
use a mild soap solution followed only
by plain water.
If the soil is not completely removed, it may
be necessary to use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden
area for colorfastness before using a
commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter.
If ring formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot
excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
Information and Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces
or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that can scratch the
surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash the
microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap.
Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before next use.
Caution
Do not attach a device with a suction cup
to the display. This may cause damage
and would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
321
Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other
Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint
Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from
knobs and crevices on the instrument
cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove dust and
loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning,
use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap and water solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather, especially
perforated leather, as well as other
interior surfaces, may cause permanent
damage. Wipe excess moisture from
these surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use heat,
steam, or spot removers. Do not use
liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on
leather seats. Do not use cleaners that
contain silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these solvents can
permanently change the appearance and
feel of leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
322
Vehicle Care
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
especially on the instrument panel. Reflected
glare can decrease visibility through the
windshield under certain conditions.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics and
painted surfaces. If an air freshener
comes in contact with any plastic or
painted surface in the vehicle, blot
immediately and clean with a soft cloth
dampened with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water and
mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach.
Rinse with cold water, and then dry
completely.
Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
It may severely weaken the webbing. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
webbing to dry.
Floor Mats
{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not
properly installed, it can interfere with
the pedals. Interference with the pedals
can cause unintended acceleration and/or
increased stopping distance which can
cause a crash and injury. Make sure the
floor mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for proper floor
mat usage.
. The original equipment floor mats were
designed for your vehicle. If the floor
mats need replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not
fit properly and may interfere with the
accelerator or brake pedal. Always check
that the floor mats do not interfere with
the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is
not equipped with a floor mat retainer on
the driver side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the correct side
up. Do not turn it over.
. Do not place anything on top of the
driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on the
driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on top of
another.
The driver side floor mat is held in place by
a button-type retainer.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Vehicle Care
Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
Mats and Floor Liners)
{ Warning
Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to
unlock the retainers and remove.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place. Verify the floor mat
does not interfere with the pedals.
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone,
wax-based products, or cleaners that
increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners.
These cleaners can permanently change
the appearance and feel of the rubber
and can make the floor mats/liners
slippery. Your foot could slip while
operating the vehicle, and you could lose
control, resulting in a crash. You or
others could be injured.
Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened
with water to remove dust and loose dirt.
For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap
solution.
323
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
324
Service and Maintenance
Service and Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Special Application Services
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Additional Maintenance and Care
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 330
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and
Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 333
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 334
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
General Information
Your vehicle is an important investment.
This section describes the required
maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this
schedule to help protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may also help to
maintain the value of the vehicle if it is
sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to
have all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians who can
perform required maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have up-to-date
tools and equipment for fast and accurate
diagnostics. Many dealers have extended
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online scheduling to
assist with service needs.
Your dealer recognizes the importance of
providing competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained technicians,
the dealer is the place for routine
maintenance such as oil changes and tire
rotations and additional maintenance items
like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
Caution
Damage caused by improper maintenance
can lead to costly repairs and may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids, and
lubricants are important to keep the
vehicle in good working condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that are not
approved by GM performed on the
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
approved by GM could damage the
vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
recommended to have your dealer perform
these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
the vehicle in good working condition,
improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
emissions.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use vehicles,
maintenance needs vary. There may need to
be more frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services - Normal are for
vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo within
recommended limits on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Vehicle
Load Limits 0 192.
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces
within legal driving limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel 0 239.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required Services Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services - Severe are
for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot
weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous
terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer.
. Used for high speed or competitive
driving.
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required Services Severe chart.
{ Warning
Performing maintenance work can be
dangerous and can cause serious injury.
Perform maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools, and
equipment are available. If they are not,
see your dealer to have a trained
technician do the work. See Doing Your
Own Service Work 0 252.
Maintenance Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil
0 258.
Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire
Pressure 0 293.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 298.
. Check the windshield washer fluid level.
See Washer Fluid 0 267.
325
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON DIC
message displays, have the engine oil and
filter changed within the next 1 000 km
(600 mi). If driven under the best conditions,
the engine oil life system may not indicate
the need for vehicle service for up to a year.
The engine oil and filter must be changed at
least once a year and the oil life system
must be reset. Your trained dealer technician
can perform this work. If the engine oil life
system is reset accidentally, service the
vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the
last service. Reset the oil life system when
the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life
System 0 260.
Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every
Seven Years)
The air conditioning system requires
maintenance every seven years. This service
requires replacement of the desiccant to
help the longevity and efficient operation of
the air conditioning system. This service can
be complex. See your dealer.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
326
Service and Maintenance
Engine Air Filter Change
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE
message displays, the engine air filter
should be replaced at the next engine oil
change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR
FILTER SOON message displays, the engine
air filter should be replaced at the earliest
convenience. Reset the engine air filter life
system after the engine air filter is replaced.
See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 260.
Tire Rotation and Required Services
Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)
Rotate the tires, if recommended for the
vehicle, and perform the following services.
See Tire Rotation 0 298.
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed, change engine
oil and filter, and reset oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 258 and
Engine Oil Life System 0 260.
. Check the air filter life percentage.
If necessary, replace the engine air filter
and reset the engine air filter life system.
See Engine Air Filter Life System.
. Check engine coolant level. See Cooling
System 0 262.
. Check windshield washer fluid level. See
Washer Fluid 0 267.
. Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Pressure 0 293.
Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection
0 298.
Visually check for fluid leaks.
Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care
0 315.
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
chassis components for damage, including
cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose
or missing parts, or signs of wear at least
once a year. See Exterior Care 0 315.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually inspect halfshafts and driveshafts
for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, and/or
damage including: tube dents or cracks,
constant velocity joint or universal joint
looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose
or missing boot clamps, center bearing
excessive looseness, loose or missing
fasteners, and axle seal leaks.
Check restraint system components. See
Safety System Check 0 50.
Visually inspect the fuel system including
the evaporative (EVAP) system for
damage or leaks. Visually check all fuel
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
pipes, vapor lines, and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
Visually inspect exhaust system and
nearby heat shields for loose or damaged
parts.
Lubricate body components. See Exterior
Care 0 315.
Check automatic transmission shift lock
control function. See Automatic
Transmission Shift Lock Control Function
Check 0 272.
Check parking brake and automatic
transmission park mechanism. See Park
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 272.
Check accelerator pedal for damage, high
effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
Visually inspect gas strut for signs of
wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the
hold open ability of the strut. If the hold
open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas
Strut(s) 0 274.
Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 31.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed.
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
engine air filter, if needed. (1)
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal
327
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
Service and Maintenance
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2)
@
@
@
@
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
@
@
Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (3)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4)
@
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5)
@
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7)
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8)
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
Replace oil pump drive belt and timing belt. (LIH 1.2L L3
Engine Only). (10)
@
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
328
Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required Services - Normal
(1) Or every four years, whichever comes
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect
the filter at each oil change or more often
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 261.
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes
first. More frequent passenger compartment
air filter replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air
quality, high dust levels, or environmental
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if there is
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors.
Your GM dealer can help determine when to
replace the filter.
(3) Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of
the transfer case and/or axles and should be
replaced.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 272.
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes
first. See Cooling System 0 262.
(10) The oil pump drive belt and the timing
belt on the LIH engine must be replaced at
150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 15 years,
whichever comes first.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
or damage; replace, if needed.
(6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See
Brake Fluid 0 269.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
See Gas Strut(s) 0 274.
(9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every
seven years.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed.
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
engine air filter, if needed. (1)
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe
329
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
Service and Maintenance
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2)
@
Change automatic transmission fluid. (9 Speed
Transmission Only)
@
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. (Continuously
Variable Ratio Transmission (CVT) Only)
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
@
@
@
@
Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (3)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4)
@
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5)
@
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7)
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8)
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
Replace oil pump drive belt and timing belt. (LIH 1.2L L3
Engine Only). (10)
@
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
330
Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required Services - Severe
(1) Or every four years, whichever comes
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect
the filter at each oil change or more often
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 261.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
or damage; replace, if needed.
Additional Maintenance
and Care
(6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See
Brake Fluid 0 269.
Your vehicle is an important investment and
caring for it properly may help to avoid
future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional maintenance
services may be required.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 272.
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes
first. More frequent passenger compartment
air filter replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air
quality, high dust levels, or environmental
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if there is
reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors.
Your GM dealer can help determine when to
replace the filter.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
See Gas Strut(s) 0 274.
(3) Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of
the transfer case and/or axles and should be
replaced.
Special Application Services
The following list is intended to explain the
services and conditions to look for that may
indicate services are required.
. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only:
Battery
Lubricate chassis components every oil
change.
. Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody Maintenance"
in Exterior Care 0 315.
The 12-volt battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any additional
electrical accessories.
. To avoid break-down or failure to start
the vehicle, maintain a battery with full
cranking power.
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes
first. See Cooling System 0 262.
(9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every
seven years.
(10) The oil pump drive belt and the timing
belt on the LIH engine must be replaced at
150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 15 years,
whichever comes first.
It is recommended that your dealer perform
these services — their trained dealer
technicians know your vehicle best. Your
dealer can also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point inspection to
recommend when your vehicle may need
attention.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Service and Maintenance
. Trained dealer technicians have the
diagnostic equipment to test the battery
and ensure that the connections and
cables are corrosion-free.
Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they squeak
or show signs of cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to
tools and equipment to inspect the belts
and recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to
safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include chirping,
grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty
stopping.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to
tools and equipment to inspect the brakes
and recommend quality parts engineered
for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved fluids
protect the vehicle’s systems and
components. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 333 for GM approved fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield washer fluid
levels should be checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may come on to
indicate that fluids may be low and need
to be filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should be
regularly inspected to ensure that there are
no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point
inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses
and advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and
brake lamps are important to see and be
seen on the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need attention
include dimming, failure to light, cracking,
or damage. The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure that they
light when braking.
331
. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer
can check the lamps and note any
concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control for a
smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include steering wheel
vibration, bounce/sway while braking,
longer stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point inspection,
trained dealer technicians can visually
inspect the shocks and struts for signs of
leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can
advise when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated,
and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save
money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of
tire failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be replaced
include three or more visible treadwear
indicators; cord or fabric showing through
the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or
sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
332
Service and Maintenance
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect and
recommend the right tires. Your dealer
can also provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth vehicle
operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells
and services name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like new,
vehicle care products are available from your
dealer. For information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior,
see Interior Care 0 319 and
Exterior Care 0 315.
Wheel Alignment
Wiper Blades
Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that
the tires deliver optimal wear and
performance.
. Signs that the alignment may need to be
adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required equipment
to ensure proper wheel alignment.
Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in
good condition to provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking, skipping
across the windshield, and worn or split
rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can check the
wiper blades and replace them when
needed.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the best
viewing, keep the windshield clean and
clear.
. Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,
and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect the
windshield and recommend proper
replacement if needed.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Service and Maintenance
333
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage
Automatic Transmission - Continuously
Variable Ratio (CVT)
Automatic Transmission (9 Speed)
Fluid/Lubricant
High Performance CVT Fluid. See your dealer.
DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling
System 0 262.
Engine Oil
Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco
dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 258.
Hood and Door Hinges
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch, Pivots, Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl
Hydraulic Brake System
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive)
Windshield Washer
DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.
Transfer Case Fluid. See your dealer.
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
334
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
GM Part Number
ACDelco Part Number
42712666
A3251C
12706595
PF64
55495105
PF66
13508023
CF185
12683541
41-156
12688094
41-106-IP
Engine Oil Filter
I1.2L L3 Gas Engine
I1.3L L3 Gas Engine
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
Spark Plugs
I1.2L L3 Gas Engine
I1.3L L3 Gas Engine
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Service and Maintenance
Part
GM Part Number
ACDelco Part Number
42709497
—
42709499
—
42709516
—
Wiper Blades
IDriver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in)
IPassenger Side – 40.0 cm (15.7 in)
IRear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in)
335
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
336
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Technical Data
337
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
There may be a large barcode on the
certification label on the center pillar that
you can scan for the following information:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
. Model designation
. Paint information
. Production options
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 337
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 338
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
This legal identifier is in the front corner of
the instrument panel, on the driver side of
the vehicle. It can be seen through the
windshield from outside. The Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates
of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
engine code. This code identifies the
vehicle's engine, specifications, and
replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Specifications 0 338 for the vehicle's
engine code.
If there is not a large barcode on this label,
then you will find this same information on
a label in the rear storage area.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
338
Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Metric
English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
6.3 L
6.7 qt
7.4 L
7.8 qt
4.0 L
4.2 qt
4.5 L
4.8 qt
Fuel Tank
50 L
13.2 gal
Transfer Case Fluid
0.23 L
0.24 qt
I1.2L L3 Gas Engine
I1.3L L3 Gas Engine
Engine Oil with Filter
I1.2L L3 Gas Engine
I1.3L L3 Gas Engine
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Wheel Nut Torque
Metric
English
140 Y
100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specifications
VIN Code
Transmission
Spark Plug Gap
1.2L L3 Gas Engine (LIH)
Engine
2
Automatic
0.6 - 0.7 mm (0.024-0.028 in)
1.3L L3 Gas Engine (L3T)
L
Automatic
0.65 - 0.75 mm (0.025-0.030 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
339
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
340
Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.2L L3 Gas Engine
1.3L L3 Gas Engine
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Customer Information
Customer Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . 341
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone
(TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 344
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 345
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 346
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 348
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 350
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
341
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important
to your dealer and to Buick. Normally, any
concerns with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be resolved by
your dealer's sales or service departments.
Sometimes, however, despite the best
intentions of all concerned,
misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
has not been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
at that level. If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service, or parts
manager, contact the owner of your
dealership or the general manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your
concern cannot be resolved by your
dealership without further help, in the U.S.,
call 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact
General Motors of Canada Customer Care
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854 (French).
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
342
Customer Information
We encourage you to call the toll-free
number in order to give the inquiry prompt
attention. Have the following information
available to give the Customer Assistance
representative:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is
available from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of the
instrument panel and visible through the
windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
When contacting Buick, remember that your
concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest following
Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General
Motors and your dealer are committed to
making sure you are completely satisfied
with the new vehicle. However, if you
continue to remain unsatisfied after
following the procedure outlined in
Steps One and Two, you can file with the
Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE ®
Program to enforce your rights.
The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an
out-of-court program administered by BBB
National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the
interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. Although you may be required to
resort to this informal dispute resolution
program prior to filing a court action, use of
the program is free of charge and your case
will generally be heard within 40 days.
If you do not agree with the decision given
in your case, you may reject it and proceed
with any other venue for relief available
to you.
General Motors reserves the right to change
eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line
STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the
event that you do not feel your concerns
have been addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One and Two,
General Motors of Canada Company wants
you to be aware of its participation in a
no-charge Mediation/Arbitration program.
General Motors of Canada Company has
committed to binding arbitration of owner
disputes involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program provides for the
review of the facts involved by an impartial
third party arbiter, and may include an
informal hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the entire
dispute settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final decision,
should be completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and free of
charge.
This program is available in all 50 states and
the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited
by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors.
For further information concerning eligibility
in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE
Program using the toll-free telephone
number or write them at the following
address:
BBB AUTO LINE a Division of
BBB National Programs, Inc.
1676 International Drive
Suite 550
McLean, VA 22102
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Customer Information
or call the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Canada
The inquiry should be accompanied by the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance Offices
Buick encourages customers to call the
toll-free number for assistance. However, if a
customer wishes to write or e-mail Buick,
the letter should be addressed to:
1-800-496-9994
General Motors of Canada Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices
(TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800
All Overseas Locations
United States and Puerto Rico
Please contact the local General Motors
Business Unit.
Buick Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33136
Detroit, MI 48232-5136
www.Buick.com
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
1-800-521-7300
1-800-832-8425 (For Text Telephone devices
(TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-252-1112
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of
hearing, or speech-impaired and who use
Text Telephones (TTYs), Buick has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user can
343
communicate with Buick by dialing:
1-800-832-8425. TTY users in Canada can dial
1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
The Buick Owner Center (U.S.)
my.buick.com
Learn more about your vehicle features,
shop for and manage your connected
services and OnStar plans, and access
diagnostic information specific to your
vehicle.
Membership Benefits
E : Download owner’s manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule
service appointments.
I : View service records from your
dealership and add your own.
D : Select a dealer and view locations,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
344
Customer Information
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) 0 337.
H : Manage your profile and payment
information. View your GM Rewards Card
earnings and My Buick Rewards points.
F : Chat with online help representatives.
Visit my.buick.com and create an account
today.
Buick Owner Centre (Canada) mybuick.ca
Visit the Buick Owner Centre at mybuick.ca
(English) or my.buick.ca (French) to access
similar benefits to the U.S. site.
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program
adaptive equipment required for the vehicle,
such as hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
. Location of the vehicle
. Model, year, color, and license plate
To learn about the GM Mobility program,
see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM
Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935.
Text Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification
General Motors of Canada also has a
Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details.
TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone (TTY):
1-888-889-2438).
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days
a year.
Calling for Assistance
This program is available to qualified
applicants for cost reimbursement, up to
certain limits, of eligible aftermarket
When calling Roadside Assistance, have the
following information ready:
. Your name, home address, and home
telephone number
. Telephone number of your location
number of the vehicle
Number (VIN), and delivery date of the
vehicle
. Description of the problem
Coverage
Services are provided for the duration of the
vehicle’s powertrain warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is
covered. In Canada, a person driving the
vehicle without permission from the owner
is not covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors
North America and Buick reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at any time
without notification.
General Motors North America and Buick
reserve the right to limit services or
payment to an owner or driver if they
decide the claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many times.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Customer Information
Services Provided
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of
.
.
.
.
.
enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the
nearest service station.
Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the
vehicle if you are locked out. A remote
unlock may be available if you have
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver
must present identification before this
service is given.
Emergency Tow from a Public Road or
Highway: Tow to the nearest Buick dealer
for warranty service, or if the vehicle was
in a crash and cannot be driven.
Assistance is not given when the vehicle
is stuck in sand, mud, or snow.
Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat
tire with the spare tire. The spare tire,
if equipped, must be in good condition
and properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not covered
by the warranty.
Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start
a dead battery.
Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
If your trip is interrupted due to a
warranty event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the Powertrain
warranty period. Items considered are
reasonable and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being delivered
back to the customer, up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in Roadside
Assistance
. Impound towing caused by violation of
any laws.
. Legal fines.
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of
snow tires, chains, or other traction
devices.
Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an
area that is not accessible to the service
vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or
maintained public road, which includes ice
and winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.
Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased
Vehicles
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7
liters. Propane and other fuels are not
provided through this service.
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
required.
345
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
Must be over 150 km from where your
trip was started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original detailed
receipts, and a copy of the repair orders
are required. Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help you make arrangements and
explain how to receive payment.
. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot
be provided right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give permission to
get local emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100, after
sending the original receipt to Roadside
Assistance. Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for parts and
labor for repairs not covered by the
warranty are the owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty service,
contact your dealer and request an
appointment. By scheduling a service
appointment and advising the service
consultant of your transportation needs,
your dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
346
Customer Information
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the
service department immediately, keep
driving it until it can be scheduled for
service, unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call your
dealership, let them know this, and ask for
instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring the
vehicle for service, you are urged to do so
as early in the work day as possible to
allow for same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation Program
To enhance your ownership experience, we
and our participating dealers are proud to
offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer
support program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage
period in Canada), Federal Emission,
Extended Powertrain or Electric specific
warranties in both the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation options are
available to assist in reducing inconvenience
when warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate
manual entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information” furnished
with each new vehicle provides detailed
warranty coverage information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However, if you
are unable to do so, your dealer may offer
the following transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle
service within reasonable time and distance
parameters of your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are needed,
and public transportation is used, the
expense must be supported by original
receipts and within the maximum amount
allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange
their own transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses
may be available. Claim amounts should
reflect actual costs and be supported by
original receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
may provide an available courtesy rental
vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and
must be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed rental
agreement and meet state/provincial, local,
and rental vehicle provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements, insurance
coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees
such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes,
levies, usage fees, excessive mileage,
or rental usage beyond the completion of
the repair are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a like
vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program Information
All program options, such as shuttle service,
may not be available at every dealer.
Contact your dealer for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue
Courtesy Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim eligibility
pursuant to the terms and conditions
described herein at its sole discretion.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Customer Information
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it
is damaged, have the damage repaired by a
qualified technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement parts.
Poorly performed collision repairs diminish
the vehicle resale value, and safety
performance can be compromised in
subsequent collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts
made with the same materials and
construction methods as the parts with
which the vehicle was originally built.
Genuine GM Collision parts are the best
choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety are
preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can
help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts may also
be used for repair. These parts are typically
removed from vehicles that were total losses
in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts
being recycled are from undamaged sections
of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment
GM part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally designed
appearance and safety performance;
however, the history of these parts is not
known. Such parts are not covered by the
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by that
warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also available.
These are made by companies other than
GM and may not have been tested for the
vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not perform
properly in subsequent collisions.
Aftermarket parts are not covered by the
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
vehicle failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you choose a
collision repair facility that meets your
needs before you ever need collision repairs.
Your dealer may have a collision repair
center with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to
recommend a collision repair center that has
GM-trained technicians and comparable
equipment.
347
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM vehicle
with comprehensive and collision insurance
coverage. There are significant differences in
the quality of coverage afforded by various
insurance policy terms. Many insurance
policies provide reduced protection to the
GM vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance
companies will not specify aftermarket
collision parts. When purchasing insurance,
we recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM original
equipment collision parts. If such insurance
coverage is not available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching to
another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company
may require you to have insurance that
ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts.
Read the lease carefully, as you may be
charged at the end of the lease for poor
quality repairs.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
348
Customer Information
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call emergency
services for help. Do not leave the scene of
a crash until all matters have been taken
care of. Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are instructed to
move it by a police officer.
Give only the necessary information to
police and other parties involved in the
crash.
For emergency towing see Roadside
Assistance Program 0 344.
Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and telephone
number
. Driver license number
. Owner name, address, and telephone
number
. Vehicle license plate number
. Vehicle make, model, and model year
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
. Insurance company and policy number
. General description of the damage to the
other vehicle
Choose a reputable repair facility that uses
quality replacement parts. See “Collision
Parts” earlier in this section.
vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage does not
pay the full cost.
If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You
See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 55.
If another party's insurance company is
paying for the repairs, you are not obligated
to accept a repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy repair
limits, as you have no contractual limits
with that company. In such cases, you can
have control of the repair and parts choices
as long as the cost stays within reasonable
limits.
Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair
Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends that you
take an active role in its repair. If you have
a pre-determined repair facility of choice,
take the vehicle there, or have it towed
there. Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts be
original equipment parts, either new
Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM
parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be
covered by the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but
you must live with the repair. Depending on
your policy limits, your insurance company
may initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the
repair professional, and insist on Genuine
GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
leased, you may be obligated to have the
Publication Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis and
repair information on the engine,
transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
electrical system, steering system, body, etc.
Customer Literature
Owner’s manuals are written specifically for
owners and are intended to provide basic
operational information about the vehicle.
The owner’s manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all models.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Customer Information
Customer literature publications available for
purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty
manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an
owner’s manual, warranty manual,
if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.
Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer literature are
available for many current and past model
year GM vehicles.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday,
8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time
For credit card orders only (VISA,
MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at:
www.helminc.com.
Science and Economic Development (ISED)
Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 /
ICES-GEN.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. The device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. The device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Changes or modifications to any of these
systems by other than an authorized service
facility could void authorization to use this
equipment.
To order by mail, write to:
Reporting Safety Defects
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Reporting Safety Defects to the
United States Government
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Radio Frequency Statement
This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters
/ receivers / systems that operate on a
radio frequency that complies with Part 15/
Part 18 of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation,
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying General
Motors.
349
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer,
or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go
to http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
If you live in Canada, and you believe
that the vehicle has a safety defect,
notify Transport Canada immediately,
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
350
Customer Information
and notify General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510; go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
or write to:
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
Defect Investigations and Recalls
Division
80 Noel Street
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport
Canada) in a situation like this, notify
General Motors.
In the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300, or write:
Buick Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33136
Detroit, MI 48232–5136
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
or average speed. These modules may retain
personal preferences, such as radio presets,
seat positions, and temperature settings.
In Mexico, call 800-200-28425 or
800-466-0818.
GM collects information about the use of
your vehicle including operational and safety
related information. We collect this
information to provide, evaluate, improve,
and troubleshoot our products and services
and to develop new products and services.
The protection of vehicle electronics systems
and customer data from unauthorized
outside electronic access or control is
important to GM. GM maintains appropriate
security standards, practices, guidelines and
controls aimed at defending the vehicle and
the vehicle service ecosystem against
unauthorized electronic access, detecting
possible malicious activity in related
networks, and responding to suspected
cybersecurity incidents in a timely,
coordinated and effective manner. Security
incidents could impact your safety or
compromise your private data. To minimize
security risks, please do not connect your
vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized
devices or connect your vehicle to any
unknown or untrusted networks (such as
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In
In other Central America and Caribbean
Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of computers that
record information about the vehicle’s
performance and how it is driven or used.
For example, the vehicle uses computer
modules to monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to monitor the
conditions for airbag deployment and
deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to
provide antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules may
store data to help the dealer technician
service the vehicle or to help GM improve
safety or features. Some modules may also
store data about how the vehicle is
operated, such as rate of fuel consumption
Cybersecurity
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Customer Information
the event you suspect any security incident
impacting your data or the safe operation of
your vehicle, please stop operating your
vehicle and contact your dealer.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an
EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data
that will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record
such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger
safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location)
are recorded. However, other parties, such
as law enforcement, could combine the EDR
data with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or share it
with others except: with the consent of the
vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
with the consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or similar
government office; as part of GM's defense
of litigation through the discovery process;
or, as permitted by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be used for GM
research needs or may be made available to
351
others for research purposes, where a need
is shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
has an active service plan, additional data
may be collected and transmitted through
the OnStar system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
and its features, including infotainment; and
the location and approximate GPS speed of
the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information 0 354.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation
system as part of the infotainment system,
use of the system may result in the storage
of destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information. See the
infotainment section for information on
stored data and for deletion instructions.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
352
OnStar
OnStar
OnStar Overview
The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
. Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
. Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
speak with an OnStar Advisor.
= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 354
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency,
Security, Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may
require a paid service plan and data plan.
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing
emergency service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and your
vehicle, including location information. See
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details including
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Functionality of the Voice Command button
may vary by vehicle and region.
Press
= to:
. Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
display. If equipped, the infotainment
system has OnStar controls in the
embedded OnStar app on the Home Page.
Most OnStar functions that can be
performed with the buttons can be done
using the app. To open the app, touch the
OnStar icon on the Home Page. App
updates require a corresponding service
plan. Features vary by region and model.
Features are subject to change. For more
information, see my.buick.com/learn or
press Q.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
OnStar
Or
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
commands.
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
name or SSID and password, if equipped.
Press
Q to connect to an Advisor to:
. Verify account information or update
contact information.
. Get driving directions.
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's
key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
Press > to get a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an
AMBER Alert.
. Get assistance in severe weather or other
crisis situations and find evacuation
routes.
353
OnStar Services
Security
Emergency
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar
Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the
vehicle and help authorities quickly
recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped,
OnStar can block the engine from being
restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work with law
enforcement to gradually slow the
vehicle down.
Emergency Services require an active safety
and security plan. With Automatic Crash
Response, built-in sensors can automatically
alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who
is immediately connected in to the vehicle
to help.
Press > for a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency
service providers, direct them to your exact
location, and relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained
Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days
a week, to provide a central point of
contact, assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can
locate a nearby service provider to help with
a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
gas tank.
Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the vehicle.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
354
OnStar
OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set
up an account.
. After change in ownership and at
90 days.
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor can
cancel or change account information.
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
immediately to terminate your OnStar or
connected services if the vehicle is disposed
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor
will update vehicle records and explain
OnStar or connected service options.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response, Emergency
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle
Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside
Assistance are available on most vehicles.
Not all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more
information, a full description of OnStar
services, system limitations, and OnStar User
Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software
Terms:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
. Press Q to speak with an Advisor.
OnStar or connected services cannot work
unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar
has an agreement with a wireless service
provider for service in that area. The
wireless service provider must also have
coverage, network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar or
connected services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot work
unless GPS signals are available,
unobstructed, and compatible with the
OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected
services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed or it has
not been properly maintained. If equipment
or software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar or connected services
may not work. Other problems beyond the
control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the vehicle,
damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or jamming —
may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 349.
Services for People with Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help with
physical disabilities and medical conditions.
Press Q to help:
. Locate a gas station with an attendant to
pump gas.
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
accessibility needs.
. Provide directions to the closest hospital
or pharmacy in urgent situations.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
OnStar
TTY Users
Languages
OnStar has the ability to communicate to
deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The available
TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to
all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor
and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
The vehicle can be programmed to respond
in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for
an Advisor. Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available languages
may vary by country.
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or
off by touching Settings, then Apps, and
then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone
calls can be made or received with OnStar
using the infotainment display.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar
services. The PIN will need to be changed
the first time when speaking with an
Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling
1-888-4ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part
of the vehicle warranty.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock
or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle
has been off continuously for an extended
period of time without an ignition cycle. To
find out the duration of time that applies
for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by
pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the
vehicle has not been started for an extended
period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside
Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access
to the vehicle.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a
large city with tall buildings; in parking
garages; around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with very
dense trees. If GPS signals are not
available, the OnStar system should still
355
operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying the exact
location.
. In emergency situations, OnStar can use
the last stored GPS location to send to
emergency responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of
the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
verbal route or may ask for a call back after
the vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
place items over or near the antenna to
prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.
Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
If there is limited cellular coverage or the
cellular network has reached maximum
capacity, this message may come on. Press
Q to try the call again or try again after
driving a few miles into another
cellular area.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
356
OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical
system, wireless service, and GPS satellite
technologies to be available and operating
for features to function properly. These
systems may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated into the
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not
add any electrical equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 249. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the operation
of the OnStar system and cause it to not
operate.
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the vehicle
without further notice or consent. These
updates or changes may enhance or
maintain safety, security, or the operation
of the vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may affect or
erase data or settings that are stored in the
vehicle, such as saved navigation
destinations or pre-set radio stations.
Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or settings.
These updates or changes may also collect
personal information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy statement or
separately disclosed at the time of
installation. These updates or changes may
also cause a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to collect
information about vehicle system status,
identify whether updates or changes are
available, or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent
to these software updates or changes and
agreement that either OnStar or GM may
remotely deliver them to the vehicle.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may
be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend
that you review it. If you have any
questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
an Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that the
privacy of any information sent via wireless
cellular communications cannot be assured.
Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
access transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
contained in this product, please visit
http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
the source code, all referred license terms,
warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
are available for download. This offer is valid
for a period of three years after our last
shipment of this product. This offer is valid
to anyone in receipt of this information.
*Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
solely responsible for provisions of related
OSS compliance.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Connected Services
Connected Services
Connected Services
Connected Services
Navigation
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Navigation requires a specific OnStar or
connected service plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle’s
navigation screen, if equipped. Select
Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services
tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or
select a recent or favorite destination. Touch
the navigation icons to select home, address,
or place. A destination transfer from OnStar
will show the detail view of the destination
when it is transferred from OnStar to the
Navigation application. See www.onstar.com
for a coverage map. Services vary by model.
Map coverage is available in the United
States and Canada.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.
2. Request directions to be downloaded to
the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided commands.
357
Using Voice Commands During a
Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command button,
if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
For some vehicles, press = to open the
OnStar app on the infotainment display.
Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
navigation screen, if equipped.
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
directions to the vehicle’s navigation system,
if equipped. After the call ends, the
navigation screen will provide prompts to
begin driving directions. Routes that are sent
to the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca
(Canada).
Connections
The following services help with staying
connected.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
358
Connected Services
Ensuring Security
. Change the default passwords for the
Wi-Fi hotspot and myBuick mobile
application. Make these passwords
different from each other and use a
combination of letters and numbers to
increase the security.
. Change the default name of the SSID
(Service Set Identifier). This is your
network’s name that is visible to other
wireless devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or vehicle
descriptions.
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi
hotspot that provides access to the Internet
and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to
seven mobile devices can be connected.
A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information,
press = to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi
Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi
or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi
hotspot name (SSID), password, and on
some vehicles, the connection type (no
Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and
signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The
LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is
possible that the icon may not illuminate
even though the vehicle has an active
connection.
3. To change the SSID or password, press
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the
SSID and password can be changed in
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi
hotspot will connect automatically to your
mobile devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile
device, by using the myBuick mobile app,
or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed
from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
MyBuick Mobile App (If Available)
Download the myBuick mobile app to
compatible Apple and Android smartphones.
Buick users can access the following services
from a smartphone:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps.
. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with
the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
Send destinations to the vehicle.
Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.
market only).
Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
manage settings, and monitor data
consumption, if equipped.
Locate a dealer and schedule service.
Request Roadside Assistance.
Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
take a photo, make a note, and set a
timer.
Connect with Buick on social media.
Features are subject to change. For myBuick
mobile app information and compatibility,
see my.buick.com.
An active OnStar or connected service plan
may be required. A compatible device,
factory-installed remote start, and power
locks are required. Data rates apply. See
www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations.
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Connected Services
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route,
help locate hotels, or book a room. These
services vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle’s
key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
See www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations. Features are subject to change.
For updates on feature capabilities, see
my.buick.com. Message and data rates may
apply.
359
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
360
Index
Index
A
About Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 330
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Agreements
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 181
Air Filter
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . 184
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 54
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 54
What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 53
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 60
Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 59
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Alert
Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Rear Cross Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
All-Wheel
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . .161
Armrest
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Index
Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . . . 229
Assistance Systems for Parking and
Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Audio
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Auto Stop
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Parking Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . 272
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . .137
B
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 127
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 309
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 158
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Brake
Electric Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Braking System
Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Bulb Replacement
Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps . . . . . . 276
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Headlamps and Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . 275
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and
Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 280
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
361
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
California
Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 252
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270, 309,
Back Cover
Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Check
Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 98
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
362
Index
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 74
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Connected Services
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Connections
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Control
Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 210
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Controls
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Coolant
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 181
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 346
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Covers
Rear Compartment/Storage Panel . . . . . . . 79
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Customer Information
Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 348
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . .341
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . .152
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Diagnostics
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 272
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Index
Driver
Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . .105, 107
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . 241
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
E
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 282
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 286
Emergency
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 98
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
363
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . .127
F
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 229
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
364
Index
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Fuel
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 241
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 282
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 286
G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Gauges
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Gauges (cont'd)
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 91
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . 150
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Guidance
Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 123
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Headlamps (cont'd)
Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps . . . . . . 276
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Heated
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 181
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . 44
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 181
I
If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Indicator
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 62
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Index
Information
Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 128
J
Jack
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 309
K
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 127
Headlamps and Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Malfunction Indicator (Check
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Lamps (cont'd)
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 72
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Check Engine (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
365
Lights (cont'd)
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 100
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
366
Index
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Media
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Mirror
Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 27
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mirrors (cont'd)
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
N
Navigation
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . 354
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 226
Parking
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Parking Assist
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 97
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Index
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . 184
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Perchlorate Materials Requirements,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Phone
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . 161
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 158
Port
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Positioning
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270, 309,
Back Cover
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 348
R
Radio
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Rear Compartment/Storage Panel
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Rear Cross Traffic Alert System . . . . . . . . . . 229
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
367
Recognition
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 333
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
Reimbursement Program, GM
Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . .7
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Replacing LATCH System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after
a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 202
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
368
Index
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 204
S
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 44
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 74
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 252
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 324
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . 100
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Shift Lock Control Function Check,
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Sidemarker
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 280
Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
Index
Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 280
Storage Areas
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Rear Compartment/Storage Panel
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
System
Brake Pad Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Rear Cross Traffic Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System (cont'd)
Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 280
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
369
Tires (cont'd)
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 301
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 303
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 299
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . . 171
Trailer
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico15481080) - 2022 - CRC - 2/9/21
370
Index
Transmission (cont'd)
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 346
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 280
U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Updates
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Vehicle (cont'd)
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 350
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Wheels (cont'd)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Winter Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
22_BUI_EncoreGX_COV_en_US_84783953A_2021FEB17.pdf 1 2/11/2021 2:33:46 PM
2022
Scan to Access
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
• Owner and Warranty Manuals
• Connected Services
• myBuick Mobile App
• How To Videos
• Vehicle Diagnostics
• Schedule Maintenance
• Vehicle Features
• Many Additional Resources
United States
Customer Assistance
1-800-521-7300
Roadside Assistance
1-800-252-1112
Canada
Customer Assistance
1-800-263-3777
Roadside Assistance
1-800-268-6800
United States and Canada
84783953 A
Connected Services
1-888-4-ONSTAR
2022 Encore GX
C
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger
vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose
you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
Encore GX
Owner’s Manual
|